Home

PDF File - 1532 KB - maritime DC & PPE Information Center

1. a Inventory allowance of the Ship following equipment and confirm Configuration proper stowage as indicated and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS amp COSAL 1 SEPIRB Model T 1630 SRT 2 AN PRC 96 2 onboard b Verify from ship s records that all applicable PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of indicated MRCs 1 SEPIRB MIP 4413 015 2 AN PRC 96 all procedures MIP 4415 004 c Inventory allowance of spare Ship s COSAL batteries for AN PRC 96 Ensure Note 10 shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded 4 Life Saving and Safety Equipment a Inventory allowance randomly Ship s COSAL type and quantity as applicable and Note 13 witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed below 1 Inflatable life preservers MIP 5832 012 or 5832 014 2 Non inflatable life preservers MIP 5832 007 or 5832 015 3 Escape appliances not Note 14 applicable to SSN 23 or SSN 21 Class after S A 4149 E MIP H 409 003 4 Life rafts not applicable to SSN 23 or SSN 21 Class after S A 4149 MIP H 411 001 Note 15 An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapte
2. 4 Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard 5 Safety harness belts 6 Safety track 7 Distress marker lights 8 Life lines and stanchions 9 Portable desalinators 10 SEIE Suits 11 Crash Bags 12 Guard Book Reference Note Ship s COSAL Note 10 Ship s COSAL Note 13 MIP 5832 014 MIP 5832 007 or 5832 015 Note 14 MIP 5832 021 Note 15 MILPERS MAN Art 1414 010 Series MIP 6231 001 Note 16 MIP H 313 003 MIP 5832 010 MIP H 300 002 Ship s COSAL MIP 5315 016 MIP 5940 005 MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQX and AEL 2 330023072 Latest Revision per AEL 2 330023072 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Signature Signature 13 OP 61 1 5 Escape Training a Verify that all hands are trained in SEIE escape 6 Atmosphere Control a Inventory quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following 1 CO absorbent canisters Ship s COSAL Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 2 LiOH curtains 2 330023035 Amount onboard Required Comment
3. IV 3A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 3A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX B SAMPLE BOILER INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER From Commander U S Atlantic Pacific Fleet To Commanding Officer USS Ship s Name and Hull No Subj Routine etc INSPECTION OF BOILER S NUMBER 1A 1B 2A etc AND REVIEW OF BOILER WATER FEEDWATER TEST AND TREATMENT IN USS Ship s Name and Hull No Ref a COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Encl 1 TYCOM Boiler Inspection Report of Boiler s Number 1A 1B 2A etc and Report of TYCOM Inspection of Boiler Water Feedwater Testing and Treatment Procedures 1 Parent Command Steam Generating Plant Inspector Inspector s Name inspected Boiler s Number 1A 1B 2A etc in USS Ship s Name and Hull No on Day Month Year 2 Discrepancies which require corrective action are outlined in enclosure 1 All items listed in the Corrective Action Required Message which have been assigned as RBO items must be corrected and reinspected before steam generating plant light off Send deficiency corrective action letter in accordance with Volume IV Chapter 3 of reference a 3 The Boiler Inspector reviewed Boiler Water Feedwater Testing and Treatment procedures and found them to be Sat Unsat 4 Boiler s Number 1A 1B 2A etc has been inspected and found to be in a Safe to Steam Unsafe to Steam condition
4. Maintain all work documents as official records for a three year period following completion of SRC refurbishment or in accordance with Volume V of this manual whichever is longer The documents will be available for inspection by the SCA and QA auditor during this period Obtain NAVSEA approval prior to accomplishing any alteration or modifications to SRCs The accomplishment of unauthorized alterations or modifications will automatically revoke NAVSEA certification In the case where an SRC has been refurbished but not yet certified unauthorized alterations or modifications could negate previous steps accomplished by the certification process Alterations or modifications proposed by Forces Afloat will be prepared and forwarded to NAVSEA in accordance with Volume VI Chapter 3 of this manual When emergency situations occur during SRC operations that require immediate corrective action and are beyond the scope of a corrective maintenance action send a message to the TYCOM info NAVSEA advising of the situation In addition to the annual 400 foot manned dive required for certified SRCs a 200 foot false seat test shall be conducted quarterly with all SRCs unless precluded by operational requirements This serves to exercise the various components that cannot complete operational testing while the chamber is located on the host ship s deck All SRC operations will be conducted using the procedures provided in chapter 3 of reference d All
5. Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 1 Salvage Drawings a Verify salvage drawings Fleet Modernization Program Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720 AA MAN 010 1 Have been updated during last CNO Maintenance Availability or 2 Latest revision is identified in ship s plan index 3 Have correct distribution Ship Dwg Consolidated Index Number 513 600 or 845 4 Are identified as Selected Record Drawings An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 2 Bulkhead Flappers a Test satisfactory local and remote as applicable operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers 3 External Gagging Devices not applicable to NR 1 a Witness demonstration that all valves Notes 1 2 and 3 with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship s salvage system arrangement plan Record number of turns to operate b Witness resetting of each gagging Notes 3 and 4 device and demonstrate satisfactory o
6. NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 Series Ship s Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MIP 5921 101 MIP 5921 Series COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM 1 Emergency Communications Equipment a Inventory allowance of the following equipment and confirm proper stowage as indicated 1 AN CRT 3 same compartment as life raft not applicable to NR 1 2 SEPIRB Model T 1630 SRT not applicable to NR 1 3 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 2 onboard not applicable to NR 1 4 AN BQC 1 with operating instructions posted on inside of cover not applicable NR 1 b Verify from ship s records that all applicable PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of indicated MRCs 1 AN CRT 3 all procedures not applicable to NR 1 2 SEPIRB not applicable to NR 1 3 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 all procedures not applicable to NR 1 4 AN BQC 1 all procedures not applicable to NR 1 5 AN BQN 13 all procedures except R 1 not applicable to AGSS 555 c Inventory allo
7. c Baffle plates are properly bolted such that they are free from vibration when struck with a mallet 6 MECHANISMS a Dynamic mechanisms are installed hooked up and unpainted with no evidence of damage or scraping of components b Tank level floats if applicable are free to operate and have no visual defects c Grease lines if applicable are installed properly with mechanical fittings tight and no evidence of leakage IV 10H 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VENTS AND DRAINS a Adequate draining exists from each bay b Vents are clear of loose gear and rags GALVANIC PROTECTION a Zincs are properly located and installed such that vibration does not occur when struck with a rubber mallet b Mounting straps and bolts are painted c Surfaces behind zincs are properly painted CLEANLINESS a Check space clear of loose gear and rags b Check space clean and free of dirt 10 COMPLETION a All interior inspection items are clear of any discrepancies b Take an inventory of all tools and materials with which you entered the tank or void Verify all items carried into the tank or void have been removed E All personnel are clear of the tank or void d Tank or void cover gasket and gasket seat areas are in acceptable condition e Tank or void cover studs and nuts are torqued to the specified values requ
8. IV 1 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 a This volume contains general topics applicable to all ships and units under the cognizance of COMLANTFLT or COMPACFLT In those cases where chapters sections and or paragraphs of chapters are not applicable to certain Forces an applicability statement has been used for clarification b Equipment under the cognizance of the Strategic Systems Programs and Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate NAVSEA 08 is maintained in accordance with Strategic Systems Programs and NAVSEA 08 directives respectively 1 3 CHANGES AND CORRECTIONS Changes and corrections will be issued as required Comments and suggestions for improving or changing this volume are invited Address comments recommendations and requested changes to Submarine Maintenance Engineering Planning and Procurement Activity utilizing the change request form located in the front of this manual If changes are submitted in electronic format facsimile or E mail each change request shall contain the information required on the change request form 1 4 REQUEST FOR COPIES OF THE MANUAL Activities on distribution for the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual JFMM that require additional copies or activities wanting to be added to distribution should submit a letter to their applicable TYCOM identifying CD ROM paper requirements along with justification for the request To the maximum extent possible technical publications libra
9. References a NAVSEA S 9086 RJ STM 010 NSTM Chapter 504 Pressure Temperature and Other Mechanical and Electromechanical Measuring Instruments b NAVSEA S9505 AF MMA 010 Piping Systems Submarine Non Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual c NAVSEA S9086 RK STM 010 NSTM Chapter 505 Piping Systems ITEM CHECK OFF 1 Complete the following based on information provided by the requesting activity System component to be tested Test Pressure Reference _ Number of test gages required Total Primary Indicate zero if an installed system gage will be used Planned method of overpressure protection e g manual using installed system valve plus one automatic relief included with test rig or other combination Unless otherwise specified the rig will be provided with one manual and one automatic relief ea Level of cleanliness required a IV 9B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM CHECK OFF 2 GAGES NOTE TYPICAL GAGES FOR MOST NON NUCLEAR TESTS ARE LISTED IN REFERENCE a TABLE 504 6 1 CAUTION REFERENCE a TABLE 504 6 1 ALLOWS EXCEPTIONS TO THE GAGES LISTED IN THE TABLE IF USING A GAGE NOT LISTED ON THE TABLE IT MUST STILL COMPLY WITH THE CRITERIA SPECIFIED BELOW The pressure gage range based on the maximum test pressure up to and including the relief valve setting must be greater than the test pressure and not more than 200 of the maximum test pressure For te
10. c Monitor the CSMP status d Witness elevator tests as tasked 8 4 4 On Board Maintenance Training On board maintenance training will be conducted at least once per Inter Deployment Training Cycle with each ship receiving training as a host ship or by having their personnel participate in training on another ship of the same class It consists of operator and maintenance classroom instruction followed by hands on training The ship class on board maintenance training documentation is tailored to be ship specific giving the ship the most accurate and coherent training possible 8 4 5 Integrated Logistics Support a A one time ILS validation of elevator configuration Allowance Parts Lists APL Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Lists COSAL and technical manuals will be conducted b Follow on ILS visits will be accomplished at the TYCOM s request 8 5 VISIT SCHEDULING The ISIC will schedule all ESU visits through the TYCOM sponsored Quarterly Scheduling Conference Visits shall not be authorized without prior approval by the cognizant TYCOM 8 6 REPORTS Before departing the ship the ESU will debrief the Commanding Officer or designated officer on the material condition of the elevator system The ESU shall provide the ISIC and TYCOM a report outlining the results not later than 30 days following the visit IV 8 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 8 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3
11. f SWL See Rated Load g Factor of Safety The ratio of the yield stress load on a structure to the estimated maximum load in ordinary use Factor of Safety Actual Yield Strength Required Strength h Static Load Test A stationary overload test conducted to verify the structural and mechanical integrity of the lifting equipment The lifting equipment holds the test load for a short period of time while the test inspector checks the equipment for signs of brake slippage or damage 13 2 2 Procedure Fabrication repair and testing of WHE will be conducted using a Controlled Work Package developed in accordance with Volume V Part I Chapter 2 of this manual This requirement does not apply to periodic weight test of WHE WHE requiring a weight test solely based on Planned Maintenance System PMS or other governing documents for periodic purposes can be inspected and tested using a Formal Work Procedure Following the weight test ensure the WHE is properly marked as detailed in paragraph 13 2 2 c of this chapter a Testing Sequence Newly installed overhauled equipment shall be tested in the following order 1 No load Test 2 Static Load Test 3 Dynamic Load Test 4 Rated Load Test b Results of completed weight tests will be documented on QA form 17 using the procedures of Volume V Part I Chapter 11 of this manual The serial number if known of the equipment shall be recorded on the weight test record Cc Handling eq
12. reduced efficiency or damage to equipment The following items are examples of major items and are not to be construed as a complete list a LM 2500 1 Chafed fuel oil or lube oil lines 2 Worn VSV bearings or bushings 3 Exhaust duct mount lug welds cracked but within service limits Allison 501 K17 K34 1 Fuel nozzles not maintained in accordance with PMS 2 Broken cannon plugs 3 Exhaust leaks 4 Chafed fuel oil or lube oil lines Gas turbine engine can be operated but discrepancies must be entered in CSMP and scheduled for correction at earliest opportunity 23 7 3 Minor Deficiencies Deficiencies exist which do not adversely effect reliability performance or safety of the engine or operating personnel These deficiencies if not corrected could result in gradual deterioration of the engine reduced efficiency and eventually major repairs Gas turbine engine can be operated with no restrictions Discrepancies shall be entered in the CSMP and scheduled for correction at earliest opportunity IV 23 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 23 8 INSPECTION RESULTS Upon completion of inspections the MGTI will brief the Commanding Officer Engineer Officer MPA and senior GS of the results Provide information for inclusion into the ships CSMP a Any RBO will be noted in block 35 of the 4790 2K b The engine cannot be started until RBO repairs are complete and reinspected by an MGTI c A formal G
13. Although other activities may perform work within the boundaries and Ship s Force normally retains responsibility for operating ship s equipment all actions i e work testing equipment operations etc within the boundary must be approved by the shipyard TV 10 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA a The MOA between the shipyard and ship for the availability shall include the following minimum attributes regarding transfers 1 Clearly state that all actions performed within the boundary being transferred must be approved by the shipyard 2 Normally Ship s Force retains responsibility for operating ship s equipment If any transfers with operations are planned the MOA shall define the extent to which the shipyard will operate ship s equipment within the boundaries 3 Normally Ship s Force retains responsibility for PMS unless otherwise specified in the MOA 4 Delineate who is responsible to maintain system status within the boundary 5 Identify the process e g Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Volume IV Chapter 10 paragraphs 10 2 through 10 4 5 by which work control shall be administered including interface between the shipyard Ship s Force and other applicable activities b A WAF shall be used to transfer a system or portion of a system to the shipyard Block 7 of the WAF shall clearly state this intent i e specify transfer or transfer including operations Ship s Force formally transfers a system or por
14. Oon Perform system restoration as directed by the FWP N k m Completed by Items Completed Date Completed by Items Completed Date Reviewed Div Off EDO Date IV 9D 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 9D 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VOLUME IV CHAPTER 10 WORK AUTHORIZATION AND CONTROL REFERENCES a NAVSEA 0905 LP 485 6010 Manual for the Control of Testing and Ship Conditions b S 0400 AD URM 010 TUM Tag Out User s Manual c NAVSEA MS 6310 081 015 Submarine Preservation d NAVSEA S9505 AF MMA 010 Submarine Non Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual e OPNAVINST 5100 19 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat f OPNAVINST 5100 23 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual g NAVSEA 0967 LP 412 3050 Sonar Dome Handbook Volume 5 h COMSUBPACNOTE 9086 COMSUBPAC Engineering Notes and Technical Notes LISTING OF APPENDICES A Work Authorization Form B Technical Work Document Record Sheet C Work Authorization Form Continuation Sheet D Barrier Criteria for Submarine Hull Penetrations E Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List Example F Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List G Procedures and Safety Precautions for Entering Submarine Spaces Tanks and Voids H Close out Inspection Check off List I Re entry Check off List 10 1 PURPOSE To provide the proce
15. Pre Availability Inspections cc ceeeescesscsseeecesecseesecseeseceecseeseesaeccsaecaeesecaessecnaeeeesaeeeesaeeateeeenees IV 23 6 Inspection Crater Deeg EA Seege eg EEN IV 23 6 Repait Before Operating sci cccvececcecaclsncoveess EEN dE eee Er E aaa EDSK ae e o ENER EEN IV 23 6 23 7 2 Major Deficiencles IV 23 7 boer IV 23 7 23 9 Inspection Results vciscccc tessieces coisas Haccesecstvacchdvstayssevaveceese ceniaces tenses cesesececndacs R e EO sta eS e EEE IV 23 8 XVil COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA HAPTER 24 WOOD HULLED SHIPS AND CRAF PA Pupos seversshcesszuevseseshereasctecs sevesechenhete E AEE EENS E E E cduvsdgbaees ea aA ERE ENEE REESE TV 24 1 NT B DN es haan eset lt ey areal IV 24 1 2 Primary SE IV 24 1 Recos MUO oi oeoo aa e E EEEE EN E Aea EE TEE EEE aE IV 24 1 Preventive MEASUTLES lt 0i c3s scicocsiesnessucesaceosecssenctinsaceeslsssoecanvesseoedlecbacsednesedeachcdeasesaevscecendeearesnenesioeds IV 24 2 Corrective Meagures sursei E a E E a E e E Eia EEG IV 24 2 N E L J ag Si D 5 a T o E 5 co 5 o 5 Q bi 4 lt N 7 LA Inspection ReguiremeniS si srecasirinenrecoe EENS EEEE r EEEN E EE EEEE ELE IV 24 3 Maintenance Poli less ccscesccccssiseciccssscsicgtaccnacedessecesocesseesesedhdeuucascestvcascasaceroceuensiuhtseceacaesensscsaeseecays IV 24 3 Deck e E E IV 24 4 Caulking Technique S siie toanen Eed VEER IV 24 4 Weather Deck Planked Deck Repair
16. SO 104 902 2 Verify from ship s records that all applicable AN BQN 13 PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of all procedures except R 1 3 Inventory allowance of spare batteries for AN BQN 13 Ensure shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded Ship s COSAL Note 10 2 Escape Trunks MIP A 080 905 MRC 7CLF a Escape trunk hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue Verify Planned Maintenance has been completed within the required periodicity on all escape trunk hatches Visually inspect escape trunk hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in MRC 7CLF Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener in each fairing piece required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure b Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking unlocking opening shutting from below above with salvage wrench handwheel as applicable c Demonstrate the escape upper hatches have the minimum specified pop up d Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms in accordance with the installed instruction plates and equipment e Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment 1 Vent valves trunk and compartment COM
17. The ISIC shall a e f Maintain overall cognizance of the Steam Generating Plant Inspection Program within their area of responsibility to ensure requirements and standards are met Schedule routine steam generating plant inspections in coordination with the cognizant RMCSG RMC or TYCOM as applicable Arrange for the availability of an SGPI during the COI CAI in coordination with NSWCCD and the cognizant RMCSG RMC or TYCOM as applicable Monitor the follow up action required to correct noted discrepancies by randomly sampling the ship s deferred maintenance action file and most recent boiler inspection report Assist Commanding Officers in arranging for the corrective action of items beyond the capability of Ship s Force when requested Ship Commanding Officer Officer In Charge Ship Commanding Officers Officers In Charge shall Request boiler inspections and recommend to the ISIC desired dates for accomplishment of the inspections Prepare for scheduled inspections Review inspection results and initiate corrective action for those items within Ship s Force capability Initiate requests for the correction of items beyond Ship s Force capability If any of the discrepancies of paragraph 3 9 2 of this chapter cannot be corrected within 72 hours following completion of the inspection or if said discrepancies will impact the ship s operational schedule initiate a Casualty Report CASREP for the affected boiler s in
18. blanks etc that provide this capability shall remain under Ship s Force control h Any ship system which could directly affect the reactor plant or conduct of reactor plant testing shall not be transferred to a shipyard until required nuclear temporary support systems are installed and the system is isolated from the reactor plant IV 10 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Within the boundaries transferred to the shipyard Ship s Force shall be notified prior to commencing testing and when testing is interrupted and completed All transfers on submarines shall be consistent with ship s safety requirements and reference a In order to minimize subsequent changes to the WAF and ensure that Ship s Force is aware of the work scope the WAF which transfers systems or portions of systems should include all known customer authorized work within the specified job description This authority applies to all work performed by or sub contracted by the shipyard Within the boundaries approved by the WAF the shipyard can add additional work to the WAF without Ship s Force approval by adding additional TWDs to a TWD Record Sheet Appendix B provided the additional work is within the original description of work and tagout boundaries i e no additional tags are required This method is applicable only when two independent reviews of the additional work by the shipyard confirms that the existing WAF and its associated tagout s provide adequat
19. 1 Die SEMIS PS e E IV 4 2 Diesel Engines Requiring Inspections ecccescceeseeceeeceeeeceeneeeseeceeeesaeceeceecsaeceeeeececeeaeesneaeeesee IV 4 2 Periodicity of Inspections ceeeseeccesecssesecseeeececeeecsseeeceaecseesecsecsecsaeeecsaecaeeaecseeseeneesecsaeeeeeesaeeese IV 4 3 IngpeGtion E UE IV 4 4 Inspect On Deferr lS sisses re epeei ae EEE EEE aE E E ESA IV 4 5 Inspection PHASES sicccsiccdiecesecseasvesssseudceseceau ce doceunesusteangsasaseed deer S Eed ss IV 4 5 Preparation for Diesel Engine Inspection c ce ceesssseeecseeeeceseeeceseceeeecsaeceeeaecseeseeneeeceaeeeesaeeasees IV 4 5 Ti SME CHON FIN Gi G8 2 os sacss cvessuses nee irrena EEE Eea EE EE EEEE EEE IV 4 6 Repair Before Operating 29 IV 4 6 Major Deficienty sissenirsun tiikerien aa E ee ENEE Ee EEN IV 4 7 Minor Deficiency ccccccesccesecesececececeenecececaeecaeeeneeceeceeeceaeeneeenaeenaeenaeenaeeneeeaeeees IV 4 7 RG IMSPECHOMS orerar ias eeir dee sasbesccedebsacosulieapneusnsoneduacnsdeaysdencesacmbaseauevued IV 4 7 Recurring Discrepancies 00 seeecsseessesecsceseceeeeecsseeeeaeceeesecaecatesecseeseenaeeeeeaeeaeeneenees IV 4 7 Reporting IREQuireMents e isi scssscaccevscssessssnsanscuscsasssicbstessaeapanvoasseasssoespnsnaicbsdsosbersapneanseaseancobesbaseajepsuseasateas IV 4 7 Operation TE WE En IV 4 8 Compliance iin sini Manan icons EES Desi Rit eae es ie aa tian ans IV 4 9 Subject Matter Expert in the Repair and Maintenance of
20. 1 ESU technical personnel 2 Ship s Force personnel Working relationship between ESU technical personnel and Ship s Force Overall safety practices and precautions applicable to the evolution 8 4 1 Material Condition Assessment Visit A Material Condition Assessment visit will be used to determine a baseline and establish the scope of follow on actions This visit is accomplished once per Inter Deployment Training Cycle The ESU uses assessment guidelines to determine the system s material condition while ensuring the following is accomplished a b The CSMP is validated to avoid redundancies during the assessment The elevator system is assessed repaired groomed and operationally tested The ESU will make every effort to correct all deficiencies prior to the end of the visit On the Job Training OJT is conducted with Ship s Force to promote self sufficiency Working with the ship s cognizant Department s Maintenance Manager and TYCOM coordinators determine the preliminary level of effort required to correct the discrepancies All discrepancies and corrected items have been documented in the ship s CSMP using the Ship s Non Tactical Automated Data Processing System The Commanding Officer or an officer designated by the Commanding Officer is briefed on the elevator system material condition A final report is issued to the ship ISIC and TYCOM following the Material Condition Assessment visit The report shall
21. 2 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS Routine Inspection Strength and Integrity Inspection Newly constructed ship inspection Inactivation or Reactivation inspection IV 17 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 e Unscheduled inspections 17 3 RESPONSIBILITIES 17 3 1 Naval Sea Systems Command a Provide the overall management of the SGPI program to include specific training and documentation with respect to catapult accumulator and support systems inspections Provide program support and management of the Steam Catapult Inspection and Repair Maintenance Information System SCIRMIS 17 3 2 Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division Provide technical management of the SGPI program as it applies to steam catapult accumulator inspections Ensure technical documentation to support the catapult accumulator inspection program is maintained current Establish and monitor the requirements and standards for the various catapult accumulator inspections Ensure all inspection reports are entered into SCIRMIS Provide technical management of the SCIRMIS Ensure catapult accumulator inspections are conducted on ships under construction and ships being inactivated 17 3 3 Type Commander a d Provide or arrange for certified SGPIs to perform inspections in accordance with the requirements of reference a Schedule inspections of all catapult accumulators and support systems required by reference a Coo
22. 3 IAW REF A DEFICIENCIES COMPLETED SHALL BE REPORTED EVERY 30 DAYS REPORTING ONLY THE BIRMIS ITEM NUMBER COMPLETED ALL DEFICIENCIES HAVE BEEN DOCUMENTED IN THE SHIPS CSMP FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION IAW REF B BT NOTE ENSURE MESSAGES ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NTP 3 FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY PLAD IS UTILIZED IV 3C 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 3C 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX D WATER JET MACHINE AND CLEANING GUIDELINES The primary use of the water jet machine is boiler waterside cleaning The machine may also be utilized for cleaning Sewage Collection Holding and Transfer CHT system piping The Boiler Division will maintain responsibility for maintenance repair and operator training on all CVs These responsibilities may be transferred to the Repair Division on those CVs utilizing Ethylene Diamine Tetraacetate EDTA Hydrazine boiler water chemistry treatment systems On CVNs the Repair Division will maintain these responsibilities When using water jet machines for boiler cleaning operators shall use water jet wastewater recycling units Due to the high pressures involved water jet machines shall be operated only by certified operators who are graduates of a water jet operator certification course Quotas for training to certify machine operators are available through NSWCCD info COMNAVSURFLANT N43 or through Southwest Regional Maintenance Ce
23. 4790 3 REV A CH 3 INSPECTION ITEM 2 LiOH curtains Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 3 O candles Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 4 O candle furnace Comment on condition 5 Emergency Air Breathing masks test random 5 for proper operation per applicable MRC b Verify CO absorbent canister PMS has been completed within required periodicity Additionally randomly select 10 of canisters onboard and weigh them in accordance with the applicable MRC c Inspect ten percent per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion 7 Launchers a Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydropneumatically as applicable b Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher c Operational verification shall include a demonstrated launch water slug from both remote and local operating stations Submarine Reference Inspector Note Signature AEL 2 330023035 Ship s COSAL Ship s COSAL MIP 5519 721 MIP 6641 009 MRC B6CW Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G
24. Actions and Milestones for deficiency correction for TYCOM approval The ship s Commanding Officer shall report by message to the ISIC and TYCOM the correction and re inspection of all RBO deficiencies prior to lighting off an inspected boiler The ship s Commanding Officer shall report corrected deficiencies by message to the ISIC and TYCOM within 30 days of the completed inspection and at 90 day intervals thereafter until all deficiencies are corrected or deferred to a Chief of Naval Operations CNO Maintenance Availability The TYCOM is the sole authority for deferral of deficiencies Update messages shall list the BIRMIS item number of those items which have been completed since the last update message A corrected BIRMIS report will be provided to the ship after BIRMIS status codes are updated IV 3 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 f The ship s Commanding Officer will send a letter to the ISIC TYCOM within 30 days of the inspection with information copies to the RMCSG RMC and NSWCCD stating that all corrective actions have been completed or that corrective action has been initiated This letter will include 1 Boiler Identification 2 Inspection Date 3 Name of SGPI and or NSWCCD LCEM Inspector 4 List of Discrepancies 5 Estimated Completion Dates for each discrepancy g The ship s Commanding Officer shall notify the ISIC as applicable TYCOM when a scheduled steam generating plant inspection cannot be con
25. CHECKS PERFORMED PRIOR TO SIGNING BLOCK 14 OF THE WAF MUST BE APPROVED BY THE COMMANDING OFFICER AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAVSEA S9086 KC STM 010 CH 300 e Some component contractor personnel who perform work on ships are not knowledgeable of ship systems and are not qualified to determine if plant ship conditions are satisfactory to conduct work For such cases the contractor s signature will be based on a direct report or briefing they receive from Ship s Force or the Lead Maintenance Activity if assigned unless another method of providing the information to the contractor is specified ina MOA The contractor s signature represents confirmation that the contractor understands the hazards presented by the ship s systems on which he will be working and that he she has received assurances the work area has been appropriately isolated depressurized de energized or drained As an alternative the contractor may specifically agree via their contract or MOA that all repair activity responsibilities as defined in this chapter will be assigned to a Lead Maintenance Activity per paragraph 10 4 5 of this chapter In all cases appropriate information should be provided to the contractor prior to initiating work to ensure the contractor understands the hazards involved f The original WAF is placed in the Work Authorization Log and a copy shall be maintained with the TWD until the work is completed g Once the work is completed the WAF is sign
26. Date of the test or inspection 3 Description of the test or inspection 4 Weight used for the test in pounds 5 Testing activity e New hooks blocks sheaves wire rope fiber rope and other loose hardware or gear need not be load tested after installation if it has not been modified and has been purchased to Military Specifications MILSPEC or NAVSEA standard drawings through the Naval Supply System Any load carrying loose gear procured otherwise shall be tested prior to placing in service to 200 of the SWL of the part in question If any sheave block or hook assembly is received that does not bear the manufacturer s test stamp it shall be tested to 200 of the SWL f Unless otherwise specified load test capacity tolerance shall be 5 0 13 2 3 Load Test Types and Duration For each test the equipment shall withstand the load test for a minimum of two minutes 10 minutes for hoists cranes and crane structures with no permanent deformation For hoists trolleys and other moving machinery lift travel through three cycles of all moving parts at maximum rated speed 13 2 3 1 Static Load Test a Unless otherwise specified all arrangements for handling and supporting weights including weights of personnel all arrangements for taking heavy strains and all parts upon which the safety of the ship or life depend shall be given a static load test equal to twice the rated load In cases where the rated load is not spec
27. G of this chapter IV 18C 6 Reference INSPECTION ITEM NSTM S9086 RK STM 010 Chapter 505 f Verify valve handwheels are properly color coded and labeled in accordance with Ship s Drawing Index Ship s placards and Posted Information Plates g Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label h Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory i Witness satisfactory rigging and operation of escape trunk portable skirt verify ability to remove the bubble skirt with the upper hatch shut within 5 minutes without the use of tools Ship s Plans 3 Emergency Communications Equipment a Inventory allowance of the following equipment and confirm proper stowage as indicated Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS amp Consolidated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL 1 SEPIRB Model T 1630 SRT same compartment as launcher 2 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 2 onboard b Verify from ship s records that all applicable PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of indicated MRCs 1 SEPIRB MIP 4413 015 2 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 all MIP 4415 004 procedures MIP SO 405 902 3 AN BQQ 6 Emergency Communications and Distress Beacon Groups COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mar
28. If any information is entered in this block the person making the entry must enter name organization and date If necessary use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized Block 16 WORK IS COMPLETE A signature by Ship s Force or the repair activity is entered when the work described in block 7 is verified complete and tags may be cleared with any exceptions listed in Block 15 Block 17 TESTING IS COMPLETE A signature by the activity performing the retest is entered when testing of Block 8 is completed Block 17 is marked N A if Formal Test Program is in effect or no test required Block 18 WAF CLOSED OUT When work specified in Block 7 and testing as specified in Block 8 is completed including all exceptions listed in Block 15 repair activity signature is entered to indicate the WAF is closed out Ship s Force signature indicates acceptance of the work and testing and that appropriate system status has been set e g clear tags and perform valve lineups as appropriate for the situation Block 18 may be signed prior to completion of testing covered by a formal test program A copy of the closed out WAF shall be provided to Ship s Force if the repair activity is maintaining the original WAF IV 10A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 10A 4 I d0I Al APPENDIX B TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT RECORD SHEET TWD RECORD SHEET SYSTEM COMPONENT WAF SERIAL NO STATUS TWD C COMP
29. Inspection Check List Appendices A and B of this chapter shall be completed by the activity issuing the test equipment It is the responsibility of both the issuing and receiving activity to ensure that the correct test gear is used This may be accomplished by requesting the correct test equipment and the issuing activity completing the check list and providing it with the test equipment for review To satisfy the scope of this chapter the activity requesting the test equipment must include in their request OPNAV 4790 2L the information necessary for the issuing activity to complete Item 1 of Appendices A or B of this chapter as applicable These check lists may also be used when a maximum operating pressure test is specified and an external pressure source is required to obtain this pressure Installed system equipment shall be used whenever possible to perform operating pressure tests Appendices B C and D of this chapter may contain classified information when filled in i e the nuclear information or classified test pressures It will be the responsibility of the requesting activity to ensure the proper classification is annotated on the document when applicable 9 3 RECORD RETENTION System Check Lists do not require retention after the test has been satisfactorily completed documented in the FWP or TWD and the FWP or TWD is closed Additional reviews of testing information are provided as follows a For Ship s Force testi
30. MIP H 300 002 Note 18 Ship s COSAL MIP 5315 016 MIP 5940 005 MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQX and AEL 2 330023072 Latest Revision per AEL 2 330023072 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature a Verify that all hands are trained in buoyant ascent and buoyant free breathing ascent or SEIE escape 6 Atmosphere Control a Inventory quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following 1 CO absorbent canisters Ship s COSAL Amount onboard Required Comment on condition An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 INSPECTION ITEM 2 LiOH curtains Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 3 O candles Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 4 O candle furnace Comment on condition 5 Emergency Air Breathing masks test random 5 for proper operation per applicable MRC b Verify CO absorbent canister PMS has been completed within required periodicity Additionally randomly select 10 of canisters onboard and weigh them in accordance with the applicable MRC c Inspect ten percent per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in line filters and
31. NAVSEA has designated Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and the Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM as Designated Overhaul Points DOP for these items The current OEMs offering overhaul service for their products are SPD Technologies Inc Whipp amp Bourne and Eaton Cutler Hammer for Westinghouse breakers Other obsolete ACB and AQB circuit breakers are overhauled by the Navy DOP The ability to repair and refurbish circuit breakers is a core Naval Shipyard and TRIDENT Refit Facility TRF function with all Naval Shipyards expected to maintain and execute this capability This does not imply all Naval Shipyards or the TRFs will be appointed DOP status The single Navy DOP at Puget Sound Naval Shipyard along with the OEMs and their service centers provide production capability and capacity to meet the requirements for restoration of stock assets to Ready For Issue condition and meet other routine circuit breaker overhaul requirements Prior to the initial listing of a vendor s circuit breaker on the QPL the OEM must successfully demonstrate by appropriate tests and inspections that the circuit breaker passes all the requirements contained in the military specification To maintain the integrity of the circuit breaker as a qualified product NAVSEA prohibits the local manufacture or fabrication of certain restricted parts during repair or overhaul Due to the critical nature and stringent materials and manufacturing requirements the Navy restricts the
32. PMS to clear sea pressure sensing lines f Verify the following equipment installed 1 Hammer signal label plate posted above waterline 2 Diver s knife Note 11 3 Ballpeen hammer Note 11 4 Persuader crows foot 5 Escape procedure posted above waterline 6 Mechanical timer above Note 11 waterline Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark v in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 6 Reference INSPECTION ITEM 7 Maximum permissible bottom time plate posted near timer and above waterline Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits g Check Flood Line Orifice Size Installed 1 25 for SSN 688 Class with S A 4142 installed NSTM S9086 RK STM 010 Chapter 505 h Verify valve handwheels are properly color coded and labeled in accordance with Ship s Drawing Index Ship s placards and Posted Information Plates i Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label j Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory k Witness satisfactory rigging and operation of escape trunk portable skirt verify ability to remove the bubble skirt with the upper hatch shut within 5 minutes without the use of tools Ship s Plans 1 Demonstrate that escape trunk upper h
33. REV A CH 1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 9 SYSTEM TEST CHECK LIST REFERENCES a NAVSEA 0387 046 8000 System Hydrostatic Test Requirements b NAVSEA S9086 RJ STM 010 NSTM Chapter 504 Pressure Temperature and Other Mechanical and Electromechanical Measuring Instruments c NAVSEA S9505 AF MMA 010 Submarine Non Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual d NAVSEA S9086 RK STM 010 NSTM Chapter 505 Piping Systems LISTING OF APPENDICES A Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List B Non Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List C Nuclear Non Nuclear Pre Test Inspection Check List D Nuclear Non Nuclear Performance of Test Check List 9 1 PURPOSE To provide standard check lists for the proper preparation for the conduct of and recovery from nuclear and non nuclear tests Appendices A through D of this chapter are applicable to installed ship systems individual components and support equipment tested in conjunction with Formal Work Packages FWP and Technical Work Documents TWD 9 1 1 Background a Appendices A through D of this chapter are similar to a standard FWP that will require entries prior to each use to detail the specifics of the test to be performed When TWDs are utilized the locally developed FWP should direct execution of the check lists and need only direct other actions that are not included in the check lists For example since Forces Afloat rarely perform hydrostatic tests on hot
34. SALVAGE INSPECTIO US Nee E IV 18 1 reen EE IV 18 1 EE le iach es npn ee ice IV 18 1 Procedures and Reports scccscssssseseseseeseseseeececsesesceseseecsesesaesesesecaesesaeecaeneeaeseeeeecaeeeataceeesaeseees IV 18 1 Inspection Geteste eet Eee eeneg ae e e Heats aes ease IV 18 1 18 3 RESponsibilies i seiiecsecteiepecdives ddivi ea eki dase dees Ral as eh Gs Auta Ee eaa Eaka NESA EONA oda E ENERE IV 18 2 Immediate Superior In Command AA IV 18 2 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge IV 18 2 Senior Inspecting Other Eet en sdansetpsbdenoussiateaabacasveussihsoebbesses eve ERER IV 18 3 Appendices A SSN 21 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List IV 18A 1 B SSN 688 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List IV 18B 1 3 SSBN SSGN 726 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List IV 18C 1 D SSN 774 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List IV 18D 1 NR 1 AGSS 555 Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List IV 18E 1 Sample Pre Inspection Information Certification cceseccssesssesecseeeeceeeeeceaeceeesecaeceseeeeaeeseenee IV 18F 1 Sample Report of Salvage Inspection Forwarding Letter cee seeeeseeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeceeeens IV 18G 1 19 1 WR e EE IV 19 1 Inspection OC IV 19 1 19 3 Retention of Records of Equipment Characteristics and Tests IV 19 1 Appendices Bearing Log Submarines Ons IV 19A 1 CHAPTER 20 DIVER LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS SUBMARINE RESCUE CHAMBER AND DRY DECK
35. SRC specific equipment specialized tool kits for SSN 688 SSN 21 SSBN SSGN 726 Class submarines and equipment required to support SRC operations will be maintained in an operationally ready condition Commanding Officers Officers In Charge are responsible for maintaining the certification of the SRC through satisfactory maintenance and material management of the SRC and accomplishment of all required certification dives Additionally they shall ensure all deficiencies identified during a recertification inspection are corrected in an expeditious manner If a deficiency cannot be corrected by the date required a request for an extension of the dive date shall be submitted to NAVSEA via the TYCOM IV 20 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 20 4 DRY DECK SHELTER MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION 20 4 1 Certification To meet the intent of references b d and Volume V Part III of this manual and to allow manned operations of DDSs to their designed depth capability NAVSEA has established a formal certification program Maintenance is based on the prevention or correction of degradation caused by the effects of exposure and normal use of the DDS Continued certification of the DDS is based on satisfactory maintenance Compliance with the maintenance and material requirements of the DDS is verified during periodic NAVSEA inspections The results of these inspections are promulgated by a NAVSEA letter of certification which identifies
36. TWD Record Sheet will be based on a review of the issued TWD All TWDs not reviewed i e left blank at time of WAF authorization are not authorized until reviews are completed IV 10B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX C WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM CONTINUATION SHEET 1 USS 2 SYSTEM 3 WAF NO 4 ISN 5 DIVISION LWC RA 7 JOB DESCRIPTION 6 TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT L CHECK IF CONTINUED ON ANOTHER SHEET Page of IV 10C 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 10C 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX D BARRIER CRITERIA FOR SUBMARINE HULL PENETRATIONS 1 SYSTEMS WHICH PENETRATE THE HULL Commanding Officers will review tag outs and work procedures for systems which penetrate the hull to the detail considered necessary for safety Any required work or testing which violates the requirements below should not commence without prior specific approval of the Commanding Officer 2 HULL PENETRATIONS BELOW THE WATERLINE The principle of double closure applies to all hull penetrations except for those mechanical and electrical penetrations such as the secondary propulsion motor shaft and cable penetrations which are designed for single closure Double closure is accomplished by using installed valves blank flanges outside closure plates or shaft seals Positive control shall be exercised by Ship s Force to maintain closure through the use of danger tags
37. Technical manuals operating and maintenance notices and PMS documentation are current 3 Operation and maintenance is in accordance with this chapter reference a b c or d as required and the supporting PMS Ensure Performance Monitoring Team PMT inspectors perform material inspections of the ship s oxygen generators approximately 90 days prior to entry and departure from a Chief of Naval Operations CNO Maintenance Availability The material inspection prior to the availability will identify material deficiency corrective actions which must be corrected prior to completion of the availability 21 2 2 Performance Monitoring Team a Conduct periodic and pre post CNO Maintenance Availability material inspections Ensure a review of the inspected units Material Maintenance Log is part of the material inspection Initiate a quarterly monitoring program for those units receiving an unsatisfactory grade during the material inspection Maintain the units on the quarterly monitoring program until two consecutive satisfactory evaluations with no safety related deficiencies noted Provide copies of all reports following material inspections monitoring periods and On Site Analysis Reports to the TYCOM and the ISIC Ensure appropriate TYCOM personnel are contacted regarding safety related issues IV 21 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Conduct an operational inspection in accordance with the applicable PMS prior to
38. accomplishment of all required certification dives Ensure all deficiencies identified during a recertification inspection are corrected in an expeditious manner Category IA and IB deficiencies must be corrected prior to manned use of the DLSS Category IC deficiencies must be corrected prior to the date on the SCSC If a deficiency cannot be corrected by the date required on the SCSC a formal request for an extension of the SCSC Corrective Action date shall be submitted to SCA with a copy of the request sent to the TYCOM where applicable Maintain diver proficiency verify completeness of required equipment and readiness of the DLSS to meet operational requirements Establish and maintain a QA program and Re Entry Control procedures in accordance with reference a IV 20 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 20 3 SUBMARINE RESCUE CHAMBER MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION 20 3 1 Certification To meet the intent of references c d and Volume V Part III of this manual and to allow manned operations of SRCs to their designed depth capability NAVSEA has established a formal certification program Reference b and Appendix B of this chapter provide a listing of items and components NAVSEA has identified as being within the SOC program Included is the refurbishment of SRCs and the upgrading of the supporting technical documentation To maintain the SRCs a formal maintenance program is required to be implemented by Forces Aflo
39. accordance with reference b Assess the impact if any of corrective action on operating schedules and advise the operational commanders Decide with repair activities the optimum timing of repair actions to minimize impact on operating schedules Submit reports per paragraph 3 7 2 of this chapter Conduct boiler inspections as required by appropriate Planned Maintenance System PMS item 3 3 8 Senior Inspector Senior Inspectors shall a b c Maintain applicable SGPI certifications per reference a Perform steam generating plant inspections per section 3 9 of this chapter when directed Submit reports per paragraph 3 7 2 of this chapter 3 3 9 Steam Generating Plant Inspector The SGPI shall a b Maintain SGPI certifications per reference a Perform steam generating plant inspections per section 3 9 of this chapter when directed IV 3 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 3 4 INSPECTION SCHEDULING Commands will initiate routine boiler inspection requests in a timely manner to assist with inspection scheduling coordination Ensure the inspection scheduling complies with the following a Commanding Officers Officers In Charge of ships craft shall request routine boiler inspections by letter or message via the chain of command Inspections should coincide with the required routine waterside and fireside maintenance Boiler inspection services shall be coordinated by geographic areas fo
40. actions on the ship s operating schedules and advise the TYCOM and operational commanders of any adverse effects 17 3 6 Steam Generating Plant Inspector a b Maintain certification per the requirements of reference b Perform inspections in accordance with the requirements of reference a as assigned 17 4 INSPECTION SCHEDULING Commands will initiate inspection requests in a timely manner to ensure inspections are scheduled in compliance with reference a 17 5 SAFETY PROCEDURES Ensure idle accumulator condition is accomplished in accordance with the provisions of the Engineering Operational Sequencing System and reference a in preparations for the inspection Ensure all safety precautions associated with entry into sealed tanks voids and or pressure vessels including gas free certification are performed in accordance with the requirements of reference d and e Ensure proper maintenance barriers are established per the requirements of Chapter 10 of this volume Station an attendant outside the accumulator to provide assistance when maintenance is being performed on the accumulator internals Maintain accountability of all items taken into an accumulator Foreign Material Exclusion closures will be used to the maximum extent practical to prevent tools or other foreign materials from being inadvertently left in the accumulator or associated ship s systems 1 Personnel entering accumulators will empty th
41. and Regulations of the U S Navy 23 1 PURPOSE The Marine Gas Turbine Inspector MGTI program is intended to provide for the timely identification of discrepancies prior to Planned Major Maintenance Availabilities deployments when mandated by operating hour requirements and to provide technical assistance to operational units when so directed by the Type Commander TYCOM This chapter provides the guidance for Marine Gas Turbine inspection requirements including preparation procedures criteria and reporting 23 1 1 Discussion It has long been the Navy s practice for Ship s Force to accomplish as many repairs as possible at the organizational or intermediate levels This maintenance philosophy requires trained and experienced personnel capable of identifying problems so that planned and corrective measures can be recommended planned for and accomplished in a timely manner To address the need for experienced personnel the MGTI program has been developed Reference a provides the details for the MGTI program 23 2 MARINE GAS TURBINE INSPECTOR 23 2 1 Certification MGTI inspector certification and recertification requirements outlined in reference a are amplified as follows NOTE PARAGRAPH 23 2 1 a IS NOT APPLICABLE TO AIRCRAFT CARRIERS a MGTI s function as the Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA Technical Representatives All their technical decisions and recommendations are made in concert with and fully suppor
42. and retain with the new WAF Revise Existing WAF The revised existing WAF will be used primarily for tag shifts or other minor changes 1 Enter all required changes Include initials date and revision number with each entry 2 Line out all changed or invalidated information Include initials date and revision with each line out 3 Remake all affected signatures 4 In Block 9 enter reason for and description of the change Sign and date the entry 5 Obtain authorization including verification of Plant Ship Conditions Set by resigning Blocks 13 and 14 of the WAF Additional concurrences shall be obtained as required and any previous concurrences which might be affected by the change must be re made Minor Administrative Changes to Existing WAFs The Watch Duty Officer or the RAR may make pen and ink changes that are editorial and or administrative in nature to the original WAF without processing a new or revised WAF These changes must not affect the scope or sequence of shipboard work and include items such as obvious typographical errors erroneous job order numbers or spelling errors Either the Watch Duty Officer or Repair Activity may make these changes on the original WAF without resigning Blocks 13 and 14 The changes shall be initialed and dated by the person entering the changes Iterative Tagouts When using the reference b Iterative Tagout procedure a revision to the WAF is not required provided the specific tests
43. as noted in BIRMIS 5 Automatic combustion controls have been inspected and found Sat Unsat Enclosure 1 notes conditions which require corrective action 6 Advance copies of enclosure 1 have been delivered to the ship s Commanding Officer Copy to as appropriate TYCOM RMCSG TYCOM N434 ISIC FTSCMA NSWCCD Code 022E IV 3B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 3B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX C SAMPLE BOILER INSPECTION RBO DEFICIENCIES MESSAGE FM USS SHIP S NAME AND HULL NO TO TYCOM AS APPROPRIATE INFO ISIC AS APPROPRIATE NSWCCD RMCSG FTSCMA AS APPROPRIATE BT UNCLAS N09221 MSGID GENADMIN USS SHIP S NAME AND HULL NO SUBJ USS SHIP S NAME AND HULL NO NR 1A 1B 2A ETC ROUTINE BOILER INSPECTION REF A DOC COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REF B DOC NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 NARR REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOL IV CH 3 AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR BOILER INSPECTIONS REF B IS 3 M MANUAL AND PROVIDES DIRECTION FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION RMKS 1 BOILER NUMBER 1A 1B 2A ETC ROUTINE INSPECTION CONDUCTED DATE BY INSPECTOR S NAME RBO DEFICIENCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED IAW REF A AS FOLLOWS A BIRMIS ITEM NO DEFICIENCY REPAIR ETC B C 2 BOILER NUMBER 1A 1B 2A ETC SHALL NOT BE STEAMED UNTIL ABOVE LISTED DEFICIENCIES ARE CORRECTED AND A REINSPECTION IS CONDUCTED IAW REF A
44. capability Findings classified as Corrective Action Required require the prompt attention of the Commanding Officer to preclude them from developing into Immediate Corrective Action Required deficiencies and must be corrected within 60 days following receipt of the official assessment report IV 2 4 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 APPENDIX A TYPICAL CORE CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT AREAS Safety Navy Occupational Safety and Health Repair Training Effectiveness Maintenance Management Maintenance Data System Management Calibration Production WC Management FWPs Volume V Part I Chapter 2 of this manual Tool Equipment Control Programs Corrosion Control Program as applicable Welding and Brazing Programs Quality Assurance Organization Volume V of this manual Nondestructive Testing Nondestructive Inspection Volume V Part I Chapter 3 of this manual Technical Work Documents Volume V Part I Chapter 2 of this manual Planning amp Estimating Technical Library Hull Repair Machinery Repair Electrical Repair Electronics Repair Ordnance Repair as applicable Weapon System Repair Weight Handling Rigging Diving Diver Life Support Systems as applicable Regional Repair Center Capabilities as applicable IV 2A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank I
45. command s salvage wrench shall be used if the inspecting command is another submarine Discrepancies in the actual versus plan number of turns shall be reported to the TYCOM with information copy to all plan holders Report discrepancies to the nearest 1 8th of a turn 3 Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders 4 Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500 psi compartment pressurization valves 5 When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve the valve linkages shall be inspected and the valves shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements in the Non Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship s valve drawing 6 Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve ensure replacement shear pin is available onboard 7 On some designs operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason the mechanism shall be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating conditi
46. components to the specifications shown by the applicable drawing Material used in completing any maintenance action shall be as specified in the NAVSEA NAVFAC approved system component drawings technical manuals or other approved documents Material shall be certified in accordance with Appendix K of reference a IF THE VENDOR OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED IN THE NAVSEA NAVFAC DRAWING OR DOCUMENT CANNOT PROVIDE THE REQUIRED SPECIFIC COMPONENT THEN USE OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR MANUFACTURER MUST BE APPROVED BY NAVSEA NAVEAC VIA THE TYCOM USING A DFS A DES IS ALSO REQUIRED WHEN MATERIAL OTHER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN APPROVED DRAWINGS OR DOCUMENTS IS USED Document all work performed on SOC items using the applicable forms and procedures provided in Appendix I of reference a This applies regardless of whether the work is a planned or corrective maintenance action Documentation will as a minimum include the following 1 Authorization of Re entry request 2 Reason for work 3 Description of work accomplished including specific boundaries breached manufacturing operations performed and retest requirements IV 20 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 4 System isolation test boundaries and specific isolations 5 Information concerning when where why and by whom the work was accomplished 6 Objective Quality Evidence including new material acceptance and in process testing and results 7 Quality assurance validati
47. current injections These types of calibration and certification adjustments shall only be accomplished by an authorized depot activity NAVSEA 08 has authorized the Ship s Maintenance Monitoring Support PMTs to conduct repairs on NAVSEA 08 cognizant circuit breakers similar to those on non nuclear applications NAVSEA 08 cognizant circuit breakers If questions or technical issues arise regarding NAVSEA 08 cognizant circuit breakers which cannot be resolved by consulting the applicable technical manual prepare a Trouble Record or Liason Action Request and submit to Assistant NAVSEA Technical Representative Schenectady NY in accordance with the Commissioned Submarine Surface Ship General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specification IV 15 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 15 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 16 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY SYSTEMS FOR AVIATION SHIPS REFERENCES a NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual b OPNAVINST 4790 15 Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program ALREMP c COMNAVAIRLANTINST 4790 40 COMNAVAIRPACINST 4790 39 Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program ALREMP Management Teams d OPNAVINST 3120 28 Certification of the Aviation Capability of Naval Ships Operating Aircraft e COMLANTELTINST 3500 18 Certification and Readiness of Aviation
48. essecesecseeeeeseeeeceseeeeescsaeceesecaeesecneeseenaeeeesaecatesesaeeaeenee IV 24 4 Underwater Planking Repairs s sessssessscsssseonsssssessseneessessoecssessaesoesecevooersnsesncessessseessorsees IV 24 5 24 4 Surface Preparation and Painting eee eee csseeeeceseseeeceseaeeecaseecaesacsecaeaesecaeeaesecseeaesesaeearsesaseaeeesaneas IV 24 5 General Ereigneis Ee Eege dnote yes IV 24 5 Preparation and Painting Policies A IV 24 5 24 5 Wooden Hull Bottom Sbheathung AE IV 24 6 24 6 Wooden Sea Chest Foundations ssscsssessceseceeeseceseeseesecaeesecseeecsaesceecsaeceesecaeeaessaeeesaeeeeeaesaeeaeeneees IV 24 6 HAPTER 25 GAS FREE ENGINEERING INSPECTIONS ll un e IV 25 1 EE IV 25 1 xviii COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VOLUME IV CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION REFERENCES a OPNAVINST 3120 32 Standard Organization and Regulations of the U S Navy b OPNAVINST 4700 7 Maintenance Policy for U S Naval Ships c COMLANTELTINST 5400 2 U S Atlantic Fleet Regulations d COMPACFLTINST 5400 3 U S Pacific Fleet Regulations e NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual LISTING OF APPENDICES A List of Acronyms 1 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance in the execution and management for tests inspections and assessments applicable to units of the Navy a Volume I of this manual contains a master listing of all references used throughout the Joint Fl
49. filter housing for presence of corrosion 7 Launchers a Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydropneumatically as applicable b Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher c Operational verification shall include a demonstrated launch water slug from both remote and local operating stations Submarine Reference Inspector Signature 2 330023035 Ship s COSAL Ship s COSAL MIP 5519 028 MIP 6641 009 MRC B6CW Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 NOTES 1 All high low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically t
50. fluids many metals and other materials become brittle Ship structural steel can crack if contacted by cryogenic fluid Liquid oxygen and nitrogen will produce a very large volume of gas when they vaporize In a closed compartment with inadequate ventilation vaporizing liquid can create a hazardously high concentration of oxygen or nitrogen The cloudy vapor that appears from vaporizing liquid or cold gas venting is condensed moisture making the issuing gas visible When handling liquid cryogenic products personnel must utilize protective clothing in accordance with the requirements of reference b and comply with all safety rules IV 6 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 6 3 AVIATORS BREATHING OXYGEN TESTING a Because of the severe consequences of liquid oxygen failing to meet the standards for Aviators Breathing Oxygen ABO stringent requirements for testing and ABO certifications have been established Liquid oxygen nitrogen is to be sampled and tested for production and stowage in accordance with reference a and Planned Maintenance System procedures b All Aircraft Carriers producing ABO have certified ABO test sites and are capable of certifying shipboard produced liquid oxygen These ABO test sites are under the control of the shipboard Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department The testing and surveillance requirements of Aircraft Carrier shipboard O N gt plant oxygen nitrogen products must be accomplished in accordance with
51. for lifting radioactive material or reactor plant components when NAVSEA approved lifting equipment is not available i e use of the B amp M crane to lift portable effluent tanks or radioactive waste These requirements apply to all commissioned ships shipyards and Naval shore based activities 13 2 NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND AFLOAT REQUIREMENTS 13 2 1 Definitions a Dynamic Load Test An operational overload test conducted to verify the ability of the lifting equipment to operate with rated load while being subjected to dynamic conditions associated with ship motions b Load Bearing Members Those members of the lifting and handling equipment which support the load and upon failure could cause dropping uncontrolled shifting or movement of the load c No Load Test A test which verifies equipment functional performance without a load d Rated Load The maximum permissible load carried during use also called Safe Working Load SWL The weights of handling gear such as slings strongbacks handling dolly which are not an integral part of the equipment being tested shall be considered as part of the rated load IV 13 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 e Rated Load Test A load test at 100 percent of the rated load conducted at rated speed through the complete range of operating limits The test is performed to determine the proper operation of the equipment repeatability of functions and heat dissipation ability
52. has an outside cover For Naval Air Systems Command manuals submit an Automatic Distribution Requirements List annually to NATEC to update distribution and verify manuals in accordance with reference b Keep a record of semiannual inventories annual data verifications and noted deficiencies for 24 months The annual verification should include an assessment of recorded deficiencies in the technical data management program to determine areas that require improvement Establish procedures to incorporate changes revisions to technical documents held within library or satellite libraries as soon as practical after receipt Updates involving the safety of personnel or equipment ACNs shall be entered within 48 hours of receipt Routine changes shall be installed before publication use or within 30 days of receipt whichever occurs first Establish procedures that assure positive control of all technical documents held by the library If Process Instructions or documents listed in DODISS or any alteration text documents are held in Satellite library inventories verify that these documents are up to date at least semiannually and upon receipt of an updated index Establish procedures for issuing technical documents to Department of Defense contractor personnel using guidance provided in references c and d FMA only Be the department point of contact for the Integrated Logistics Overhaul team with respect to technical documentation IV
53. have successfully completed ILPE Electrical Electronic Maintenance Course A 623 0132 21 3 2 Watchstanding Prerequisites Prior to being certified as qualified for oxygen generator watches the following watchstander prerequisites must be met a For 6L16 NEC 4252 Stand watches under instruction for a two week period underway with the oxygen generators in operation IV 21 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 For 6L16 NEC 4752 Stand watches under instruction for a minimum of three days while underway with the oxygen generators in operation For technicians this is a familiarization watch only technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21 3 2 a of this chapter Demonstrate an understanding of the approved NAVSEA Oxygen Generator Log Sheets including the significance of data recorded and operational limits Demonstrate a knowledge of corrective action s to be taken in the event of sudden changes in equipment operating parameters Successfully complete qualifications for the oxygen generator and support systems in accordance with reference f IV 21 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 21 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 22 SUBMARINE ANTENNA TESTING REFERENCES a NAVSEA 0900 LP 016 6090 Handbook for Submarine Antenna Systems 22 1 PURPOSE To provide Type Commander policy with respect to pressure testing submarine commun
54. identification of all hull structure in need of repair i e approximately nine to ten months prior to the scheduled availability The ISIC TYCOM will coordinate and schedule the inspections as requested by the ship s Commanding Officer f The inspection is primarily intended for areas which are subject to both high stress and heavy corrosion namely bottom shell structure in the main machinery spaces of the ship Accordingly all fire rooms and engine rooms must be surveyed for structural deterioration with emphasis on the following areas 1 Under boilers and turbines where access is difficult and environmental extremes are most severe 2 Around boiler feedwater tanks which are continuously wet from sweating 3 Around the various overboard intakes and discharges where external turbulence often produces erosion 4 Along the interior of the side shell in way of the exterior waterline Here the design thickness of the shell plating is thinnest and exterior corrosion from wave action is always present 5 Around wet equipment which continuously operate with steam water emission e g pumps condensers evaporator etc 6 Areas of the bottom shell which are subject to the corrosive action of bilge water IV 12 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Items such as deck plating in way of uptake spaces pump rooms refrigeration spaces heads etc are omitted from this inspection These wet areas are considered to be h
55. ie EE IV 21 1 EE IV 21 1 BACK SOU 5 25 35 ee een ee IV 21 2 21 3 Requirements for Shipboard Personnel Oualhfeapon ceeeecsseeeessecseeseceeeeecseeeeceaecaeeeeeaecaeesesseseresaees IV 21 4 EE IV 21 4 Watchstanding Pref guisifeS sisus eeneg IV 21 4 HAPTER 22 SUBMARINE ANTENNA TESTIN SANS E IV 22 1 Eeer IV 22 1 e E TE IV 22 1 Hydrostatic Pressure eeng gshegisgeienetaeert Alger SES IV 22 1 Fleet Maintenances aere EES EE IV 22 1 22 4 PROCCOUIG E A E E E E A I E E E ET E EA ras uebiaiendts IV 22 2 HAPTER 23 GAS TURBINE ENGINE INSPECTIO PULPOSE 2 EE E E E EE IV 23 1 eege EE IV 23 1 DS DS LA j Matine Gas Turbine Inspector sc iccisscsecscascaees deroctociacives daadasescbhcadss tacecascheceveschacsssssebsbousdecascesebadescbvanecetess IV 23 1 Ee IV 23 1 Authorized Functions and Responsables IV 23 2 23 3 Gas Turbine Inspections and Reourements IV 23 2 Applicability EE IV 23 2 Pre Planned Major Maintenance Avalabaltw eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseceseceaecsaeeaeseeeneeeas IV 23 3 Pre Deploy ment iion ti ninenin eE E E E O E Ai ESE TV 23 3 Gas Turbine Bulletin Inspectons isnin erroari inei aa E TV 23 3 EE IV 23 3 23 4 Requesting Procedures eegene Ee es IV 23 3 23 5 Preparation for Inspecton IV 23 4 23 6 INSPECHON Ee ee gestigen eenegen EE IV 23 6 Post Casualty Inspections isssesssscscusceascenseasceeveeiaonoasnsanseuecanasnaseasessteesacnvapsanasensvoneconsnapcoevsoaaben IV 23 6
56. limbers and drain holes c Uncaulked or poorly maintained deck seams especially around plywood decking and deckhouse areas d Washing down with fresh water e Depressions in the deck from sanding which allows fresh water to stand f Leaking plumbing especially in heads water closets and food preparation areas 24 2 2 Recognition Decay in the deck and hull structure is often concealed and hard to detect It is usually not recognizable by visible fungus except in joints between surfaces Decay may be suspected if paint coating is discolored or the wood surface is cupped The affected wood has a pronounced stringy fibrous appearance Thoroughly decayed wood is brittle which when dry breaks easily across the grain with a distinct brash fracture and may crumble into powder Black stains spreading along the grain from ferrous metal fastenings are usually a result of chemical reactions instead of from decay fungi Testing procedures for suspected decay areas are detailed in reference a IV 24 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 24 2 3 Preventive Measures Detailed preventive measures are described in reference a General preventive measures for the reduction of wood decay are identified in the following paragraphs and should be accomplished by Ship s Force a b Correct remove all interference with complete water run off Repair fresh water leaks in plumbing drains and fresh water supply systems Maintain ventilation system i
57. non corrosive pins Inspect valve stems for misalignment and ensure that reach rod connection is one of square socket design with the non corrosive pin used only to secure the reach rod to the universal 2 All high low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely providing all inspections Part I items 2 b 2 c and 2 d of this Appendix for each valve so certified are satisfactory If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation the specific valves in question shall be checked Provide appropriate container for collecting anti freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled Ensure controlled re assembly in accordance with Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull val
58. of the oxygen generators Ensure oxygen generators are placed into Lay Up and adequately protected in accordance with Inactive Equipment Maintenance requirements Ensure PMT conducts a Post CNO Maintenance Availability material inspection prior to placing the oxygen generators in electrolysis Ensure the PMT conducts an operational inspection in accordance with paragraph 21 2 2 e of this chapter prior to commencing Fast Cruise during a CNO Maintenance Availability Oxygen generators will be operated by Ship s Force qualified operators as described in paragraph 21 1 1 of this chapter The oxygen generators will be in a static shutdown condition pressurized with nitrogen and meet the 3000 PSIG testing requirements of reference a b c or d as required IV 21 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Ensure electrolysis is secured and units are placed in a safe condition prior to commencing any training drill which may cause a loss of power casualty either normal or alternate power If the oxygen generators are to be placed in a static condition for the duration of the training drill ensure normal power will be restored to restart electrolysis or alternate power will be available to conduct a complete purge prior to the expiration of the 45 minute hold limitations of reference a b c or d as required 21 3 REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION 21 3 1 Training Oxygen generator operators and maintenance tech
59. or maintenance evolutions are controlled by a formal process This process is to be defined and concurred with by a MOA established between Ship s Force and the Lead Maintenance Activity The process shall ensure that isolation is re established and system conditions verified prior to recommencing work 10 4 5 Centralized Work Control Procedures It is the responsibility of the Lead Maintenance Activity to determine the need for centralized work control and to assign the responsibility for work authorization control During depot availabilities a centralized work control team will be established For other availabilities this decision is based on the number of repair activities performing work during the availability and the complexity of the work When centralized work control procedures are invoked the following process shall be used a Work by all repair activities is processed by the centralized work control team including work covered by paragraph 10 4 3 of this chapter Ship s Force involvement will be defined by MOA The Lead Maintenance Activity will specify participation and supervision of the centralized work control team by MOA Ship s Force is an integral part of the centralized work control team and should man the team with experienced officers or senior petty officers IV 10 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA The repair activity performing the work shall prepare the WAF sign as RAR on the Tagout Record Sheet and sign t
60. person performing the work 2 Date the work was performed 3 Reason for accomplishing the work 4 Applicable drawing number or reference document 5 Brief description of the work performed 6 Description of the testing performed and test results IV 20 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 7 Signature of the officer Chief Petty Officer responsible for assuring quality of work Maintain all work documents as official records for a three year period following completion of DDS refurbishment or in accordance with Volume V of this manual whichever is longer The documents will be available for inspection by the SCA and QA auditors during this period The SEAL Delivery Vehicle Team shall maintain custody over these work documents Certification of the DDS is the responsibility of the parent SEAL Delivery Vehicle Team It is the responsibility of both the team and the host unit to maintain certification when the DDS is installed on the host unit Specifics of material and certification maintenance are covered in the applicable Memoranda of Agreement IV 20 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 20 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX A SYSTEM CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Approved For Navy Use Deesa ll partei LL LE DEEG EE EE Underwater Breathing Apparatus Used with Deep Dive Systems BEER REES EE EE Lighveight Surtace Supplied outs anno x Le EE E S Lei Pat
61. reference a and meet the spectrographic analysis requirements of reference c GG Aircraft Carrier O N producers are known to experience high levels of methane i e aircraft exhaust fumes Collection Holding and Transfer system discharge and boiler Emergency Diesel Generator exhaust gases which exceed the current established maximum limit of 25 parts per million per reference c The following direction is established for aircraft carrier O2 N gt producer liquid samples as stated in reference a 1 For shipboard produced liquid oxygen the limit for methane when sampled at the storage tank is 75 parts per million This limit shall not be exceeded 2 Liquid oxygen samples drawn from the storage tank are customer user samples for issuance in compliance with the ABO surveillance program Samples from the O N producer are Maintenance samples used for monitoring and contaminate analysis and correction d If at any time a liquid oxygen test sample or test method is found unsatisfactory Ship s Force O N2 Plant operators and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department ABO laboratory personnel shall work together to identify and correct the problem Guidelines to follow for this are outlined in references a b and c e Certification of high pressure gaseous storage flasks shall be performed in accordance with reference b 6 4 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE a In accordance with reference a only qualified person
62. report Updates will be submitted monthly until all discrepancies are corrected b Semi annually the TYCOMs will provide the ALRE Program Office PMA 251 with an ALREMP status report detailing their respective carrier s performance Reports will be used to evaluate overall ALREMP program effectiveness IV 16 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 16 3 AVIATION CERTIFICATION Aviation Certification including ALRE certification responsibilities procedures and waiver guidance are provided in references d e and f 16 4 CARRIER AND FIELD SERVICE UNIT Carrier And Field Service Unit CAFSU is a branch of the NAVAIRWARCEN Lakehurst ALRE Fleet Technical Support Competency The organization is comprised of civilian technicians highly skilled and thoroughly qualified in the operation maintenance repair installation and testing of both shipboard and shore based ALRE and VLA systems They are geographically located in field offices to provide instant technical assistance to Fleet personnel and industrial activities throughout the Fleet operating areas CAFSU Field Offices are located at Naval Aviation Depot JAX Norfolk VA Voyage Repair Team VRT Detachment Naval Station Mayport FL Naval Aviation Depot North Island CA Puget Sound Naval Shipyard Bremerton WA Ship Repair Facility Yokosuka Japan Supervisor of Shipbuilding Newport News VA Norfolk Naval Shipyard Portsmouth VA The CAFSU Supervisor is located at TYCOM he
63. respect to the fittings or other associated components required in addition to the specific piece of test equipment For hydrostatic test equipment sufficient information must be provided to complete the check list requirements of Chapter 9 of this volume Equipment should be issued for a specified period and delinquent equipment recovered as soon as possible Activities receiving NTE must be briefed that only the issuing activity is authorized to repair NTE and that tampering will invalidate certification Equipment Check out Check in Forms will as a minimum contain the attributes contained in Appendix A of this chapter IV 7 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA f Verification that the equipment is in accordance with the current revision of the controlling reference shall be accomplished by 1 Review of the NTE Certification Record prepared in accordance with Section 7 5 of this chapter above to demonstrate that the item has been certified 2 Compare the revision level stated on the NTE Certification Record to the current revision of the reference g When equipment is returned those items of the issue and receipt procedure necessary to determine the condition of the equipment shall be repeated This will ensure that equipment requiring repair is identified in a timely manner A check in operational test need not be performed in every case but would be appropriate if visible physical conditions indicate possible damage affectin
64. shackle for corrosion and promotes corrosion The shackle must be powder coated white 2 Escape Trunks Logistics Escape Note 11 Trunks and Forward Lockout Trunks a Escape trunk hatch fairings must MS be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support 1670 081 011 submarine rescue Verify Planned Maintenance has been completed within the required periodicity on all escape trunk hatches Visually inspect escape trunk hatch fairings for compliance with the specification called out in the Maintenance Standard MS Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener in each fairing piece required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Inspection Submarine Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Fwd Mid Aft Signature Signature b Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking unlocking opening shutting from below above with salvage wrench handwheel as applicable c Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms in accordance with the installed instruction plates and e
65. ship s plans two man check label plate identification 11 Ensure the tank or void is properly isolated with all sources of potential pressurization danger tagged out and the tank or void is vented to the atmosphere 12 Ensure the tank or void fasteners are loosened to permit breaking the gasket seal Remove fasteners only after the seal has been broken 13 Use lanyards on tools and tethered sealable parts pouches 14 Prior to entering a tank or void remove all unnecessary items from your person i e combs lighters wallets etc 15 Take an inventory of all tools and materials with which you entered the tank or void Have a second person verify the inventory before and after each entry 16 A rubber mallet should be used to investigate for sound shorts rattles etc IV 10G 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 10G 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX H CLOSE OUT INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST Name of tank void or space DESCRIPTION PETTY OFFICER OFFICER INITIAL 1 PAINT a Painted items and structures are completely covered b No cracking or bubbling c No evidence of rust under paint d Zincs transducers and hydrophones are not painted 2 FRAMEWORK AND FOUNDATIONS a Inspect space framing and shell welds for visual defects b Ensure nuts are lock tight type or lockwired and screw engagement allows for at least one thread protru
66. the SDI are made by the industrial activity to reflect work performed during Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities and Fleet Maintenance Activity Availabilities Original SDIs are to be corrected by the planning yard to reflect changes reported by the ship or other activities when changes are made between regular overhauls SDI information includes 1 Drawing title 2 NAVSEA drawing number and revision 3 Builder or contractor drawing numbers of Hull Mechanical and Electrical drawings applicable to the individual ship 11 4 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT CENTERS Aircraft Carriers only MSCs provide a centralized organization to aid the Work Center technicians by incorporating Integrated Logistics Support problem solving methods MSC personnel operate from a central facility with reference material and resources of Integrated Logistics Support troubleshooting readily available The MSC will function within the policy and procedural guidelines of references f and g IV 11 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A The MSC develops and maintains an accurate equipment component configuration database identification of required technical support e g repair part APLs drawings technical manuals test equipment Planned Maintenance System etc and the solutions for repair part support problems IV 11 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 11 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VO
67. the cognizant Fleet Commander the assessment team will be comprised of members from each TYCOM that the FMA performs repairs for with the Fleet Commander or Fleet Commander assigned TYCOM representative as the senior member of the assessment team Assessments will be conducted in accordance with references a through g in conjunction with the Quality Assurance assessment prescribed by Volume V Part I Chapter 9 of this manual Assessments will be performed annually not to exceed 18 months to evaluate the ability of the FMA to execute maintenance in accordance with applicable technical directives and specifications Battle Force FMA Amphibious Ready Group FMA CV CVN LHA LHD assessments will occur once during the inter deployment training cycle normally during the advanced phase The assessment of FMAs encompasses Repair Department Work Centers WC and the direct repair WC support functions performed by other departments 2 1 2 Applicability The assessments described in this chapter are applicable for non nuclear work only This chapter does not apply to nuclear work and systems they are addressed separately in Volume V Part I Chapter 9 of this manual IV 2 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 2 2 ASSESSMENT AREAS FMAs are expected to maintain a broad spectrum of capabilities at full readiness The FMA can expect that many of these capabilities will be observed and evaluated during the course of the assessment The Assessment Tea
68. the outbrief Issue the Assessment Report Appendix C of this chapter to the FMA via the ISIC within 15 calendar days following completion of the assessment 2 4 2 Fleet Maintenance Activity a Forward team security clearance information to the local base security office and to all units who are or will be in availability during the period of the assessment Designate an Assessment Coordinator to act as the point of contact between the Assessment Team and the command Notify the appropriate TYCOM of the name and phone number of the Assessment Coordinator upon receipt of the assessment precepts letter Ensure the following assessment support is provided 1 Access to all industrial areas within the FMA IV 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 An adequate and dedicated administrative work area to allow the Assessment Team to assemble Parking for the Assessment Team A telephone with off ship and long distance capability Access to Maintenance Resource Management System Clerical personnel to assist These personnel will report to the Assessment Team Leader for assignment of working hours and duties Copying services Access to all Controlled Work Packages CWP and standard Formal Work Procedures FWP including the index of FWPs Access to selected Repair Department training records and the departmental weekly training schedul
69. to be scheduled by the ship in accordance with PMS GTBs or ISIC TYCOM directives IV 23 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Requests for scheduling of routine inspections shall be submitted utilizing Automated Work Requests with primary and alternate dates provided Inspections normally take three to seven working days to complete Requests for non routine inspections may be submitted by naval message Automated Work Request or telephone as the situation requires to the ISIC or TYCOM Scheduling requests should be submitted a minimum of 60 days prior to the desired dates of routine inspections Gas turbine inspections may be conducted in conjunction with SEMAT II or other assessment programs scheduled by the ISIC or TYCOM 23 5 PREPARATION FOR INSPECTION The following preparations shall be completed prior to the MGTI arrival when conducting pre Planned Major Maintenance Availability pre deployment and GTRR a For other than casualty inspections Ship s Force shall conduct full power data run with gas generator speed above 8500 RPM Operate at full power for 20 minutes and provide a printout every five minutes Record the actual gas generator speed Forward a copy of full power data to local RMC as applicable and retain a copy on board for use by the MGTI Ensure ship s borescope set is available and in good working order Ensure Marine Gas Turbine Equipment Service Records for all gas turbine engines are complete and
70. to successfully pass an Environmental Protection Agency approved technician certification test and be licensed before any commencement of work begins IV 6 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 6 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 7 ACCOUNTABILITY AND CERTIFICATION OF NUCLEAR PROPULSION PLANT TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCES a NAVSEA 0989 LP 031 4000 Reactor Instrumentation and Control Equipment Maintenance b NAVSEA 0989 LP 064 3000 Cleanliness Requirements for Nuclear Propulsion Plant Maintenance by Forces Afloat LISTING OF APPENDICES A Nuclear Test Equipment Check Out Check In Form B Nuclear Support and Test Equipment Certification Record 7 1 PURPOSE To promulgate requirements for the certification and accountability of Nuclear Propulsion Plant Test and Support Equipment as required by the applicable Reactor Plant Manual RPM and reference a Nuclear Propulsion Plant Test and Support Equipment is commonly referred to as Nuclear Test Equipment NTE 7 1 1 Discussion NTE specified by the applicable RPM and reference a to support planned and corrective maintenance of Nuclear Propulsion Plant systems must be carefully controlled Maintaining accountability and certifying accuracy operability and reliability per the most current Field Changes and technical specifications is an essential element of reactor safety The basic elements of the NTE progra
71. touch plate markings are Ship s Plans installed and per plan b Check that each valve is free to operate Notes 1 and 2 with the inspecting command s salvage wrench c Perform a J pressure and a low Notes 1 and 17 pressure 100 psi seat tightness test from the sea side No leakage is allowed d External salvage system caps 1 Verify the ship s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed 2 Remove cap assembly test Kaiser Aero Space connect disconnect with the inspecting amp Electronics Dwg command s female fitting 9495 Formally Roylyn Inc 3 Inspect all Roylyn caps Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint and or debris Reinstall cap with safety wire where applicable e Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris 3 Internal Air Salvage a Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves b Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label 4 Bulkhead Flappers a Test satisfactory local and remote as applicable operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers 5 Hull Access Hatches Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches Inspection performed by local PMT a Perform witness maintenance required MIP 1671 974 by Planned Maintenance System PMS MRC 7CZM and Maintenance Index Page MIP to complete ICZ
72. toxic fluids or gases Submarines will always obtain GFE services from the supporting NMF unless an emergency or casualty dictates otherwise A ship or submarine gas free engineer shall not under any circumstances provide GFE services to any personnel other than those assigned to own Ship s Force 6 Tenders shall follow reference b for all repair work on the tender itself or ships submarines except when the work is conducted while the vessel tender ship submarine is at a NMF at which point reference a becomes the governing instruction Locations where in port GFE services are not available ensure that entry into or hot work in or on fuel tanks spaces in which fuel tank vents terminate piping or equipment servicing such spaces or other confined spaces known to contain flammable fuels or fuel vapors is permitted only if approved by the Commanding Officer for each occasion as specified in paragraph 074 19 4 b of reference b Treat tanks as Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health and follow procedures in paragraph 074 19 14 of reference b 7 Non DOD contractor personnel contractor personnel conducting ship repair work on ships located inside U S territorial waters are required to follow reference c requirements whether the ship is in a government or privately owned ship repair facility RMCs shall ensure all contracts include reference c requirements and ensure contractor compliance IV 25 2
73. 0 3 REV A CHA HAPTER 10 WORK AUTHORIZATION AND CONTRO OCU Purpose E IV 10 1 ebe IV 10 1 103 Work Authorization e IV 10 1 Work Authorization EE IV 10 2 TEE IV 10 2 Work Authorization Form ccsccccisicsccctusccccastsiaccessecs saccebeeesscccsceesaiccsutheesuccascoscavsaevcdeves IV 10 2 Work Authorization Log EEN IV 10 2 Technical Work Document Record Sheet IV 10 2 Work Authorization Procedure ec eceecceecescceseceeceecesecssecaaecaeecaeeeseeeaeeeeseeeeaeeaeeaeeaesaesaaeeas IV 10 2 Transfer of Non Nuclear Systems and Nuclear Instrumentation and Control Systems Depot availabilities Only geen cieaciac seach iivaa EEEa aE Veedel TV 10 3 Work Authorization Form Revisions ccecceeesecssecseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecaeceaecaecsaecauecaeecaeeeaeeaes IV 10 5 Centralized Work Control Procedures 0 0 0 0 ecceescesceseceseceseceeecaeeaecaeecaeecaeeeaeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeenaeenee IV 10 6 Equipment Tagout Procedures 0 ce eceeceeceseceseceseceseceecaeecaeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeseaessaesaeeaecaeenaeeeas IV 10 7 Barter Criteria enrera a E R A E A E EEE aE IV 10 7 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item Identification Listing and Control Submarines only IV 10 7 10 5 Final Certification Close Out and Re entry of Submarine Spaces Tanks and Voids sceeeeeeeees IV 10 10 DES IV 10 10 IR IV 10 10 EIERE EELER EENS AER IV 10 10 PAP pCa by E IV 10 10 Work Authorization Form cc
74. 1 BEDEO EAE E EE Ee IV 7 1 ki Nuclear Test Equipment Categories oi cccic ccsisisecdictticcisccieecsscnbcasscvescasicobacecdscteceviacesesavasesdscbesecsecssvessecgevies IV 7 1 Ee IV 7 2 p d Proc urement E IV 7 2 Nuclear Test Equipment Certifications 2ets ccveusesdivss sueyicedseshoseestevecebestanar siavidebivebesys Eege IV 7 2 Electronic Electrical Test Equipment ccccesccesceesecececcecseeeeeeeeeseneeseceseeeeeceaeceaeseaeeeaesneeaeeees IV 7 2 3 2 Mechanical Test Equipment 00 c ce eeccesececseeceeececseeceeeeecsaecescecsaeceeaeeceaecesaeecaeeseaeecaeeeeaeecnaeeeeaees IV 7 2 Recertification Following Reference Revision cssssssccseeeeceseeecesecseeseceeeseenaeseeeeeeeeeeaeeneeaees IV 7 3 Certification Documentation ecsecesecssesecsceesceseeecsseeseesecseesecseesecsaeeeeaecaeesecneesessaseneaeeateaeeaeeats IV 7 3 E EE IV 7 3 Lost Damaged Test Equipment 0000 eceesceesceseceecesecaecseecaeecseeeseseeecaaeeaeseaeeseeeeeeeeeeseeaeenaes IV 7 4 Cleanliness and Foreign Material Exclusion ccsssssesscseeeeceeeeeceseeeesecacesecneeseesaeeecsaeenteaeeaeeats IV 7 4 e IV 7 4 INVEMLOFY TEE IV 7 4 Appendices A Nuclear Test Equipment Check Out Check In Form 0 ccceeeeeeeeccsseeeceseceeesecaeesecneseessaeeneeaeens IV 7A 1 B Nuclear Support and Test Equipment Certification Record IV 7B 1 HAPTER 8 WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENTS 8 1 te DEE IV 8 1 Ee ee HE IV 8 1 GE Elevator Supp
75. 11 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 11 2 1 1 Technical Library Non Supervisory Personnel The Technical Library non supervisory personnel will carry out the daily operations of the technical library as directed by the Technical Library Supervisor The Technical Library non supervisory personnel shall a b Be a reliable and motivated petty officer E5 or above for FMA MSC or full time civilian equivalent Military should be assigned for at least 12 months Personnel assigned as satellite librarians will be reliable and motivated petty officers appointed in writing and assigned for at least 9 months Satellite librarians in work centers holding confidential material will have at least a Confidential security clearance 11 2 2 Technical Library Materials The technical library has a wide variety of technical information and data in many different forms and formats In general eight broad categories of information exist which are described in reference e 11 2 2 1 Indices Indices serve as reference or information sources that name systems supplies and other information sources Examples of indices include a b e Ships Drawing Index SDI Index of Technical Publications ITP TDMIS Navy unabridged Index of Publications and Forms reference a DODISS 11 2 2 2 Technical Manuals Technical manuals outline inspection and repair procedures for shipboard systems Examples of technical manuals includ
76. 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 4 DIESEL ENGINES REFERENCES a OPNAVINST 9220 3 Propulsion and Auxiliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program b NAVSEA 9233 CJ HBK 010 020 U S Navy Diesel Engine Inspectors Handbook Parts 1 Inspection Procedures and 2 Technical Information c NAVSEA S9086 HB STM 010 NSTM Chapter 233 Diesel Engines d NWP 1 03 1 Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report e NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual f NAVSEA S9086 H7 STM 010 NSTM Chapter 262 Lubricating Oil g NAVSEA S9086 GX STM 020 NSTM Chapter 220 V3 Water Treatment LISTING OF APPENDICES A Assessment Inspection Main Propulsion Diesel Engine and Ship Service Diesel Generators for LSD 41 49 and LPD 17 Class Ships 4 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance for the conduct of diesel engine inspections timely correction of discrepancies and the general operation and maintenance of diesel engines 4 2 DIESEL ENGINE INSPECTOR CERTIFICATION The Diesel Engine Inspector DEI Program Manager is Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA Philadelphia The Regional Maintenance Center RMC is the administrative manager for their respective region DEI certification and certification extension requirements as outlined in reference a are amplified as follows Initial Certification All DEI candidates that have satisfactorily complet
77. 3 7 1 Repair Before Operating Conditions exist that if left unattended would definitely pose a hazard to personnel or result in severe equipment damage Repair Before Operating RBO deficiencies require reinspection by a MGTI after repairs and before the gas turbine engine is operated The following items are examples of RBO items and are not to be construed as a complete list a LM 2500 1 Bent broken VSV vane actuation arms 2 Improperly rigged VSVs 3 Foreign Object Damage screen with cracks or missing wires that are beyond serviceable limits 4 Evidence of serious internal failure 5 Stall tip clang 6 Bent or damaged blades 7 Loose missing casing split line bolts 8 GTB inspection periodicity time limits exceeded 9 Fuel oil or lube oil lines chafed in excess of maximum limits 10 Exhaust duct mount lug weld crack s beyond allowable limits b Allison 501 K17 K34 IV 23 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 1 Combustor liner out of specifications 2 Eroded turbine section beyond serviceable limits 3 Vertical and or side mount out of specifications 4 Heavily caked dirty fuel nozzles 5 Burned ignitors 6 Fuel oil or lube oil lines chafed in excess of maximum limits 7 Improperly connected thermocouple leads and open thermocouples as indicated by and installed monitor or PMS 23 7 2 Major Deficiencies Conditions exist that if left unattended would result in progressive deterioration
78. 6 IV 10 1 IV 10 2 thru IV 10 3 IV 10 4 IV 10 5 thru IV 10 6 IV 10 7 thru IV 10 8 IV 10 9 IV 10 10 IV 10A 1 IV 10A 2 thru IV 10A 3 IV 10A 4 IV 10B 1 IV 10B 2 IV 10C 1 IV 10C 2 IV 10D 1 thru V 10D 4 IV 10E 1 thru IV 10E 2 IV 10F 1 IV 10F 2 IV 10G 1 IV 10G 2 IV 10H 1 thru V 10H 2 IV 10I 1 thru IV 101 2 IV 11 1 thru IV 11 4 IV 11 5 IV 11 6 thru IV 11 7 IV 11 8 IV 11 9 thru IV 11 10 Change in Effect Change 5 REVA REV A Change 5 REVA REV A Change 4 Change 6 Change 4 Change 6 Change 4 Change 5 Change 4 Change 4 Change 6 REVA REVA Change 3 Change 4 REV A Change 4 Change 4 Change 4 REV A Change 4 REV A Change 4 Change 4 Change 4 Change 1 REV A Change 1 REVA Page Numbers IV 12 1 IV 12 2 thru V 12 4 IV 12A 1 thru V 12A 2 IV 12B 1 thru V 12B 2 IV 13 1 IV 13 2 IV 13 3 thru IV 13 8 IV 13 9 thru IV 13 10 IV 14 1 IV 14 2 IV 15 1 thru V 15 4 IV 16 1 IV 16 2 thru IV 16 6 IV 17 1 IV 17 2 IV 17 3 thru IV 17 4 IV 17 5 IV 17 6 IV 18 1 thru IV 18 2 IV 18 3 thru IV 18 4 IV 18A 1 IV 18A 2 IV 18A 3 IV 18A 4 IV 18A 5 IV 18A 6 IV 18A 7 IV 18A 8 thru IV 18A 9 IV 18A 10 IV 18A 11 IV 18A 12 IV 18B 1 IV 18B 2 Change in Effect Change 4 REVA REV A REVA Change 6 Change 4 Change 6 REV A Change 2 REVA REV A Change 2 REV A REVA Change 2 REV A Change 2 REV A Change 6 Change 2 Change 2 Change 3 Change 6 Change 2 Change 3 Change 2 Change 6
79. 6 UU STM 010 NSTM Chapter 613 Wire and Fiber Rope and Rigging ai NAVSEA 0989 LP 030 7000 Lifting Standard 13 1 PURPOSE To ensure Weight Handling Equipment WHE is capable of continued reliable and safe operation a WHE shall be of sufficient rated capacity to safely handle the calculated load including all slings shackles turnbuckles strongbacks and chain hoists b The WHE selected shall be inspected before each use for obvious material deficiencies equipment capacity markings and load test expiration date as applicable 13 1 1 Scope The following guidance has been utilized to incorporate both Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA and Naval Facilities Engineering Command requirements a For shipboard WHE used both afloat and ashore including Floating Drydocks NAVSEA technical requirements are cited and invoked as the top level guidance b For shore based WHE used only ashore Naval Facilities Engineering Command and the Code of Federal Regulations technical requirements are cited and invoked as the top level guidance c For general purpose lifting and rigging shore based rigging gear and portable hoists meeting the requirements of reference a may be used aboard ship when the ship is pierside d For Reactor Plant Lifting and Handling Equipment and lifts of major reactor plant components additional guidance is provided in Section 9400 0 of reference b and in reference c Reference d provides guidance
80. CH 1 breakdown the equipment is separated into the last characters of an HSC Under each HSC the equipment is listed in Repairable Identification Code sequence then in publication number sequence General ship related manuals will have a HSC of 00001 2 Volume Two is organized in Publication Number sequence Under each publication the supported equipment is listed in HSC then Repairable Identification Code sequence 3 Volume Three is organized into four broad categories a General and Ship Related Publications are selected by their Ship applicability and publications group code then sorted into publication number sequence b Electronics Publications are selected and sequenced by Joint Electronics Type Designator c Hull Mechanical and Electrical Publications are selected and sequenced by the Repairable Identification Code d Ordnance Publications are selected and sequenced by system equipment Mark and Model numbers 11 3 2 Ship s Drawing Index The SDI is a list of ship drawings and related design reference information that shows the actual current configuration of the ship SDIs are required by General Specifications for Shipbuilding for all ships over 200 feet in length a The original SDI is prepared by the shipbuilder and approved by Supervisor of Shipbuilding After acceptance of the ship by the Navy the SDI is sent to the selected planning yard which is assigned as custodian of the index Corrections to
81. Center ESU is composed of skilled technicians qualified in the operation repair testing and training of weapons and cargo elevator systems The ESUs are responsible for periodic material assessments repair technical assistance on board operator maintenance training and verification of Integrated Logistics Support ILS elements under this program 8 3 SHIP S FORCE ASSESSMENT RESPONSIBILITIES a Ensure that the Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP is up to date b Ensure operators and maintenance personnel are available to assist the Assessment Team c Require operators and maintenance personnel to accompany the Assessment Team for on the job training to increase self sufficiency d Prepare and submit an OPNAV 4790 2K for each deficiency not corrected prior to completion of the assessment Provide a listing of Job Control Numbers to the ESU 8 4 ELEVATOR SUPPORT UNIT EVOLUTIONS The specific components of each ESU evolution are defined below These evolutions are designed to ensure deficiencies are identified and repaired in a timely manner Prior to commencement of any ESU evolution a pre brief will be conducted by the ESU representative and attended by the ship s Maintenance Manager and all applicable departmental representatives The pre brief will cover but is not limited to the following topics a Key evolution elements IV 8 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A b C d Roles and responsibilities of
82. Change 2 Change 3 Change 6 Change 2 Change 2 Change 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Page Numbers Change in Effect Page Numbers Change in Effect IV 18B 3 Change 6 IV 20 2 thru IV 20 9 Change 1 IV 18B 4 Change 2 IV 20 10 REV A IV 18B 5 Change 3 IV 20A 1 thru V 20A 2 Change 3 IV 18B 6 Change 6 IV 20B 1 REV A IV 18B 7 thru IV 18B 9 Change 2 IV 20B 2 Change 1 IV 18B 10 Change 3 IV 21 1 thru IV 21 6 Change 3 IV 18B 11 Change 6 IV 22 1 thru V 22 2 REVA IV 18B 12 Change 2 IV 23 1 Change 3 IV 18C 1 Change 2 IV 23 2 thru IV 23 3 Change 1 IV 18C 2 thru IV 18C 3 Change 6 IV 23 4 Change 3 IV 18C 4 thru IV 18C 5 Change 2 IV 23 5 Change 4 IV 18C 6 Change 6 IV 23 6 Change 6 IV 18C 7 thru IV 18C 8 Change 2 IV 23 7 REV A IV 18C 9 thru IV 18C 10 Change 3 IV 23 8 Change 1 IV 18C 11 Change 6 IV 24 1 thru IV 24 6 REV A IV 18C 12 Change 2 IV 25 1 Change 4 IV 18D 1 Change 2 IV 25 2 Change 6 IV 18D 2 thru V 18D 3 Change 6 IV 18D 4 thru V 18D 5 Change 2 IV 18D 6 Change 6 IV 18D 7 thru IV 18D 10 Change 2 IV 18D 11 thru IV 18D 12 Change 6 IV 18E 1 thru IV 18E 6 Change 2 IV 18E 7 Change 3 IV 18E 8 Change 2 IV 18F 1 thru IV 18F 3 Change 3 IV 18F 4 Change 2 IV 18G 1 Change 3 IV 18G 2 Change 2 IV 19 1 thru IV 19 3 Change 2 IV 19 4 REV A IV 19A 1 thru V 19A 4 Change 2 IV 20 1 Change 3 iii COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank iv COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME
83. Command The TYCOM Immediate Superior In Command shall a Ensure surface ships participate in the pollution abatement program to the maximum extent possible by utilizing their pollution control equipment when within U S territorial waters three miles Ensure MSD systems are properly installed operated and maintained and that shipboard personnel working with sewage systems are properly trained in health and sanitation procedures 5 3 2 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge The Commanding Officer Officer In Charge shall Oversee the correction of discrepancies on MSD system installations in accordance with reference a Prevent food stuffs from being stored in areas adjacent to or below sanitation system valves flanges or take down joints Drip pans shall be installed beneath all sanitation system valves flanges and take down joints in health sensitive areas Log the time duration and justification for each unavoidable discharge of prohibited sewage in restricted waters Notify the TYCOM and Immediate Superior In Command of each occurrence In a situation where holding sanitary wastes would present a health or safety hazard the system shall be reported by Casualty Report in accordance with reference e and secured 5 4 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 5 4 1 Fleet Maintenance Activity Maintenance a Ship to Shop Work All Fleet Maintenance Activities are capable of accomplishing repair and overhaul of all MSD c
84. Diesel Engines 0 0 0 cceeeseescesecneeeeeneeeeeeees IV 4 10 Appendices Assessment Inspection Main Propulsion Diesel Engine and Ship Service Diesel Generators for LS D 4149 and LPD 17 Class SHIPS s te ccssiativcsteiurisayecisei ict eweeseenaaincd inoit IV 4A 1 HAPTER 5 MARINE SANITATION DEVICES E EI EI E Epos sise ee EE E E E A E RE IV 5 1 EC IV 5 1 EGRET a ac tanuti se tacteeceuase cess tystes E A E IV 5 1 RESPOn SIDI CS Hci sik sheaebped sebaal el cactessdacbaties aseughbsss el vbSbeeusmuccd anselbs uivicwioniaa A EEEN IV 5 2 Type Commander Immediate Superior In Commande IV 5 2 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge IV 5 2 System Maintenance and Inspection sccsccceceevecisecsisespssovdesoceasesseercsessuseesodepsseesuavecesonsiouorssevensonsospunatneienh IV 5 2 Fleet Maintenance Activity Maintenance 0 000 cece esse cseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseensecaecsaecsaessaecaaesaeeeas IV 5 2 RK IV 5 3 WPAN oY ea E Seele eE edel EE IV 5 3 HAPTER 6 OXYGEN AND NITROGEN SYSTEMS EVIE tu D IV 6 1 PLOCAUTIONS EE IV 6 1 Aviators Breathing Oxygen Testing oe ee ecsecsecneecseecseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeesecsecaecnaecsaecsaecaeecaeseaeseaeeeeseaeens IV 6 2 Operations and Maintenance 3 sccsicisessesssesvenesbisccevecsustesavdunssutveheseiaedacssnebbashaaas des EEEE EE ENEE EEEE E IV 6 2 xi COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 CHAPTER 7 ACCOUNTABILITY AND CERTIFICATION OF NUCLEAR PROPULSION PLANT TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PUT EE IV 7
85. EA IV 13 4 Rated Load Testenine oai rodie saeara PaaS E IV 13 4 Load Test Eegenen doce EE E EEO EET EEN E TV 13 5 Crane Certification Program TV 13 5 IR EE TE IV 13 5 LBE Nylon Stlaps EE IV 13 6 Weight Test Procedure Matrix es 20 IV 13 6 13 3 Naval Facilities Engineering Command Ashore Reoguements IV 13 7 Certification Prostar aseissa prienna eias dnsdatesabeadsobecenspabiehaes EES eueetunsoue IV 13 8 Operator Licensing Program IV 13 8 Operator Qualification and Testng cccececesecssesseeseceeeseceeeeeeeceeeeceaeeeeeaeeaeeeeens IV 13 8 Licensing Procedures and Documentapon cece cee cseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees IV 13 8 speed EEE eeeege eege Eeer Eege EES IV 13 8 Test PLOCCCULES is sass cecsouskss ceevsnvesebasisherehansncesaseasesessnbann oaesseae vans cocked ebessnbesosuivabehsbateacebeserseiscteneniaeys IV 13 8 Sol Special Purpose SCL e IV 13 8 SE IV 13 8 Crane Rigging Gear and Miscellaneous Equipment ceseeescseeeeceseeeceseceeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeaeeaees IV 13 8 HAPTER 14 MAGAZINE SPRINKLER INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS PUTPOSE siene nea n a eee kk E a aE a cus Aadus E E E E E a a E E eS IV 14 1 Ier E IV 14 1 Commanding e LEE IV 14 1 Verification Abee degt EEE ENEE EE IV 14 2 Immediate Superior In Command AA IV 14 2 HAPTER 15 CIRCUIT BREAKER WS PURPOSE E IV 15 1 xiv COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Circuit Breaker Function and Acquisition on Navy Shups IV 15 1 Circuit Breaker Overhaul
86. EA S9086 CH STM 030 NSTM 074 V3 Gas Free Engineering c OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other Dangerous Atmospheres in Shipyard Employment d OPNAVINST 5100 23 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual 25 1 PURPOSE To define Fleet Gas Free Engineering GFE inspection policy 25 2 SCOPE This chapter is applicable to all Gas Free service provided by all personnel military and civilian assigned to a Naval Maintenance Facility NMF or Navy ship submarine 25 3 DISCUSSION The correct application of GFE programs is varied and may be confusing to individuals unfamiliar with references a through d Table 25 1 cross references requirements Table 25 1 NAVSEA Gas Free Engineering Manual NSTM 74 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 OPNAVINST 5100 23F Para 2702D Ship or Submarine located at a NMF Note 1 X Ship Submarine pierside not at a NMF Note 4 amp 5 X Ship Submarine Underway Tender working on Ship Submarine not at a NMF Note 6 Tender working on Tender not at a NMF Note 6 zl KIK xX Tender working on other Surface Ship not ata NMF Non Department of Defense DOD Contractors including foreign contractors Note 2 or 7 X Note 2 X Note 7 Fleet Shore Activities which are not a NMF but conduct ship repair Note 3 Notes 1 NMF is defined as Regional Maintenance Center RMC Regional Sup
87. ENT REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9810 AA GTP 010 Intermediate Maintenance Activity Work Center Requirements Manual b COMPACELTINST 4700 5 COMLANTELTINST 4700 1 Navy Afloat Maintenance Training Strategy NAMTS Job Qualification Requirements JQR Management c NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual d OPNAVINST 5100 23 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual e OPNAVINST 5100 19 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat f OPNAVINST 3120 32 Standard Organization and Regulations of the U S Navy g NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 U S Navy Diving Manual LISTING OF APPENDICES A Typical Core Capability Assessment Areas B Typical Core Capability Assessment Projects C Sample FMA Assessment Report D FMA Assessment Deficiency Format 2 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance for conducting a Fleet Maintenance Activity FMA Assessment including areas to be assessed responsibilities for conducting the assessment and deficiency correction and reporting requirements 2 1 1 Scope Assessments of FMAs will be conducted by the Type Commander TYCOM or Fleet Commander with cognizance over the FMA For assessments conducted by the cognizant TYCOM the assessment team will be comprised of members from each TYCOM that the FMA performs repairs for with the senior member from the cognizant TYCOM For assessments conducted by
88. Elevators s NAVSEA STD DWG 805 2276338 Cleats t NAVSEA STD DWG 803 5000902 Safety Net Deck Edge Steel Frame and Nets u NAVSEA STD DWG 803 5184097 Safety Net Deck Edge Aluminum Frame and Nylon Nets v NAVSEA STD DWG 805 1639000 Deck Screw Reversible Eyebolts w NAVSEA S9086 TL STM 000 NSTM Chapter 572 Shipboard Stores and Provision Handling x NAVSEA 0901 LP 120 0001 NSTM Chapter 9120 Hull Fittings Lashing Gear and Access Closures y NAVSEA STD DWG 805 1645271 Portable Davits z NAVSEA S9AA0 AB GOS 010 020 General Specifications for Overhaul of Surface Ships GSO aa NAVSEA STD DWG 804 5184163 Trunk Safety Nets ab NAVSEA S9086 TK STM 010 NSTM Chapter 571 Underway Replenishment ac NAVSEA STD DWG 804 1213717 Vehicle Tiedown Deck Fittings ad NAVSEA STD DWG 709 5549373 Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Test Loads Methods and Inspection Procedures ae NAVSEA STD DWG 709 6633924 Vertical Launch System Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Test Loads Methods and Inspection Procedures af NAVSEA STD DWG 709 5549374 Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 726 Class Test Loads Methods and Inspection Procedures TV 13 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA ag NAVSEA STD DWG 709 6726350 Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 21 Class Test Loads Methods and Inspection Procedures ah NAVSEA S908
89. F 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX G PROCEDURES AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ENTERING SUBMARINE SPACES TANKS AND VOIDS NOTE IN ADDITION TO THE PRECAUTIONS NOTED IN THE STEPS BELOW SHIP S FORCE SHALL COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IDENTIFIED IN REFERENCES e THROUGH h 1 Prior to entry into any free flood area or main ballast tank check with the Engineering Duty Officer to ensure radiological surveys have been conducted to determine the radiological controls if required 2 Verify REC requirements if any 3 Obtain permission from the Duty Officer prior to entering any tank 4 Ensure atmosphere surveys have been completed and adequate ventilation is available prior to entering the tank 5 Obtain the necessary tools and equipment i e rubber mallet explosion proof flashlight or drop light hardhat wrenches screwdrivers etc required to enter or close out the space tank or void 6 Wear a hard hat when entering any Main Ballast Tank or free flood area 7 Use the buddy system with one man external to the tank or void at all times 8 No smoking in any tanks or voids Do not carry any naked lights or sparking electrical apparatus Ensure all drop lights are inspected and approved by the Electrical Division 9 While inside the tank make maximum use of ladders and walkways provided Do not step on valves and piping 10 Ensure positive measures are taken to identify the access to the tank or void to be opened
90. FLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Note Signature Signature 2 Blow valves trunk and compartment 3 Flood and drain valves including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations 4 Demonstrate satisfactory MIP operation and examine the H 409 001 condition of the following MIP equipment Charging manifold H 409 003 test inflate a life preserver inspect all hoses and fittings SEIE MIP For ships with Submarine Escape 5940 005 Immersion Ensemble SEIE MRC 9LQW suits conduct Hood Inflation System Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify water tight caps installed 5 Pressure proof lights mounted above waterline checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks 6 Electric lantern screened General Specs lenses and pressure relief hole sealed for Ships with plastic MIL I 3064 and NAVSEA mounted above waterline S9AAO SPN 010 Sect 332F 7 31MC installed above waterline 8 Verify accomplishment of MIP 5641 9R2
91. FMA Assessment Report IV 2C 1 FMA Assessment Deficiency Format IV 2D 1 1X COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 HAPTER 3 BOILER INSPECTIO 3 HEAR kil G we Koch Kon J Oo Go ZIGIS eJ LW Appendices tte D IV 3 1 Eeer IV 3 1 Types of Boiler Inspections 2s sehidei fechas accuses iets Hee ee hiens ested ta e esea EE Eae esaa RESA ieee IV 3 1 ee TE IV 3 2 Naval Sea Systems Commande tee Eeer IV 3 2 Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division IV 3 2 Fleet Commander is sess cee sesecsaneseensdanass socruncqustssisexuesunseessdacts EE eege IV 3 3 Regional Maintenance Center IV 3 3 Regional Maintenance Center Support Group Regional Maintenance Center Commanding OPMCELS ee Aer easa sD ney sabes NE aSa EPA aE NA aP des eaaeaysSs IV 3 3 Immediate Superior In Commande IV 3 4 Ship Commanding Officer Officer In Charge IV 3 4 Senior INSPeCtOL sirrini senenega RE ad Sa val a cvsbitbseadssae ee IV 3 4 Steam Generating Plant Inspector eceeeccssecssesecseeesceseeecsaeseceaecaeesecseesecsaeeeseecsaeeeesaesatesseneeeees IV 3 4 Inspection SCHE CULM 55 4c 25 saasenet edd E eea e ara E e EREE eke beveled eisenedeventes IV 3 5 Boiler Safety Procedures is sicessssc5 cccvenuscasees cssnst ents geviscusteneathigesinnscautestesaeusisneoungets igunessesapeantsigudiavecuewsnoues IV 3 5 Boiler Inspections and Requirement oss ccose cccccsesectwsusshgisstcuones sncuscebentvoanssnsubanbeustenss eege AEN IV 3 6 Routine
92. FORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A b Hull inspections will reveal the ship s hull condition through self inspection of inner shell structure by Forces Afloat These inspections will permit detection of structural defects and hull thickness degradation resulting from the cumulative effects of unarrested corrosion and identify any areas in need of repair and or preservation Shell plating areas which are inaccessible can be measured ultrasonically by divers from outside the hull c Besides verbal descriptions of damage graphical layouts of hull structure for some ship classes are available for use in the inspection These schematics are for the purpose of plotting damage locations as well as assisting the inspector in orientation and report analysis in assessing damage effects d Main machinery spaces are most prone to corrosion due to the severe environmental extremes of temperature and humidity arising from continuous operation of the propulsion machinery and supporting systems This alternate wetting and drying of the interior hull surfaces resulting from normal ship s operations and shutdowns over a long period produces oxidation cycles which lead to corrosion e Inspections should take place inport during a period when the machinery plant will be secured for at least one week During the work definition period prior to a scheduled dry dock availability an inspection should be scheduled so that it precedes the availability in enough time to permit the
93. FORMEN vil HAPTER 1 INTRODUCTIO iE T E A A T E A E A E IV 1 1 SCODE a ete ge ee eae IV 1 1 Chansessand Oe merianae o eea ap EEEE E EE E E AEE EE EEE EEEE IV 1 2 Request for Copies of the Mantal see caachacs dnt aa aana aaa aeaa ie aaoi IV 1 2 Appendices List Of ACLOMYIS ccccesccesccesecesecesecseecaeecseeeseesceeseeeseeesecesecsaecaaecuaecasecaeecaeesaecaeecaeeeaeenseeeneeeeees IV 1A 1 HAPTER 2 FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY ASSESSMEN tre GE IV 2 1 PLM SCOPE eege Ee IV 2 1 eebe EE EE IV 2 1 bi ASSESSMENT ATOAS aeiieoo rrer ronen e E E E E OEE TE EE EE REE E EErEE EEE AEE EEE EEE E E IV 2 2 Assessment RESUM Saccardo e a aa e aE a a E EEE E ERE EENE RE A IV 2 2 EIN IV 2 2 Type Commander essscissscvsisssiscasspapespasensstssosasnsanseusedanapaseas sc ET Eni SE ES EE NEn REE PE NREN E E EEE IE E R REE IV 2 2 2A Fleet Maintenance Activity ees IV 2 2 Assessment Findings Corrective AcHon sies ese eaa E ike E ea a aE a E Aea IV 2 4 Immediate Corrective Action Required 0 cceecesecssssecseeeeceseeecescsaeeecsaecaeesecaeeseesaeeesaecatesesaeeatenee IV 2 4 Ha Corrective Action Reger ssussieaiscesbisessetvsesetesvsens upsauennebensccsovonyedvevbedopvesevaurensecbonsepedvenaaice IV 2 4 Appendices Typical Core Capability Assessment Areag ec sseccescesseeseeseceeecseeecsseeecsaeeaeesecaeesessaeeesaeenees IV 2A 1 Typical Core Capability Assessment Projects esssecssesecseeeeceseeeeeseceeesecaeesecsaeeeesaeeateseeaeeats IV 2B 1 Sample
94. Facilities and Part Procurement IV 15 1 Lee lee IV 15 2 Navy Policy on Shipboard Circuit Breaker Maintenance and Overbhaul tees eeeecseeeeeeereeeeeeeeees IV 15 2 HAPTER 16 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY SYSTEMS FOR AVIATION SHIPS ett IV 16 1 KeA Rl KE IV 16 1 6 Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program IV 16 1 Applicability EE IV 16 1 ENGEN E E E E E T IV 16 1 e IO UE IV 16 1 Management Team isisisi aansien a aaea eea aa Macathe cauisece Hacssdoeheeasubeatensiens IV 16 2 ASSIST AE IV 16 2 PUGS EE IV 16 2 16 3 Aviation Certrhcation EE IV 16 3 16 4 Carrier And Field Service Unit ccssessescsncesesecosesenesssesenenensnsosenessnsssenesssssesnenenenensnsenesenenenenennes IV 16 3 164 1 RE Ee IV 16 3 16 4 1 1 Aircraft Carrier Commanding Officer IV 16 3 16 4 1 Industrial Repair ACtivity 00 eee cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseceaecaecsaecseecaeeeaecaeesaeeeaeeeneees IV 16 4 16 5 Naval Enter IV 16 4 16 6 Naval Aviation Depot Voyage Repair Team IV 16 5 HAPTER 17 STEAM CATAPULT INSPECTIO tte EN POMGCY AEE A E tuedseteeynateeaseoBentuevsnsbensdousetoedensoagusecgesensens nedhedbeppapbenes oboeda Gebepeabeas EE Types OF IMSPeEctiOns E MSIBI ES gege dee cazecinsdcsavesse Zeg eege eege geen d ser Naval Sea Systems Command Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division IV 17 2 Type Command er cs sicciedsiiicideecesoiedechatiascheahade tise de EE EES IV 17 2 17 3 4 Regiona
95. Facilities in Naval Ships Operating Aircraft f NAVAIRINST 3120 1 Lead Systems Command Procedures and Responsibilities for Certification of Aviation Facilities and Equipment in Naval Ships Operating Aircraft 16 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance concerning the maintenance policies procedures and responsibilities for Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment ALRE throughout the ship s operating cycle 16 1 1 Scope The Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program ALREMP is sponsored and directed by the Chief of Naval Operations and is administered through the chain of command to provide material and technical support by the cognizant Systems Command The ALREMP provides an integrated system for performing maintenance and related support functions on ship s installed aircraft launching and recovery systems and associated peripheral support systems and equipment 16 2 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM 16 2 1 Applicability The ALREMP encompasses all Navy activities concerned with the operation rework repair production and support of Aircraft Carrier ALRE including catapults arresting gear Visual Landing Aids VLA and associated deck gear and accessories 16 2 2 Objectives The ALREMP establishes standard procedures to control maintenance provide quality assurance performance verification and provide for a more effective ship s Maintenance and Material Management system in compl
96. Fast Cruise during a CNO Maintenance Availability Conduct oral interviews with all oxygen generator qualified personnel to determine individual knowledge levels and training effectiveness The operational inspection will include 1 Start up checks 2 Power Off maintenance check out 3 Start up 4 Operation to maximum allowable amperage 5 Performance of operational PMS 6 Shutdown 7 Placement in a static condition and restarted 8 Shutdown and purge complete 21 2 3 Commanding Officer a Report reduced status in accordance with established procedures any time the personnel requirements stated in paragraphs 21 1 1 c and 21 1 1 e of this chapter cannot be met Implement and execute a shipboard training program to qualify and maintain oxygen generator personnel qualifications Prohibit operation of the oxygen generators if shipboard procedures are not in compliance with this chapter and reference a b c or d as required Ensure the Oxygen Generator Material Maintenance Log is maintained and correctly reflects all corrective and planned maintenance performed Ensure periodic reviews of the Oxygen Generator Material Maintenance Logs are conducted by the Division Leading Petty Officer Division Officer and Engineer Officer Ensure all safety related deficiencies are promptly entered into the Equipment Status Log Prior to a CNO Maintenance Availability ensure the PMT conducts a material inspection
97. G PRO 010 MIP 5921 101 MIP 5921 Series MIP 5542 904 MRC 7DCR COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 PART II RESCUE Inspection Submarine Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM i Signature Signature 1 Submarine Rescue Chamber Naval Ships SRC Submarine Rescue Diving and Technical Recompression System SRDRS and Manual Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicle NSTM DSRV Fittings 9086 T9 STM 010 Chapter 594 a Verify 4 padeyes installed for Ship s Plans rescue vehicle in upper hatch free flood areas prior to TZ 0840 Verify four rescue vehicle holddown sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration on all escape trunk seating surfaces From one socket per hatch remove capscrew and plug demonstrate guide is free After TZ 0840 b Inspect rescue vehicle seating Notes 9 and surface 10 c Remove plug from hatch fairing Ship s Plans Check condition of SRC downhaul shackle Verify downhaul shackle is free of corrosion and can be operated by hand Use of plastisol on downhaul shackle is not authorized as it prevents visual inspection of
98. ICATION Commanding Officer USS Ship s Name and Hull No Senior Inspecting Officer SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION OF USS Ship s Name and Hull No a COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Volume IV Chapter 18 1 SSN 688 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List 1 The overall responsibility for the coordination and assembly of reference plans and publications in support of our submarine salvage inspections is assigned to preferably the XO Ist Lt or Weapons Officer Our Topside Coordinator is Name and our Below Decks Coordinator is Name 2 The following information certification is presented in accordance with reference a a b c d Reference Encl 1 Part I para 2 Encl 1 Part I para 3 b Part II para 2 1 Encl 1 Part I para 6 Encl 1 Part I para 7 b and 7 c Inspected Item High and Low Salvage Connections External Salvage Valves have been overhauled amp seat tightness tested Gages have been tested or calibrated within the past 12 months list any discrepancies in para 3 External Gagging Devices Valves will be lined up amp reset by Diver Qualifications All divers requalified in accordance with MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 exceptions noted in para 3 Diving Equipment has been inventoried and conforms with ship s COSAL IV 18F 1 Certification of Ship s Representative Date Tested by Ove
99. INATION Record required hydrostatic test pressure psi Record required overpressure protection setpoint i Circle applicable determination method 1 As specified in the applicable RPM 2 Other Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA approved document identify reference 3 Using Reference a Figure 3 attach Potential maximum overpressure Reference a Figure 3 item 29 conforms to the requirements of reference a paragraph 2 6 3 c 5 TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS Temporary connections and equipment cap spoolpieces jumpers blank flanges etc shall be verified to be capable of withstanding hydrostatic test pressure Verify that within the last year and subsequent to disassembly or replacement of any test rig equipment the assembled test rig pump hoses gages connecting tubing has been satisfactorily tested to a pressure at least equal to the maximum pressure which might be encountered during this hydrostatic test Hydro is not required to test pressure gage and relief valve replacement or fittings between subassemblies designed to be broken for portability Setpoint testing of the test rig relief valve while on the test rig meets this requirement Verify the rig has been cleaned to meet the system cleanliness requirements of the system being tested If the rig is not maintained clean comply with the cleanliness boundary requirements of reference a paragraph 2 6 4 No quick disconnects with check featur
100. IV CHAPTER 13 WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT TESTING AND INSPECTION REFERENCES a NAVFAC P 307 Management of Weight Handling Equipment b NAVSEA 0989 LP 043 0000 Commissioned Surface Ship General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specification c NAVSEA 0989 LP 037 2000 Commissioned Submarine General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specifications d NAVSEA 0989 LP 058 0000 AS AD Tender Nuclear Support Facilities Preventive Maintenance Index e NAVSEA S9086 XG STM 010 NSTM Chapter 700 Shipboard Ammunition Handling and Stowage f NAVSEA S9086 TX STM 010 NSTM Chapter 583 Boats and Small Craft g NAVSEA S9086 T4 STM 010 NSTM Chapter 589 Cranes h NAVSEA S9086 T3 STM 010 NSTM Chapter 588 Aircraft Elevators i NAVSEA STD DWG 803 5959209 Aircraft Deck Tiedown Fittings OI NAVSEA STD DWG 805 1916300 Aircraft Securing and Engine Run up Fittings k NAVSEA S9086 TV STM 010 NSTM Chapter 581 Anchoring 1 NAVSEA SG420 AP MMA O10 Periodic Testing Arrangements for Ordnance Handling Equipment m NAVAIR 17 1 127 Periodic Proofload Testing of Weapons Support Equipment W IPB n NAVSEA OP 4098 Handling Ammunition Explosives and Hazardous Material with Industrial Materials Handling Equipment 0 NAVSEA OP 3347 Ordnance Safety Precautions U S Navy p NAVORD OP 4 Ammunition Afloat q NAVSEA S9086 TM STM 000 NSTM Chapter 573 Booms r NAVSEA S9086 ZN STM 000 NSTM Chapter 772 Cargo and Weapons
101. IV TESTS AND INSPECTIONS RECORD OF CHANGES CHANGE NO DATE TITLE OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION ENTERED BY INITIALS COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank vi COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHANGE REQUEST FORM FROM ACTIVITY SHIP E MAIL ADDRESS CODE DEPT SHOP DATE ORIGINATOR TEL EXT _ VOL PART PARA NO FIGURE PROCESSING NORMAL PRIORITY Justify in rationale below if priority is marked PROBLEM DESCRIPTION RECOMMENDED CHANGE RATIONALE Fold on dotted line on reverse side staple or tape and mail to Submarine Maintenance Engineering Planning and Procurement SUBMEPP Activity send facsimile to 207 438 6250 or E mail to PTNH SUBMEPP JEMMMGR Navy Mil Vil COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Commanding Officer OFFICIAL BUSINESS Commanding Officer Submarine Maintenance Engineering Planning and Procurement SUBMEPP Activity Attn Code 1832 P O Box 2500 Portsmouth Naval Shipyard Portsmouth NH 03804 2500 viii COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME IV TESTS AND INSPECTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES occ ccccschicstassdasssabedoseasceoassaieblaslasestasvegscpessis aA eR usedusababeeawasuesdgssabbedesbuesdabesahesaessussende i RECORD OF CHANGE tt ege eeben lee ab A SU ae ee el v OINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL CHANGE REQUEST
102. Inspection eege SEENEN EENS dE Ee IV 3 6 Pre start of Overhaul Availability Inspection IV 3 6 Start of Overhaul Availability Inspection ee ceeeesesecsseeseeeceeeeeeeeeecaeeeeesceaeeeeeaeeaeeaeenaeeeeeaees IV 3 6 Strength and Integrity Inspection eee eee cee cseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecesecsaecsaeceaecaeesaecaaecaeesaeeeaeeeeeees IV 3 6 Industrial Support Visit Inspection IV 3 7 Completion of Overhaul Availability Inspection cceeeeesceeeeceeeeeeseceeesecseeeecsaeeeesaesateseeneeeees IV 3 7 Newly Constructed Ship Acceptance Inspection 0 eeceecesecesecesecseeceeeeeecaeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeseenaees IV 3 7 Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection eee eeeeeecesecesecesecesecaeecaeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeensees IV 3 7 Engineer Officer Inspecton cceeesesscsseecessecsceeceesecsaeeecsaecasesecseesecneesecaecneeseesaeecesaecateaesaeeaeenes IV 3 7 Major Repair Inspect Oni sseui So iier nenene E A ESEA aE Eege IV 3 7 Special Inspect ey szecscdssdiseies cceshags aN EEEE SEES EE RRN IV 3 7 Boiler Inspection Guidelines and Report IV 3 8 EECH IV 3 8 SE ROPOTIS Wieseseisveseades baste E E E TE E EE IV 3 8 Boiler Inspection Preparation EE IV 3 9 Bosler INSPCCHOMs ss icsics esieatvesbscacbeyecapcasesebscsegsrsnasnabeaachevecsucspusesaoveussonesaabahcbsvesudenpabsaeuscapnapabensc Ree EaR IV 3 10 3 9 1 Boiler Inspection FOPMS vic xe seciescdeschocsetecttieesd carsehectdy EEAE EENEG IV 3 10 BECH Boiler Inspection Areag Acte ENEE EENS IV 3 10 Comipl
103. L salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark v in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 2 INSPECTION TEAM 6 External Gagging Devices a Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship s salvage system arrangement plan Record number of turns to operate b Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means 7 Diving Equipment a Verify latest revision of U S Navy Diving Manual is onboard b Verify the requirements of MILPERSMAN have been implemented and that assigned scuba divers are currently qualified requalified and that the ship s Diving Officer has been designated in writing by the Commanding Officer c Verify allowance of scuba diving equipment onboard d Inspect equipment for condition and conformance with U S Navy Diving Manual and applicable NAVSHIPS Technical Manuals Ensure no unauthorized alterations have been accomplished and that equipment including charging connections and filters is in satisfactory working order and approved for service use e Ensure air samples are current for
104. LETED TWD AUTHORIZATION T TRANSFERRED BRIEF DESCRIPTION AND SCCANGEEED REMARKS CHECK amp DATE INI amp AUTH AUTH TGI DL DR O CHECK BOX IF CONTINUED ON ADDITIONAL SHEET PAGE V Add 06L7 LSNINOOYOAL TAINOD COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT RECORD SHEET COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS BLOCK SYSTEM COMPONENT WAF SERIAL NO TWD LINE ITEM NO TWD TGI DEFICIENCY LOG DEFICIENCY REPORT CWP FWP BRIEF DESCRIPTION 15T CHECK 2NP CHECK AND AUTHORIZATION DATE AUTH STATUS LINE ITEM BLOCK C T X INI amp DATE REMARKS INFORMATION REQUIRED Enter system or component Enter WAF serial number Enter next sequential number 1 2 3 etc Enter TWD e g TGI Deficiency Log Deficiency Report or other unique document identification Enter brief description Initials of 1 person who reviews and ensures the line item is within the WAF work description and tagout boundaries NOTE 1 Initials of 2 person independent from 1 who reviews and ensures work is within the WAF work description tagout boundaries that the WAF is in an authorized status and authorizes the line item NOTE 1 Date line item was authorized NOTE 1 Status of line item Initials and date of person that verifies a line item is complete transferred to another WAF or canceled Write any pertinent information may be left blank NOTE 1 1 and 2 checks of
105. LUME IV CHAPTER 12 HULL INSPECTION OF SHIPS AND CRAFT REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9086 DA STM 000 NSTM Chapter 100 Hull Structures b NAVSEA T9074 AS GIB 010 271 Requirements for Nondestructive Testing Methods LISTING OF APPENDICES A Sample Layout of Inspection Areas B Hull Reporting Format 12 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance for the inspection of ship s hulls to detect structural defects or hull thickness degradation and to establish supplemental procedures and periodicities for the conduct of hull inspections of thin hulled ships and craft for the timely detection of corrosion or erosion 12 1 1 Scope Thin hull ships are defined as those ships and craft with hull plating less than 1 2 inch design thickness at any location below the waterline Hull Inspections and repair for wooden hulled ships and craft are addressed in Chapter 24 of this volume Guidance contained in this chapter applies to all thin steel hull ships and craft as defined above including the following classes of surface ships a DD 963 b DDG ai c FFG 7 d CG 47 e PC 12 1 2 Discussion a All ship s hulls must be inspected in accordance with Planned Maintenance System PMS Reference a contains additional guidance and check lists for conducting a thorough internal and external visual hull inspection Should visual hull inspections reveal suspect areas these areas should be ultrasonically tested to determine the need for repairs IV 12 1 COMFLT
106. MINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Note Signature Signature 2 Verify from ship s records that MIP all applicable AN BQN 13 PMS has SO 104 902 been performed and witness satisfactory performance of all procedures except R 1 3 Inventory allowance of spare Ship s COSAL batteries for AN BQN 13 Ensure Note 10 shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded 2 Escape Trunks Logistics Escape Note 11 Trunks and Forward Lockout Trunks a Escape trunk hatch fairings must MIP be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support A 080 921 submarine rescue Verify Planned MRC 7CUL Maintenance has been completed within the required periodicity on all escape trunk hatches Visually inspect escape trunk hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in MRC 7CUL Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener in each fairing piece required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure b Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking unlocking opening shutting from below above with salvage wrench handwheel as applicable c Demonstrate that each access hatch can be opened with 5 percentile swing force operability criteria for surfaced emergency egress SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4149 d Dem
107. MPDEs requires the ship to be underway for a minimum of one day Units with MPDEs must allot underway time to allow the DEI to complete the operational phase The operational phase of the inspection must be completed within 90 days of the start of the inspection If the operational phase cannot be completed within these 90 days a TYCOM approved Departure From Specification DFS per Volume V Part I Chapter 8 of this manual is required Without a DFS the inspection will be terminated and rescheduled Ships should integrate the operational phase of the inspection into the Inter Deployment Training Cycle underway schedule IV 4 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 c A Diesel Inspection shall be accomplished by an ISIC RMC DEI It is encouraged that persons holding the DEI NEC that may be assigned to the ship being inspected be part of this inspection 4 3 3 1 Inspection Deferrals TYCOMs may approve a minor DFS for diesel inspections in the 18 to 24 month window With the flexibility to schedule a diesel inspection within a 24 month period requests to delay or cancel required inspections shall only be granted in extreme circumstances It is therefore critical that the Ship and the Fleet Maintenance Managers schedule the diesel inspection assessment in accordance with paragraph 4 3 3 a of this chapter well in advance of the 24 month date since the last inspection In those extreme circumstances when an inspection cannot be accomplished within 24 mon
108. MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO EACH USE UNTIL THE DEEP DIVE IS COMPLETE b It is understood that in some cases due to water depth restrictions the deep dive may not be performed for quite some time In these cases the ship should dive to the maximum depth possible and conduct passive checks Provided the checks are satisfactory the CAUTION tag may be replaced with one stating DO NOT OPERATE TRANSMIT ON THIS ANTENNA FOLLOWING OPERATIONS GREATER THAN enter max depth obtained PASSIVE CHECKS MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO EACH USE UNTIL THE DEEP DIVE IS COMPLETED e The tag s may be removed following completion of a deep dive to test depth and completion of satisfactory passive testing performed in accordance with the system specific technical manuals or MIPs MRCs to ensure the system is not grounded IV 22 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 23 GAS TURBINE ENGINE INSPECTION REFERENCES a OPNAVINST 9220 3 Propulsion and Auxiliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program b NSWCCD SSES 9332 GGTB 11 General Gas Turbine Bulletin Number 11 Gas Turbine Fleet Representatives c NAVSEA S9086 HC STM 000 NSTM Chapter 234 Marine Gas Turbines d NSWCCD SSES 9352 GGTB 0 General Gas Turbine Bulletin Number 0 Technical Directive Zero Index e NSWCCD SSES 933 GGTB 4 General Gas Turbine Bulletin Number 4 Marine Gas Turbine Operating Data Report f OPNAVINST 3120 32 Standard Organization
109. ORRECTIVE ACTION a For each noted deficiency in an assessment area a finding will be written and classified as either Immediate Corrective Action Required or Corrective Action Required b The FMA will annotate in the corresponding assessment report enclosure the corrective actions taken for each finding c The Commanding Officer will also submit a findings status report to the TYCOM via the administrative chain of command within 60 days following the date of the official assessment report d Unless a delay is specifically authorized by the TYCOM all findings will be corrected within the time limits specified in paragraphs 2 5 1 and 2 5 2 of this chapter 2 5 1 Immediate Corrective Action Required A deficiency that poses a significant safety hazard or results in a total loss or extreme degradation of the FMA s readiness to perform work or provide a service within an area of required capability Findings classified as Immediate Corrective Action Required require the immediate attention of the Commanding Officer and must be corrected within 15 days following the date of the assessment out brief Additionally the TYCOM may direct the immediate suspension of work in any area s pending resolution of critical deficiencies 2 5 2 Corrective Action Required A deficiency which poses a potential hazard to personnel safety or has a significant impact on the FMA s readiness to perform work or provide a service within an area of required
110. PORT SYSTEMS SUBMARINE RESCUE CHAMBER AND DRY DECK SHELTER MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION REFERENCES a NAVSEA SS521 AA MAN O010 U S Navy Diving and Manned Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification Manual b NAVSEA SS800 AG MAN 010 P 9290 System Certification Procedures and Criteria Manual for Deep Submergence Systems c OPNAVINST 3150 27 Navy Diving Program d NAVSEA SS750 AA MMA 010 Submarine Rescue Chamber SRC Modernized 850 Ft LISTING OF APPENDICES A System Certification Requirements B Submarine Rescue Chamber Scope of Certification Items 20 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance for the proper administration of a uniform maintenance program in support of the certification requirements for Diver Life Support Systems DLSS Submarine Rescue Chambers SRC Dry Deck Shelters DDS VIRGINIA Class Lock Out Trunks SSGN Lock Out Chambers and Advanced SEAL Delivery Systems 20 2 DIVER LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION 20 2 1 General The DLSS maintenance program is split into two distinct categories The first category consists of portable surface ship afloat and shore based surface supplied dive systems recompression chamber systems and saturation dive systems which are certified by Naval Facilities Engineering Command NAVFAC Code 07F and Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA 00C4 in accordance with reference a The second category consists of submarine and Deep Submergence System based DLSS su
111. PPENDICES A Summary of Boiler Inspection Scheduling and Responsibilities B Sample Boiler Inspection Report Cover Letter C Sample Boiler Inspection RBO Deficiencies Message D Water Jet Machine and Cleaning Guidelines E Waterside Cleaning Waiver 3 1 PURPOSE To establish policy and provide procedures and inspection requirements for the inspection of all conventional steam generating plants in surface ships and service craft including schedules preparations for inspection inspection guidelines and reporting 3 1 1 Policy Periodic standardized inspections are required of all non nuclear propulsion auxiliary and waste heat boilers by a certified Steam Generating Plant Inspector SGPI and or Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division NSWCCD Life Cycle Engineering Manager LCEM as applicable The maximum interval between boiler inspections and other occasions requiring boiler inspections including responsibilities for continuation and standardization of the boiler inspection program are formally assigned in reference a 3 2 TYPES OF BOILER INSPECTIONS Routine Inspection Pre start of Overhaul Inspection PSOI Pre start of Availability Inspection PSAT Start of Overhaul Inspection SOD Start of Availability Inspection SAI Strength and Integrity Inspection Industrial Support Visit ISV IV 3 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A j k Completion of Overhaul Inspection COI Completion of Availability Inspec
112. PTION Enter a description of work to be performed detailed enough for the Authorizing Officer and or RAR to understand the scope of the work boundary and prepare concur in the isolation established for this work If necessary use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized Description of work can contain either a description of work boundaries or a description of components see paragraph 10 4 3a of this chapter Block 8 POST WORK TESTING IS AS SPECIFIED Check BELOW and identify test requirements when retest is not contained in a TWD or formal test program Check FORMAL TEST PROGRAM if retesting will be tracked or completed in a program administered by the repair activity If FORMAL TEST PROGRAM or NO TEST REQUIRED is checked Block 17 is N A Block 9 RESTRICTIONS PRECAUTIONS REMARKS OPENING Enter any restrictions or precautions associated with the work item If any information is entered in this block the person making the entry must enter name organization and date If necessary use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized Block 10 DIVISION REPAIR ACTIVITY READY TO COMMENCE WORK Signature by Leading Petty Officer Division Officer for Ship s Force work or repair activity indicates that sufficient prerequisites are met to commence isolation for production work Block 11 SAFETY OF SHIP For submarines when required by paragraph 10 4 10 of this chapter and reference a check YES if work af
113. Page Numbers i thru iii iv thru vi vii viii ix x xi xii xiii xiv xv thru xvi xvii xviii IV 1 1 IV 1 2 IV 1A 1 IV 1A 2 IV 1A 3 thru IV 1A 4 IV 2 1 IV 2 2 IV 2 3 IV 2 4 IV 2A 1 IV 2A 2 IV 2B 1 thru V 2B 2 IV 2C 1 IV 2C 2 IV 2D 1 thru IV 2D 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME IV TESTS AND INSPECTIONS LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES Change in Effect Page Numbers Change 6 IV 3 1 Change 2 IV 3 2 Change 6 IV 3 3 Change 2 IV 3 4 Change 3 IV 3 5 thru V 3 7 Change 2 IV 3 8 thru V 3 9 Change 6 IV 3 10 thru V 3 12 Change 2 IV 3A 1 Change 4 IV 3A 2 Change 6 IV 3B 1 Change 2 IV 3B 2 Change 3 IV 3C 1 Change 4 IV 3C 2 Change 4 IV 3D 1 Change 2 IV 3D 2 Change 6 IV 3E 1 thru V 3E 2 Change 4 IV 4 1 thru IV 4 10 Change 6 IV 4A 1 thru V 4A 4 Change 2 IV 5 1 thru IV 5 4 REV A IV 6 1 thru V 6 4 Change 1 IV 7 1 thru V 7 2 REV A IV 7 3 Change 1 IV 7 4 REV A IV 7A 1 thru IV 7A 2 REV A IV 7B 1 thru IV 7B 2 Change 3 IV 8 1 REV A IV 8 2 thru IV 8 4 REVA IV 9 1 Change in Effect Change 2 REV A Change 2 Change 1 Change 2 Change 1 REVA Change 2 REV A Change 3 REV A Change 3 REV A Change 2 REV A REV A Change 6 Change 6 REV A REV A REVA Change 3 Change 4 REV A REV A Change 1 REV A Change 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Page Numbers IV 9 2 IV 9A 1 thru V 9A 6 IV 9B 1 thru IV 9B 6 IV 9C 1 IV 9C 2 thru IV 9C 4 IV 9D 1 thru V 9D
114. RY TEST PERFORMANCE Rate of pressurization and depressurization is specified at 100 psi minute maximum If testing a small component or small volume system such that 100 psi minute is not practicable control rate as low as possible 3 PERFORM ELEVATED PRESSURE TEST Obtain permission to conduct test Verify that the water purity of the test medium will not degrade system cleanliness or the required purity of water already in the system Note depressurized gage readings of all primary gages for comparison later at test completion Location psig Location Mark all test gages with a red mark at the overpressure protection setpoint half way between the test pressure and the relief valve setpoint The primary and backup gages are in agreement at two pressures before exceeding normal operating pressure Maximum difference after height correction is no more than the sum of the specified accuracies plus a readability error of one half the smallest graduation of each gage for nuclear tests or 2 for non nuclear tests __ psig ae Ee If a less accurate gage is used for backup and is indicating higher than the primary gage during gage cross checks increase the overpressure setpoint mark on the backup gage by the indication differential after the second cross check Unless required to be positioned differently e g throttle valves gece all valves that were aligned for packing leak checks prior to increasing pressure above normal operati
115. Revision per AEL 2 330023072 Ship s COSAL AEL 2 330023035 Ship s COSAL Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Note Signature Signature 4 O candle furnace Comment on condition 5 Emergency Air Breathing Ship s COSAL masks test random 5 for proper MIP 5519 028 operation per applicable MRC AGSS 555 MIP NR 00M 001 NR 1 b Verify CO absorbent canister PMS MIP 6641 009 has been completed within required MRC B6CW periodicity Additionally randomly select 10 of canisters onboard and weigh them in accordance with the applicable MRC c Inspect ten percent per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion 4 Signal Ejectors Launchers Not Applicable to NR 1 a Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each signal ejector manually and hydropneumatically as applicable b Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with signal ejector An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark i
116. SEA S9086 T8 STM 010 NSTM Chapter 593 Pollution Control d NAVSEA S9086 CH STM 030 NSTM Chapter 074 V3 Gas Free Engineering e NWP 1 03 1 Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report f NAVEDTRA 10500 Catalog of Navy Training Courses 5 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance in the operation maintenance and certification of surface ship Marine Sanitation Devices MSD and to specify the requirements procedures and responsibilities applicable to those systems a Sewage systems must be properly operated and maintained or serious health hazards can result References a and b require that all MSD systems being installed on naval ships and craft be inspected and certified The prevention of health sanitation and safety problems associated with the various sewage handling and disposal systems shall be a priority matter b Environmental considerations have made the operation of shipboard sanitation systems more restrictive with regard to the discharge of sewage to navigable waters Local and State environmental laws are generally more restrictive than the requirements of reference b Senior Officer Present Afloat regulations are continually reviewed and revised to comply with the laws under which the Senior Officer Present Afloat is licensed to operate sanitation systems 5 1 1 Scope This chapter is applicable to all surface ships service craft and small boats on which pollution abatement sewage systems are installed eit
117. SHELTER MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION EUR RS in EE IV 20 1 Diver Life Support System Maintenance and Cert feapon cc cceeeseeeceseeeceseeeeeseceeeeeeneeeeeaeeneeaeenees IV 20 1 General Objective United States Navy Diving and Manned Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification 0 IV 20 1 System Certifications estes ces edesheaevieys Aedes iedeeiek Astebesstavisee ts toa ees eSEE EES REESEN IV 20 2 Maintenance Guidelines v 52 cs sass enasecovis sseenenad sect unes canvases okon acnsesctacseaptbnrabeocsntbadpeteeapeoeesbensenee IV 20 2 J Formal System Survey sees eier ENEE NEESS Eech IV 20 3 Certification Maintenance Reoutrementz IV 20 4 SCHEIER IV 20 4 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge Responsibilities 0 00 cc eeeeeeceseeeeeseeeeeecneeeeeeeeneeeeene IV 20 5 20 3 Submarine Rescue Chamber Maintenance and Certification cceeseescseeeceseeeeeseceeeseeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeaees IV 20 6 JEE IV 20 6 POCO sth eege Seeerei E ee IV 20 6 20 4 Dry Deck Shelter Maintenance and Certification ce eeceseeesecsseeseeseceeesecseeeeceaeceessesseesecneeeesaeeesseeens IV 20 8 EE IV 20 8 ACCU OM Sts db SE Ee IV 20 8 Appendices A System Certification Requirements ceeeessessessecseeseceesecsseeeceaecesesesaeceeesecaeesecnaeeessaeeneeaseas IV 20A 1 B Submarine Rescue Chamber Scope of Certification Hemes IV 20B 1 xvi COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 HAPTER 21 SUBMARINE OXYGEN GENERATING PLANTS DS RS
118. SMENT a Technical System Assessments may be requested for training or when necessary to develop a work package b Technical assist visits and assessments are described in Volume VI Chapter 5 of this manual 5 6 TRAINING a Training courses in the maintenance and operation of MSD systems are offered by Fleet Training Centers at various locations Consult reference f for current course offerings and details b On ships with Collection Holding and Transfer and JERED systems installed the following school graduates are required 1 An Officer responsible for the operation and maintenance of the system 2 Senior enlisted personnel assigned the responsibility for operation and maintenance of the system 3 Other maintenance personnel at least one in each inport duty section IV 5 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 5 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 6 OXYGEN AND NITROGEN SYSTEMS REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9086 SX STM 010 NSTM Chapter 550 Industrial Gases Generating Handling and Storage b MIL STD 1330 Standard Practice for Precision Cleaning and Testing of Shipboard Oxygen Helium Helium Oxygen Nitrogen and Hydrogen Systems c NAVAIR A6 332A0 GYD 000 Laboratory and Aviators Breathing Oxygen Field Guide 6 1 PURPOSE Oxygen Nitrogen O2 N2 producing storage and transfer systems are installed onboard all Aircraft Carriers Submarine Tend
119. Sect 332F 7 31MC installed above waterline 8 Verify accomplishment of MIP 5641 974 clearing of sea pressure sensing lines f Verify the following equipment installed 1 Hammer signal label plate posted above waterline 2 Diver s knife Note 12 3 Ballpeen hammer Note 12 4 Persuader crows foot 5 Escape procedure posted above waterline An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 6 Reference INSPECTION ITEM g Check Flood Line Orifice Size Installed orifice size is 1 37 for initial trials only NSTM S9086 RK STM 010 Chapter 505 h Verify valve handwheels are properly color coded and labeled in accordance with Ship s Drawing Index Ship s placards and Posted Information Plates i Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label j Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory k Witness satisfactory rigging and operation of escape trunk portable skirt verify ability to remove the bubble skirt with the upper hatch shut within 5 minutes without the use of tools Ship s Plans 1 Verify installation of lockout trunk high and low plugs and demonstrate satisfactory plug operation m Witness satisfactory operation of lockout trunk partition re
120. Submarines only Remote Temperature Element RTE Alarm Setpoint Bearing Maximum Operating Temperature Proximity to RTE Alarm Installed Bearing Clearance Actual Bearing Clearance Bearing Replacement Clearance Stamped Depth Thrust Constant Depth Micrometer Reading and calculated bearing Wear for Main Thrust Bearings Main bearings and Journals required by reference a 231 7 2 1 for 1 Main Propulsion Shafting 2 Main and Auxiliary Engines 3 Main Propulsion Motors and Generators 4 Ship Service Turbine Generators Appendix A will be used to record data k Readings and Clearances for Main Bearings and Journals 1 Rudder and Diving Planes 2 Diesel Generator Bearings l Navigational Light Certification m Equilibrium Diagram n Panama Canal Tonnage Certification o Aviation Helicopter Certification p Weight Handling Equipment Certification q Cavitation Curves r Machinery Vibration Survey Results s Resistance Test Records shall be maintained for the following equipment in the Electrical Work Centers PMS Space Manual 1 SSN SSBN SSGNs a Ship s Service Turbine Generators IV 19 2 2 b d e f g h i OI AGSS a b c d e f g h i OI k COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Ship s Service Motor Generators 400 Hz Motor Generators Emergency Diesel Generators Emergency Propulsion Motors Secondary Propulsion Motors Trim Drain Pump Mo
121. T9 STM 010 Chapter 594 a Verify four rescue vehicle Ship s Plans holddown sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration for all escape trunk seating surfaces From one socket per hatch remove capscrew and plug demonstrate guide is free b Inspect rescue vehicle seating Notes 8 and 9 surface c Remove plug from hatch fairing Ship s Plans Check condition of SRC downhaul shackle Verify downhaul shackle is free of corrosion and can be operated by hand Use of plastisol on downhaul shackle is not authorized as it prevents visual inspection of shackle for corrosion and promotes corrosion The shackle must be powder coated white d AN BQN 13 1 Inspect AN BQN 13 Beacon to ensure that a Cable is free of abrasions cuts or damage b Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects c Unit has no physical damage 2 Verify from ship s records that all applicable AN BQN 13 PMS has SO 104 902 been performed and witness satisfactory performance of all procedures except RI 3 Inventory allowance of spare Ship s COSAL batteries for AN BQN 13 Ensure Note 10 shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 4 Reference INSPECTION ITEM Note 2 Esca
122. TRR report shall be submitted to the TYCOM Code N434 TV 23 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 24 WOOD HULLED SHIPS AND CRAFT REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9086 DA STM 000 NSTM Chapter 100 Hull Structures b NAVSEA S9086 VG STM 010 NSTM Chapter 634 Deck Coverings c MIL S 24340 Polyurethane Polyether Base Deck Sealing Compound d NAVSEA STD DWG 805 921806 Installation of Planking on Deck Plating e NAVSEA S9086 VD STM 010 020 030 NSTM Chapter 631 Volumes 1 2 and 3 Preservation of Ships In Service 24 1 PURPOSE This chapter contains procedures for the inspection repair and maintenance of wood decks and structures on wood hulled ships and craft 24 2 WOOD DECAY 24 2 1 Primary Causes Wood decay is caused by a fungus growth which breaks down the cell structure within the wood This fungus thrives in fresh water but its growth is significantly retarded by salt water Wood decay generally occurs in those spaces which are poorly ventilated and where fresh water has gained access Poor drainage allowing fresh water to stand even in small amounts is particularly hazardous The primary causes of wood decay found in ships using wood for hulls decking and structures are identified below a Insufficient ventilation and air circulation especially in spaces plagued by dampness and high humidity i e chill room platforms and areas around fresh water tanks b Obstructed drain pipes scuppers
123. TRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SHIP S CO OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD JCN Job Description Days work planned Scheduled end Remarks 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 aate Reason on SOSMIL Mon Tue Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun EAOI TD 101 repair testing Remove 24SEP98 Restoration in progress 2345 1 3 flange EMOL Divers inspect screw for Brief 0830 23SEP98 3456 fouling 10 WQO01 Inspect sonar dome Pump down 23SEP98 Draft change expected 1986 dome brief 1 up fore a 1 0830 1 5 down aft EA01 TD 1 ball seat repair Trim Stage temp Testing 28SEP98 Valve worked in place 3509 system firefighting temporary firefighting 4 5 restored capability staged WK01 Off loading Off load 25SEP98 through weapons 4568 countermeasures shipping hatch D EA01 LP Blower MRC M 2 Down for 1 28SEP98 3525 change oil on LP Blower feier 2 The following items are Safety of Ship 1 Single closure from sea 5 Firefighting capability removed 9 Fueling or defueling 2 MBT blow removed 6 Bleeding charging Oxygen banks 10 Diver operations 3 Belly bands hull blanks cofferdams 7 Weapons handling 11 Pumping or flooding sonar dome 4 Dewatering ability removed 8 EAB system maintenance 12 Special coordination btwn S F and FMA Review and approval all parties must sig
124. Test Manual b NAVSEA 0387 LP 046 8000 System Hydrostatic Test Requirements ITEM CHECK OFF 1 REVIEW TEST PREPARATIONS The following attributes are necessary for proper test accomplishment and may be included in the test procedure indicated on the Quality Assurance QA form 26 or covered in the pre test briefing Test equipment installation location and method of installation is clearly indicated in sketch on the QA form 26 or is clearly defined Test accomplishment will be in accordance with reference a Specific jumpers gagging devices blanks etc are indicated for both installation and removal These items shall be danger or caution tagged Boundaries of test and specific inspection points are clearly identified Instructions are provided for returning the system to normal or to a specifically stated condition upon completion of the test Procedure minimizes the amount of system to be pressurized to accomplish the test All components within the test boundary are capable of withstanding the test pressure gages not over ranged etc Necessary precautions as identified on the test pressure drawing have been taken List or none Use reverse if additional space required f TV 9C 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM CHECK OFF Applicable chapter maintenance section or maintenance instruction of the RPM reviewed for test flush requirements List or none Use reverse if additional space required Not applic
125. V 2A 2 APPENDIX B COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A TYPICAL CORE CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT PROJECTS Butt Weld pipe HY 80 Weld Process Weld Hardface Silver Braze Tube Bend Flex Hose Manufacture amp Testing Electroplating Hydraulic Control Valve Repair Weight Handling Sling Manufacture and Weight Test Valve Lap and Hydrostatic Test Other projects as necessary IV 2B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 2B 2 From Via Subj Ref Encl COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX C SAMPLE FMA ASSESSMENT REPORT TYCOM as appropriate Commanding Officer FMA ISIC as appropriate FMA ASSESSMENT a COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual b Precepts letter 1 FMA Assessment Findings 2 FMA Assessment Project Summary 1 Per Volume IV Chapter 2 of reference a and reference b an FMA Assessment was conducted onboard FMA Name of assessed command during the period Dates of Assessment 2 The Assessment Team reviewed selected areas as prescribed in reference a and their findings and comments are contained in enclosures 1 and 2 Any required corrective actions should be initiated in accordance with Volume IV Chapter 2 paragraph 2 5 1 and 2 5 2 of reference a 3 Overall Observation A brief summary of the results of the assessment including an overall evaluation of satisfactory unsatisfactory 4 Subsequent par
126. ability or which require special attention to ensure ship safety DESIGNATION OF SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEMS FOR BOTH SHIP S FORCE AND ANY OUTSIDE ORGANIZATION IS REQUIRED WHEN FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY FMA INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRACTOR PRODUCTION WORK IS INPROGRESS DURING FMAV AND VOYAGE REPAIR PERIODS Safety of Ship Maintenance Items The ship s Commanding Officer s permission is required prior to authorizing the maintenance evolution The following as a minimum shall be scheduled on the SOSMIL 1 All maintenance involving single closure isolation from sea 2 All maintenance which removes a means of blowing main ballast tanks 3 All maintenance requiring the use of flat patches hull blanks or cofferdams with specific entries identifying the actual installation and removal of these items 4 All maintenance which removes the capability to dewater the ship using either the trim or the main drain systems 5 All maintenance which removes the ship s installed firefighting capability e g maintenance which prevents pressurization of the trim system 6 Bleeding or charging oxygen banks 7 Handling or loading of explosives or weapons IV 10 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA NOTE NOTE 8 All maintenance which removes portions of or the entire Emergency Air Breathing system 9 Fueling or defueling 10 Diver operations 11 Pumping or flooding the sonar dome 12 Other maintenance
127. able to non nuclear tests installed system components due to pressure or temperature conditions that may occur during the test List or none Use reverse if additional space required Not applicable to non nuclear tests i Specific actions precautions taken are included in the test procedure as a result of a review of reference b paragraph 2 5 4 2 5 5 and 2 5 6 to preclude damage to 2 WALKTHROUGH OF THE TEST AREA The below listed attributes are basic quality control checks that should be conducted supervised by the Petty Officer in charge of the test Piping in the test boundary is free from dents gouges arc strikes and other external defects Removal of additional lagging or other interference is not required to perform this check ES Conditions for detecting leaks are satisfactory e g joints being tested are not covered lagged Hot piping and or equipment that could result in a safety hazard to personnel has been insulated or precautions have been taken to minimize the hazard The hydrostatic test will not be a hazard to other evolutions adjacent to the test e rege Adequate measures have been taken to prevent spray damage to electrical _ cgituectntscrenetstet duinggeuctsiog a R Ee R R R All mechanical joints are re made system integrity established No obvious loose fasteners TV 9C 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM CHECK OFF i No obvious instances of missing fasteners or improper fastener m
128. adders 2 Cleats 3 Gangplanks 4 Leadsman platform SSN 688 CLASS LIFELINE STANCHIONS DO NOT REQUIRE WEIGHT TESTING FOLLOWING MANUFACTURE OR REPAIR 5 Liferails stanchions 6 Lifelines 7 Padeyes 8 Portable davits 9 Reversible eyebolts 10 Slings 11 Safety nets not including deck edge safety nets 12 Vertical ladders 13 2 5 Crane Certification Program a A Crane Certification Program shall be implemented in each ship with a crane installed or assigned in accordance with reference g Guidelines for training and qualification of personnel responsible for shipboard crane operation and maintenance are contained in reference g 13 2 6 Daily Inspections Daily before use visual inspections shall be conducted as follows a Ammunition handling equipment IV 13 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 1 A daily before use visual inspection shall be performed in accordance with PMS for the assigned equipment before any load handling operations 2 A no load operational test shall be conducted by each shift prior to handling ammunition All handling equipment selected including slings shackles turnbuckles strongbacks chain hoists and taglines shall be visually inspected before use for obvious material deficiencies equipment capacity markings and load test expiration date as applicable Before beginning crane operations for each new day a qualified crane operator shal
129. address the following 1 Safety of systems including safe to operate conditions 2 Major discrepancies found during the visit 3 System Operability Test results 4 Training status of Ship s Force with respect to Personnel Qualification Standards PQS and practical elevator system maintenance and operation 5 Status of authorized completed and or programmed Ship Alterations 6 Recommendations to the In Service Engineering Activity for system changes IV 8 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 8 4 2 Repair Visit The Repair Visit is designed to correct discrepancies identified in the ship s CSMP that could not be repaired during the assessment visit a Conduct multiple visits as receipt of material permits to repair as found conditions b Provide logistics assistance as necessary c Conduct OJT with Ship s Force 8 4 3 In Process Review This review will be conducted on a case by case basis contingent on the scope of repairs programmed for the maintenance availability When tasked the ESU will review the elevator system work package prior to the start of an availability During the availability the ESU will a Monitor the progress and Quality Assurance of the repair contractor coordinating with Supervisor of Shipbuilding and industrial activity representatives Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division and TYCOM Maintenance Manager as applicable b Provide technical and logistic support to Ship s Force
130. adjacent systems being tested to an elevated pressure This isolation may be accomplished either by using double valve isolation with leakoff in between or by pressurizing the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion to prevent in leakage If such isolation cannot be attained by practical means or is not assured then the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion shall be flushed outwardly before and after the elevated pressure test and appropriate samples taken to confirm the absence of contaminants Not applicable to non nuclear tests Verify test equipment 1 Installation is as specified on the QA form 26 2 Test gages are within required calibration periodicity 3 Automatic relief valves setpoint have been checked within 30 days prior to the If test gages are provided with a dial adjustment which does not affect calibration the dial should be adjusted to zero after the gage is installed for the test and prior to opening the valve that isolates the gage from the system being tested Verify calibration and dial adjustment devices if readily accessible are protected from inadvertent movement or adjustment during the test The discharge of test medium for overpressure protection is directed into areas where the discharge will not cause damage to equipment create personnel hazards or radioactive problems n The location of gages is such that no path exists whereby pressure could be applied to any portion of the system u
131. adquarters Technicians are under the operational control of the Ship Installation Officer TYCOM N433 N435 CAFSU functions as the technical representatives of NAVAIR the TYCOM and NAVAIRWARCEN in all matters which concern launch recovery and VLA equipment CAFSU is required to maintain technical liaison with the above commands and is responsible for the completion of work to the satisfaction of these commands and for providing all interested parties with timely information as required CAFSU will provide technical assistance during Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities Restricted Availabilities and Technical Availabilities and to ships not in a repair status All industrial activity repairs modifications and operational tests of shipboard launching recovery and VLAs will be monitored by a CAFSU representative All technical questions concerning the equipment may be directed to the local CAFSU representative CAFSU shall recommend approval or disapproval of work after consultation with the TYCOM CAFSU will submit timely written reports concerning repairs alterations and work accomplished to the Commanding Officer NAVAIRWARCEN for appropriate action and distribution 16 4 1 Responsibilities 16 4 1 1 Aircraft Carrier Commanding Officer a Request CAFSU technical assistance when required by message letter or informal means from the TYCOM In the case of a formal request direct an information copy to the local CAFSU f
132. agraphs should briefly comment on major areas of concern found during the assessment IV 2C 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 2C 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX D FMA ASSESSMENT DEFICIENCY FORMAT IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED ITEM AREA ASSESSOR DISCUSSED WITH FINDING REFERENCE DISCUSSION CORRECTIVE ACTION A ROOT CAUSES B TEMPORARY CORRECTIVE ACTION C PERMANENT CORRECTIVE ACTION IV 2D 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 2D 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 3 BOILER INSPECTION REFERENCES a OPNAVINST 9220 3 Propulsion and Auxiliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program b NWP 1 03 1 Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report c NAVSEA S9086 GY STM 010 NSTM Chapter 221 Boilers d NAVSEA S9086 CH STM 030 NSTM Chapter 074 Volume 3 Gas Free Engineering e NAVSEA S9221 D2 MMA 010 Steam Generating Plant Inspection Non Nuclear f NAVSEA S9086 GX STM 020 NSTM Chapter 220 Volume 2 Boiler Water Feedwater Test and Treatment g OPNAVINST 9220 2 U S Navy Boiler Water and Feedwater Test and Treatment Program Nuclear Excluded h OPNAVINST 4100 11 Navy Energy Usage Reporting System NEURS 1 COMLANTFLTINST COMPACELTINST 4100 3 Navy Energy Usage Reporting System NEURS LISTING OF A
133. all be conducted to demonstrate capability to operate with a full load at rated speed through the complete range of operating limits As far as practicable test loads shall be moved completely through the equipment operating range within the limits of all operating modes Proper operational functions shall be demonstrated at each speed in all operating modes The mechanical safety devices shall be tested for their ability to stop and hold when carrying rated load at rated speed IV 13 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 13 2 4 Load Test Periodicity a NOTE NOTE In the interest of personnel safety and equipment protection inspection and testing of all WHE not covered by PMS or other directives will be performed at intervals not to exceed four years A PMS feedback will be submitted for each piece of WHE not covered by PMS PER NAVSEA DIRECTION STATIC DYNAMIC AND RATED LOAD TESTING OF MAIN STORAGE BATTERY LIFTING GEAR INSTALLED IN SUBMARINE BATTERY COMPARTMENTS IS NOT REQUIRED UNLESS REPAIRS TO STRUCTURAL OR WEIGHT SUPPORTING COMPONENTS HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED FOLLOWING REPAIRS LOAD TESTING WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED DURING BATTERY REPLACEMENT AFTER THE BATTERY CELLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED Testing of the following components is required when newly installed or after major structure repair or modification Periodic testing is normally not required unless deterioration or damage is suspected or as directed by PMS 1 Accommodation l
134. all include but not limited to a Lube oil results from onboard oil test kits Kittiwake b Lube oil results from shore based oil testing lab PREDICT Fuel oil log results d Jacket water log results E Engine hour data f Engine repair data g Electronic log review h Engine performance data DOCTOR If the ship is locally available a visit shall be conducted to review the data with ship s personnel IV 4A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 5 FORMAL PERIODIC ASSESSMENT ANALYSIS A Periodic Assessment will be accomplished with the same periodicity as non LSD 41 49 and LPD 17 MPDE and SSDG diesel engine inspections At the 18 month point a formal data review of the previous 18 months of collected data will be completed to determine if the data supports continued engine operation without inspection This analysis will also be used as the foundation for recommending directed inspection of specific engine components as required A minor DFS is required to the TYCOM with recommendation from RMC to extend engine operation to 24 months without completion of the formal periodic assessment Extension of the assessment beyond 24 months will require a major DFS granted by NAVSEA 05 The 18 month clock is either measured from the last Periodic Assessment the last diesel inspection or the one time baseline assessment or as directed by an approved DFS see below as applicable The DEI shall perform everything in the Continuou
135. and NATEC http www natec navy mil 7 Monthly Advance Change Notice Report http nsdsa phdnswe navy mil 8 Weekly Summary of Technical Directives and Interim Rapid Action Changes IRAC Tracker Report http www natec navy mil 11 2 1 Technical Library Supervisor The Technical Library Supervisor is responsible for keeping current plans prints specifications manuals and all other technical documents and information needed by ship and FMA departments and for managing the daily operation of the library The Technical Library Supervisor shall a Have a sufficient understanding of technical library organization requirements in references a through k as applicable to supply the necessary technical information Have at least a Confidential security clearance Supervise personnel assigned to library Operate the technical library in the following manner 1 Schedule and carry out a frequent and recurring on the job training program for all personnel assigned to the technical library staff or to satellite librarian positions As a minimum training shall include topics that provide guidance for performing each library or satellite library IV 11 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 4 function Satellite librarian training may be tailored to cover only those areas applicable to satellite libraries Lesson plans shall be developed for each topi
136. and emergency procedures maintenance records Re Entry Control procedures and documentation Planned Maintenance System PMS records system plans and on station observation of diving and recompression chamber evolutions Upon completion of this survey the NAVSEA NAVEFAC SCA representative will document all identified deficiencies on System Certification Survey Cards SCSC These deficiencies require completed corrective action prior to 1 Category IA Manned use 2 Category IB System certification 3 Category IC Date indicated to sustain certification 4 Category ID Must be accomplished on a specified component prior to its use but the overall system retains its certification 5 Category II Desirable Deficiencies may be corrected at applicant s option Corrected Category IA IB IC and ID SCSCs shall be forwarded to NAVSEA Code 00C4 via formal correspondence with a copy to the Type Commander TYCOM The corrected SCSC must be accompanied by the appropriate supporting documentation for clearing the deficiency The DLSS certification letter will not be issued until all Category IA and Category IB SCSCs are cleared Diving in pursuit of certification which includes any manned use of the diving or recompression chamber systems will not take place until all Category IA cards are cleared and authorization is received from NAVSEA Code 00C4 or NAVFAC Code 07F Operational utilization of these systems will not take place until all C
137. and following the certification period 2 Copies of the two most recent inspections performed If the DEI s certification has been expired for more than six months prior to the request or was revoked the two most recent inspections shall be completed under the instruction of a certified DEI 4 3 DIESEL INSPECTIONS NOTE FOR THE ASSESSMENT INSPECTION OF MAIN PROPULSION DIESEL ENGINES MPDE AND SHIP SERVICE DIESEL GENERATORS SSDG ON LSD 41 49 AND LPD 17 CLASS SHIPS SEE APPENDIX A 4 3 1 Diesel Engines Requiring Inspections a All diesel engines including main propulsion ship service and emergency diesel generators onboard ships and submarines shall be inspected in accordance with references a and b All small boat diesel engines including main propulsion ship service and emergency diesel generators that are 400 Brake Horsepower and above unless otherwise determined by TYCOM shall be inspected in accordance with references a and b TYCOMs may exempt diesel engines on small boats and craft from inspection requirements where the engine or boat configuration provides insufficient access to accomplish the inspection IV 4 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 4 3 2 Periodicity of Inspections Diesel engines shall be inspected in accordance with references a and b on the following events a Routine Pre Availability Inspections Once during the unit s cycle not to exceed 24 months The normal interva
138. and interlocks gagging devices chains mechanical locks hydraulic locks blanks etc until the work including the required testing on the associated system has been completed a Single closure can be used only with the specific permission of the Commanding Officer If single closure is approved the barrier must be verified by a satisfactory leak check of the single closure before opening the system for maintenance as follows 1 2 3 The system should be isolated using the single closure barrier If the system has not been drained open the closest system high point vent to conduct a controlled leak check of the single closure If the system has been drained open the closest low point drain to conduct a controlled leak check of the single closure Prior to undocking 1 2 If undocking becomes necessary prior to completing all sea connected system maintenance and testing obtain double closure through reassembly then satisfactorily hydrostatic test all pressure boundary joints outboard of the backup valve seat and verify the integrity of the hull and backup valve seats by performing a hydrostatic seat leakage check of both valves Where schedule resources or other constraints prevent accomplishment of the above at the time of undocking a blank flange s shall be installed tested and identified external to the hull penetration to provide double closure This condition shall be identified both internally and ext
139. ant repairs and I D Level work packages shall be accomplished by directive maintenance Condition based maintenance is defined as maintenance that is directed by the engine s condition Engine condition shall be assessed by non intrusive monitoring and analysis of operating data supplemented by engine performance data The goal is to avoid significant disassembly which includes such things as removal of cylinder heads bearings vertical drive assemblies etc Significant disassembly does not include removal of covers use of borescopes conducting main bearing presses or removal of fuel injection components 3 ASSESSMENT Assessment of engine condition shall be accomplished by two interrelated processes Continuous Assessment Analysis of data and Formal Periodic Assessment Analysis of equipment condition and on board documentation This process is based on continuous assessment and continuous analysis focuses on the integration of fluid management measured engine performance assessment analysis recommendations and feedback 4 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT ANALYSIS Each engine s condition data shall be analyzed on a monthly basis to identify any abnormalities downward trends or other issues Results of each Continuous Assessment shall be reported with recommendations for corrections of any problems potential problems to the Ship s Engineer Officer and ISIC and documented in the Shipboard Automated Maintenance Module SAMM Condition data assessed sh
140. arby equipment when hull valve is cycled Ensure anti freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing 2 The inspected ship s vice the inspecting command s salvage wrench shall be used if the inspecting command is another submarine Discrepancies in the actual versus plan number of turns shall be reported to the TYCOM with information copy to all plan holders Report discrepancies to the nearest 1 8th of a turn 3 Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders 4 Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500 psi compartment pressurization valves 5 When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve the valve linkages shall be inspected and the valves shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements in the Non Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship s valve drawing 6 Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve ensure replacement shear pin is available onboard 7 On some designs operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason the mechanism shall be reset and the valve sub
141. are installed per plan or authorized alteration on all escape trunk seating surfaces From one socket per hatch remove capscrew and plug demonstrate guide is free SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4274 Verify 4 padeyes installed for rescue vehicle in upper hatch free flood areas SSN 21 Class prior to S A 4274 b Inspect rescue vehicle seating surface c Remove plug from hatch fairing Check condition of SRC downhaul shackle Verify downhaul shackle is free of corrosion and can be operated by hand Use of plastisol on downhaul shackle is not authorized as it prevents visual inspection of shackle for corrosion and promotes corrosion The shackle must be powder coated white d AN BQN 13 1 Inspect AN BQN 13 Beacon to ensure that a Cable is free of abrasions cuts or damage b Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects c Unit has no physical damage d Transducer is free of oil leaks bubbles and paint PART II RESCUE Submarine Inspector Signature Reference Note Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM S9086 T9 STM 010 Chapter 594 Ship s Plans Note 8 Notes 8 and 9 Ship s Plans Note 8 Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 4 COMFLTFORCO
142. asked with the work b Submarines Only For Safety of Ship items as defined in paragraph 10 4 10 of this chapter and reference a the Watch Duty Officer shall obtain the Commanding Officer s permission prior to authorizing work When assigned the repair activity s Ship Safety Officer signature is required TV 10 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 C The Watch Duty Officer will then determine if adequate isolation and plant system conditions exist to safely and properly conduct the work The tagout is then established in accordance with reference b The work is not to be authorized if doubt exists on either of these points d When system isolation and plant conditions are satisfactory to conduct the work e g tagout complete system depressurized drained and deenergized the Watch Duty Officer authorizes the work and signs the WAF For repair activity generated WAFs the Repair Activity Representative RAR also signs the WAF The Watch Duty Officer and RAR signature indicates that based on personal observation certified records or direct report from watchstanders or divisional personnel that system isolation and plant ship conditions are set and the division repair activity is authorized to start work NOTE ELECTRICAL SAFETY CHECKS E G VOLTAGE CHECKS TO ENSURE CIRCUITS ARE DE ENERGIZED ARE PART OF THE WORK PROCESS NOT PART OF THE TAGOUT PROCESS AND THEREFORE SHOULD BE PERFORMED AFTER BLOCK 14 OF THE WAF IS SIGNED VOLTAGE
143. at SRC maintenance is based on the prevention or correction of system and equipment degradation caused by the effects of exposure and normal use The maintenance instructions of reference d do not cover major repair items such as structural work on the pressure hull replacement of seawater piping or penetrations Work of this magnitude is not routine and should not be performed without NAVSEA concurrence and technical instructions issued to correct the specific problem Continued certification of the SRC is based on satisfactory maintenance and compliance with the dive requirements identified in paragraph 20 3 2 h of this chapter Compliance with these requirements and with the material condition of the SRC will be verified during periodic NAVSEA inspections The results of these inspections are promulgated by a NAVSEA letter of certification which will identify the requirements to maintain certification and if required forward System Certification Cards identifying deficiencies and corrective actions necessary for continued certification 20 3 2 Action To maintain SRCs in satisfactory material condition and to provide assurance they will be fully operational in the event of a submarine casualty the following is required a b NOTE Meet the requirements of the NAVSEA certification letter Perform all planned maintenance in accordance with the applicable MIP MRCs Information contained in Chapter 4 of reference b will be used in
144. atch maximum hydraulic closing pressure is satisfactory Demonstrate that the hydraulic accumulator maintains the nitrogen pre charge as specified in OP 61 1 rig for dive and that the hand pump operates satisfactory after S A 4189 completed 3 Emergency Communications Equipment a Inventory allowance of the following equipment and confirm proper stowage as applicable Ship Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS amp COSAL 1 AN CRT 3 2 SEPIRB Model T 1630 SRT 3 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 2 onboard COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM b Verify from ship s records that all applicable PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of indicated MRCs 1 AN CRT 3 all procedures 2 SEPIRB 3 AN URC 4 or AN PRC 96 all procedures c Inventory allowance of spare batteries for AN URC 4 and AN PRC 96 Ensure shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded 4 Life Saving and Safety Equipment a Inventory allowance randomly type and quantity as applicable and witness satisfactory performance
145. ategory IA and Category IB SCSCs have been cleared and NAVSEA NAVFAC has issued a Certificate of Certification Upon the recommendation of NAVSEA and the TYCOM the CNO may issue an Operational Waiver to permit diving a system beyond its certification limits in support of high priority operations if all Category IA cards have been cleared and the outstanding Category IB deficiencies will not compromise personnel or system operational safety To preclude decertification of a DLSS all diving commands will conduct and document periodic internal audits Additionally the Immediate Superiors In Command ISIC will conduct regular monitoring audits and Diving Operational Readiness Assessments of all diving activities under their cognizance using the attributes contained in Volume V Part I Chapter 9 of this manual and Chapter 2 of this volume Temporary repairs shall be documented through an approved DFS in accordance with reference a Appendix I IV 20 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 20 2 7 Certification Maintenance Requirements Requirements for sustaining certification of surface supported diving and recompression chambers are as follows a Maintain written maintenance inspection repair and replacement records for all SOC items Re Entry Control procedures must be followed Report any material casualty to equipment within the SOC to the SCA concurrent with the ISIC and TYCOM Obtain SCA approval prior to modifying any syste
146. aterial or material mismatch e g no carbon steel fasteners in seawater systems no improper use of black oxide coated fasteners Completed by Items Completed Date Completed by Items Completed Date Reviewed Div Off EDO Date IV 9C 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 9C 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX D NUCLEAR NON NUCLEAR PERFORMANCE OF TEST CHECK LIST NOTE DO NOT PRESSURIZE TEST PUMP WITH AIR AND WATER SUPPLY UNTIL READY TO ACTUALLY START THE TEST DO NOT LEAVE TEST PUMP UNATTENDED DURING ANY PORTION OF THE TEST ITEM CHECK OFF 1 VERIFY SYSTEM LINE UP Verify the system to be tested is aligned for the test by performing valve lineup checks or by aligning valves via procedural steps in the test procedure or by steps in an operating instruction bh Verify that required plant conditions have been established Kessel Could block either the primary or backup pressure relief point from the pressure source unless they are to be used during the test to isolate the pressure source from the portion of the system being tested Could block discharge from the pressure relieving point Are vent paths in adjacent systems when the design or test pressure of the adjacent system is less than that of the system being tested If a section of pipe will be pressurized downstream of a check valve and no provisions are available for measuring the pressure in that secti
147. ational Standards f COMSUBLANT COMSUBPACINST C3500 1 Submarine Force Training Manual 21 1 PURPOSE To establish the prerequisites and procedures for qualification of personnel operation and maintenance of shipboard submarine oxygen generating plants designated 6L16 Electrolytic Oxygen Generators EOG 6L16 Automated Electrolytic Oxygen Generators AEOG Oxygen Generating Plants OGP and Integrated Low Pressure Electrolyzers ILPE 21 1 1 Policy TYCOM policy regarding the operation and maintenance is a NOTE All current technical documentation shall be available at the oxygen generator for operator use Asa minimum the on hand documentation will include reference a b c or d as required and the MRCs that support the installed unit Planned Maintenance System PMS shall be maintained current to the latest Periodic Force Revision and all scheduled situational planned maintenance requirements must be accomplished OXYGEN GENERATOR OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS HOLDING THE NAVY ENLISTED CLASSIFICATIONS NEC REQUIRED BY REFERENCE e FOR THE TYPE OF OXYGEN GENERATOR PLANT OPERATED AND OR MAINTAINED REFERENCE e REFERS At least two qualified operators and one qualified technician shall be onboard during oxygen generator operation Two qualified operators meet this requirement if at least one of the operators is also a qualified maintenance technician Safety related d
148. atisfactory operation of the valves by normal means 7 Diving Equipment a Verify latest revision of U S Navy Diving Manual is onboard Items b f are SSGN only b Verify the requirements of MILPERSMAN have been implemented and that assigned scuba divers are currently qualified requalified and that the ship s Diving Officer has been designated in writing by the Commanding Officer c Verify allowance of scuba diving equipment onboard d Inspect equipment for condition and conformance with U S Navy Diving Manual and applicable NAVSHIPS Technical Manuals Ensure no unauthorized alterations have been accomplished and that equipment including charging connections and filters is in satisfactory working order and approved for service use e Ensure air samples are current for the air bank used to charge scuba cylinders if applicable f Assigned divers demonstrate capability to conduct diving operations assembly of equipment and check out set up record keeping data for repetitive dives use of dive tables PMS on equipment State if actual diving operations are observed 8 Air Bank Dew Points a Verify air samples from all air banks and verify High Pressure Air Compressors are in specification and in periodicity Reference Note Notes 3 6 and 7 Notes 7 and 8 NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 Series Ship s Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL NAVSEA SS521 A
149. ature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 8 Reference INSPECTION ITEM 9 Life lines and stanchions H 300 002 10 SEIE Suits MIP 5940 005 Installed by TZ 0890 11 Crash Bags 5940 005 Installed by TZ 0890 MRC 9LQX and AEL 2 330023072 12 Guard Book Latest Revision per AEL 2 330023072 13 OP 61 1 14 OI 638 3 15 OI 638 4 5 Escape Training a Verify that all hands are trained in buoyant ascent and buoyant free breathing ascent or SEIE escape 6 Atmosphere Control a Inventory quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following 1 CO absorbent canisters Ship s COSAL Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 2 LiOH curtains 2 330023035 Amount onboard Required Comment on condition COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Submarine Inspector Fwd Mid Aft Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Reference INSPECTION ITEM 3 O candle
150. available Have available a copy of the last engine hours message sent in accordance with reference e Ensure control consoles and associated electronic enclosure power supplies are in good working order Prepare LM2500 gas turbine engines for inspection 1 Water wash all Gas Turbine engines in accordance with PMS 2 Tag out All gas turbine engines will be danger tagged in accordance with Section 630 17 of reference f to prevent improper operation 3 Ensure all bolts to inlet plenums and exhaust access openings are loosened 4 Loosen nuts on the accessory gearbox drive pad cover plates note the quantity of oil that drains when the cover plate is loosened 5 Borescope engines and report results to MGTI in accordance with PMS Leave all borescope plugs loose and Variable Stator Vanes VSV in full open position 6 Remove all four thermocouple segments and all PT5 4 probes and or dummy caps Cover all open ports to prevent entry of foreign objects 7 Special tools support and test equipment will be available in good condition and calibrated as required IV 23 4 NOTE 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 4 Have the last two assessment reports for each LM2500 gas turbine engine available for review Prepare Allison 501 K17 K34 engines for inspection UI 2 Water wash Gas Turbine engines Tag out All gas turbine engines will be danger tagged in accordance with Section 630 17 of reference f to prev
151. being performed inside a boiler steam drum mud drum firebox and stack Maintain an inventory log for accountability of all items taken into a boiler The pockets of all personnel working in a boiler shall be emptied and all jewelry removed The removal of all items from the boiler shall be verified from the inventory log prior to the close up inspection Cleaning of firesides or repairs conducted to the pressure vessel exterior of a boiler is acceptable with a steaming boiler in the same space provided the precautions cited in Section 2 7 of reference c are observed Water washing of firesides is not authorized without TYCOM and NAVSEA approval Requiring personnel to enter the steam water side of a boiler with an adjacent steaming boiler is considered an unnecessary risk and will be avoided unless operations dictate otherwise The decision to override normal safety precautions will be made by the Commanding Officer Officer In Charge and will be reported to the TYCOM by message Keep the area under the boiler clean and dry IV 3 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 3 6 BOILER INSPECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS Main propulsion and auxiliary steam boiler inspections conducted per the requirements of this chapter shall fulfill all other requirements for comprehensive inspections of propulsion auxiliary and waste heat boilers Where practical various boiler inspections should be scheduled for coincidental performance Appendix A of this chapte
152. bout one hour after application Total curing takes place after one week at which time the treated wood resembles petrified wood and the growth of rot in the treated area is effectively stopped Repairs should be accomplished by Ship s Force during regular maintenance periods 24 3 DECK AND HULL MAINTENANCE 24 3 1 Inspection Requirements With reasonable care wood hulled ships can give many years of economical service Make frequent inspections to detect any leaks beneath the covering board around the deckhouse areas and seams in the deck planking Reference a lists general maintenance requirements for wood hulled ships 24 3 2 Maintenance Policies Specific maintenance policies and repair practices are described in the following paragraphs a As a general policy because of the ever present risk of decay developing beneath any wood coating leave wood strip planked decks uncoated and unpainted b Limit the cleaning of wood decks to scrubbing with mild detergents and salt water Never use fresh water for wash downs since it encourages growth of decay producing fungi Do not use strong detergents acids and bleaches for deck cleaning Do not sand decks c Set up a routine of daily wetting down of wood strip planked decks with salt water This wetting down causes strip deck planking to remain swollen and creates a tighter fit between planks Wetting down is especially necessary during warm weather periods when the sun s heat will q
153. c Maintain and provide applicable and current plans prints specification manuals and all other technical documents and information needed by the cognizant department FMAs will also provide technical documents to tended units other FMAs non FMA government activities or qualified Department of Defense contractor personnel Maintain an inventory of technical publications manuals and manufacturer instruction books and other technical repair documents available in the technical library and or any satellite libraries Work Centers division offices etc Develop a system for checking out in and recall of library technical publications issued to individuals in order to maintain the integrity of the library and ensure revisions changes are made as received and also to minimize lost materials due to unaccountability The system should include a recall capability that would allow for the location and recall reissue of materials after 90 days FMAs issuing technical publications documents to tended units should establish a 90 day or end of Fleet Maintenance Activity Availability recall whichever comes first Requisition technical documentation needed for maintenance and repair procedures but not already available on board Maintain a separate file of material on order Track the status of requisitioned documents until received Initiate follow up action for those documents where supply status has not been received for a 30 day period unless previous su
154. cable to ships with SEIE suits Ge SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4149 7 Maximum permissible bottom time plate posted near timer and above waterline Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits Ge SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4149 g Check Flood Line Orifice Size Installed For SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class after S A 4149 orifice size is 1 37 for initial trials only NSTM S9086 RK STM 010 Chapter 505 h Verify valve handwheels are properly color coded and labeled in accordance with Ship s Drawing Index Ship s placards and Posted Information Plates i Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label j Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory k Witness satisfactory rigging and operation of escape trunk portable skirt verify ability to remove the bubble skirt with the upper hatch shut within 5 minutes without the use of tools Ship s Plans COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspection Reference Inspector Team Member INSPECTION ITEM Note Signature Signature 3 Emergency Communications Equipment
155. cement of any test rig equipment the assembled test rig has been satisfactorily tested to a pressure approximately 15 above the maximum pressure it will witness during the system hydrostatic test Hydro is not required to test pressure gage and relief valve replacement or fittings between subassemblies designed to be broken for portability Setpoint testing of the test rig relief valve while on the test rig meets this requirement IV 9B 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHECK OFF LE system being tested ee 6 OPERATIONAL TEST INSTRUCTIONS The following checks shall be performed with the test rig isolated from the system being tested This may be done by blanking the hose prior to connecting the rig to the system References b and c provide a sample step by step procedure for these checks Equipment provided by an FMA or Industrial Activity shall be tested prior to being issued to a tended ship If documentation is provided by the issuing FMA or Industrial Activity that the assembled test rig has been verified to meet all of the below requirements the operational test need not be repeated by the end user NOTE THE FOLLOWING CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR FMA AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY SHOP TEST FACILITIES WHERE BOTH PRIMARY AND BACKUP TEST GAGES ARE COVERED UNDER THE NAVY METCAL SYSTEM Mark hydro gages with a red pointer at the required relief setpoint half way between the test pressure and the relief valve setpoint Raise rig pr
156. cent of complement in each compartment Additionally 20 non inflatable life preservers are to be carried for topside use 14 Escape appliances are to be equipped as follows a One cell flashlight or chemical personnel marker light attached whistle and dye marker stowed in pocket Batteries will be in case box lots stowed with escape appliances Ensure shelf life of batteries or personnel marker light will not be exceeded prior to next PMS check b Toggle and cord attached to belt 15 Life rafts are to be equipped as specified on the inventory lists within the raft Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits 16 Man overboard bags to be equipped as specified in Man Overboard Casualty Procedures 17 Man overboard swimmer to be competent as a swimmer qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer 18 The number of desalter kits required shall be obtained from the ship s COSAL AEL 2 360033002 For some ships desalter kits were replaced by portable desalinators If portable desalinators have been installed onboard take inventory of the portable reverse osmosis desalinators and verify proper maintenance in accordance with MIP 5315 016 IV 18A 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX B SSN 688 CLASS SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST General Information 1 Items pertaining to rescue vehicle seating surfaces and buoy cable angle tests require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial act
157. ces w Non deferrable defects indications in the pressure vessel boundary x Defective tubes such as blistered excessively warped or married tubes which prevent proper gas passage y Fuel oil contamination of watersides Z Fuel leakage and or fire hazard conditions in the fireroom aa Ultrasonic test results on soot blower heads or pressure vessel piping that are below minimum requirements or out of periodicity 3 9 3 Completion of Inspection An oral critique and a preliminary inspection report including a summary of restrictive deficiencies will follow the inspection Paragraph 3 7 2 of this chapter identifies official reporting requirements 3 10 AUTOMATIC BOILER CONTROL SYSTEMS ONLINE ALIGNMENT VERIFICATION GUIDELINES a ABC Systems which include Automatic Combustion Controls Boiler Feedwater Level Controls and Automatic Feed Pump Controls have been designed and installed for the purpose of permitting steady and transient operation with the least variation possible Proper utilization and maintenance of these systems will also allow a reduction of watchstanders on station thereby enabling engineering personnel to devote more time to routine maintenance of machinery and upkeep of spaces as well as providing the ship with instant response to signaled engine orders b The following guidelines shall be adhered to regarding any or all ABC Systems installed in steam main propulsion plant type ships 1 Ships equipped wi
158. ch as the DDS VIRGINIA Class Lock Out Trunks SSGN Lock Out Chambers and Advanced SEAL Delivery Systems which are certified in accordance with reference b by NAVSEA 07Q Manned Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicles are addressed in Volume II Part I Chapter 5 of this manual 20 2 2 Objective The objective of the certification process is to verify that all dive systems provide acceptable levels of personnel safety throughout the specified operating range when used with approved operating and maintenance procedures This chapter provides procedures by which repairs maintenance and alterations can be accomplished to those systems within the Scope Of Certification SOC and in compliance with reference a 20 2 3 United States Navy Diving and Manned Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification The requirements procedures and guidance for the administration of the certification program for all portable surface ship afloat and shore based DLSS shall be in accordance with references a c and d Reference a provides a single document which a Identifies the administrative and technical requirements leading to the initial dive system material and system certification IV 20 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 Documents the requirements for maintaining satisfactory material and operability conditions to support continued Unrestricted Operation to design depth Identifies the responsibilities for implementing and executing the certificat
159. collection and to enhance periodic inventories IV 11 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA Central control point for all technical documents received held used transferred or disposed of by the repair department Fleet Maintenance Activity FMA only or command For FMAs having a Nuclear Support Facility NSF all Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate NAVSEA 08 controlled documents shall be controlled by the NSF For MSCs aboard nuclear powered aircraft carriers all NAVSEA 08 controlled documents shall be controlled by the Reactor Department Technical Publication Library For MSCs having an Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department AIMD all AIMD documents shall be controlled by the AIMD Librarian The AIMD Library shall control all AIMD documents Maintain modem internet access to the following computer networks websites whenever possible 1 Technical Document Management Information System TDMIS https mercury tdmis navy mil default cfm 2 Military Engineering Drawing Asset Locator System https www dlis dla mil medals 3 Naval Surface Forces Atlantic Planning and Execution of Alterations and Repair FMA and COMNAVSURFLANT and COMNAVSURFPAC commands only http www spear navy mil click on SPEAR info 4 Fleet Modernization Program Management Information System 5 Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards DODISS 6 Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Comm
160. conjunction with existing MRCs for accomplishment of planned maintenance Accomplish corrective maintenance in a manner which returns the components to the specifications shown by the applicable drawing Material used during any maintenance action shall be as specified in the NAVSEA approved system component drawings or other approved technical documents Material shall be certified in accordance with Volume V Part I Chapter 6 of this manual IF THE VENDOR OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED IN THE NAVSEA DRAWING OR DOCUMENT CANNOT PROVIDE A SPECIFIC COMPONENT THEN USE OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR MANUFACTURER MUST BE APPROVED BY NAVSEA VIA THE TYCOM USING A DFS A DFS IS ALSO REQUIRED WHEN MATERIAL OTHER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN APPROVED DRAWINGS OR DOCUMENTS IS USED Document all work performed on SOC items using the applicable forms and procedures provided in Volume V Part III of this manual This applies regardless of whether the work is a planned or corrective maintenance action Documentation will as a minimum include the following 1 Name of the person performing the work IV 20 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 2 Date the work was performed 3 Reason for accomplishing the work 4 Applicable drawing number or reference document 5 Brief description of the work performed 6 Description of the testing performed and test results 7 Signature of the officer Chief Petty Officer responsible for assuring quality of work
161. ctor will be permitted to inspect himself 23 2 2 Authorized Functions and Responsibilities The MGTI is authorized but not limited to performing the following per references a and b a Perform periodic intermediate level inspections per Gas Turbine Bulletins GTB and Ancillary Equipment Bulletins Perform GTRR SEMAT II post casualty investigations pre deployment inspections and pre Planned Major Maintenance Availability inspections Provide troubleshooting assistance to ships and FMAs Oversee in place gas turbine repairs if currently qualified for the specific repair Oversee Gas Turbine Technical Directive installations Monitor compliance with configuration status accounting and technical directive reporting requirements Make engine changeout recommendations to NSWCCD SSES via the RMCs Act as team leader if currently qualified for specific repairs for in place gas turbine repairs and gas turbine changeout if attendant FMA does not have a team leader qualified for the specific repair 23 3 GAS TURBINE INSPECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS 23 3 1 Applicability a All shipboard LM2500 propulsion and Allison 501 K17 K34 electrical power generation gas turbine engines on ships of the force will be inspected as prescribed in this section Frequency of inspections of gas turbine installations by a certified MGTI will be scheduled by the Commanding Officer and conducted in accordance with references a b and c
162. d available and the latest hours recorded concur with the hours reported on the last monthly hour report reference e Have all TYCOM issued Departure from Specification s and NSWCCD SSES waivers that relate to the gas turbine engines available IV 23 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 i After completion of the static inspection of the LM2500 and Allison 501 K17 K34 engines and a review of the inspection results the MGTI with RMC concurrence may require specific engines be operated for further evaluation This operation will be scheduled and conducted on a case by case basis 23 6 INSPECTION PROCEDURES 23 6 1 Post Casualty Inspections For post casualty inspections the Commanding Officer Engineer Officer Main Propulsion Assistant MPA and leading Gas Turbine Technician GS should meet with the inspector on his arrival and where possible the Engineer Officer MPA and leading GS should accompany the MGTI during the inspection 23 6 2 Pre Availability Inspections For pre availability inspections pre deployment inspections GTRR and SEMAT II the MPA and the leading GS should meet and where possible accompany the MGTI during the inspection 23 7 INSPECTION CRITERIA Deficiencies and out of specification readings or observances noted should be immediately corrected or recorded as specified in the applicable bulletin s and reinspections scheduled Three categories of deficiencies shall be recorded as follows 2
163. d the 60 month interval shall have TYCOM concurrence and be approved by Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division NSWCCD Strength and integrity inspections shall not exceed 72 months Strength and integrity inspections will be conducted by NSWCCD and a TYCOM SGPI 17 6 3 Newly Constructed Ship Inspection This inspection shall be conducted in conjunction with The Board of Inspection and Survey during the Acceptance Trials period This inspection serves as the initiating inspection for both the routine and the strength and integrity inspections and will include the same inspection attributes as the strength and integrity inspection This inspection will be conducted by NSWCCD and a TYCOM SGPI as scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervisor of Shipbuilding as applicable 17 6 4 Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection This inspection shall use the attributes of a strength and integrity inspection and shall be conducted prior to the final action in the case of inactivation unless a strength and integrity inspection has been conducted in the last 18 months In this instance the last inspection report may be used to document accumulator lay up condition For reactivations a strength and integrity inspection shall be scheduled by the cognizant activity and conducted by NSWCCD and a TYCOM SGPI prior to reactivation of the unit 17 6 5 Unscheduled Inspections Additional catapult accumulator inspection will be conducted in accordance
164. d paints or left bare use the clear preservative since the green color will bleed through varnishes and light colored paints Build up a heavy concentration of the preservative with a series of three or more heavy applications using a brush spray or immersing the wood in a preservative filled tank On going protection requires periodic application of the preservative to bare wood structures at about five year intervals Wood treated on this basis will last indefinitely Early identification of decayed areas will allow damaged wood to be treated with an anti decay product that will harden up the soft wood and prevent the further spread of decay The product available commercially is a two part mixture with deep penetrating properties that fills wood pores with a capillary action IV 24 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A d Before a wood structure is so badly decayed that its replacement is necessary a possible long lasting repair is made by drilling a series of 1 4 to 3 8 diameter holes in and around the affected areas and gravity feeding the anti decay mixture in sufficient quantity to allow total penetration of the damaged area A guide for proper application of this product is provided with each repair kit Avoid removing or disturbing bad wood during repairs since the original wood whether good or bad serves as a container for the product and preserves the shape and size of the affected member Initial curing of the product takes place a
165. disconnect with the inspecting amp Electronics Dwg command s female fitting 9495 Formally Roylyn Inc 3 Inspect all Roylyn caps Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint and or debris Reinstall cap with safety wire where applicable f Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris 3 Internal Air Salvage a Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves b Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label 4 Bulkhead Flappers a Test satisfactory local and remote as applicable operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers 5 Hull Access Hatches Upper and Lower if installed Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches Inspection performed by local PMT An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 2 INSPECTION TEAM 6 External Gagging Devices a Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship s salvage system arrangement plan Record number of turns to operate b Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate s
166. dministrative QA requirements for maintenance of SOC components performed by Forces Afloat and shall be used when planning all maintenance Technical specifications shall be complied with at all times For example when new fasteners are being installed in a system and the applicable plan requires monel fasteners then substituting stainless steel or any other material type fasteners is not authorized Temporary repairs with substituted material shall be documented through an approved Departure From Specification DFS in accordance with Appendix I of reference a and promptly restored to plan specifications The following areas of the QA Program are applicable to all dive systems 1 In process control of fabrication and or repair 2 Procedure preparation 3 Testing including retesting 4 Calibration IV 20 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 5 DFS 6 Waivers and deviations 7 Audits and deficiency corrective action 8 QA forms and records 20 2 6 Formal System Surveys a As the System Certification Authority SCA for afloat and portable DLSS NAVSEA Code 00C4 shall issue a DLSS certification letter specifying the parameters under which the system shall be operated and maintained For permanently installed shore based DLSS NAVFAC Code 07F performs this function The certification letter is renewed periodically after NAVSEA has conducted a formal survey of the system including a review of operating
167. ducted by submitting a waiver request State the reason why the inspection cannot be conducted and recommend a revised date 3 8 BOILER INSPECTION PREPARATION a Demonstrate the performance of the controls for auxiliary boilers having electromagnetic control devices to the SGPI assigned to conduct the inspection Conduct this demonstration before disassembling the boiler for inspection b Remove all boiler inspection panels and doors open uptakes and smoke pipe and notify the SGPI that the boiler watersides are available for inspection The purpose of this inspection is to assess the effectiveness of the boiler water chemistry control procedures including the identification of any signs of dissolved oxygen attack Detailed waterside inspection will be conducted after completion of cleaning if determined by the inspector that a cleaning is necessary Mechanically clean waterside surfaces to be inspected Water jet cleaning is the preferred method Appendix D of this chapter provides training information and restrictions for water jet cleaning Appendix E of this chapter provides requirements for a waterside cleaning waiver c Remove internal fittings from the steam drum Open all manhole plates in steam and water drum Remove all handhole plates from each header to permit inspection of the handhole seating surfaces and interior surfaces of the headers Remove two handhole plates from each inlet and outlet economizer header where applicable C
168. dures for authorization and control of shipboard work 10 2 WORK AUTHORIZATION Work on ship s systems and components must be properly authorized and controlled in order to ensure rigorous personnel and ship safety standards are met at all times All outside activity work on ship s systems and components regardless of who performs the work requires formal authorization through a Work Authorization Form WAF for the specific work to be accomplished This applies to all U S Naval ships in all types of maintenance availabilities public and private The Work Authorization System and preparation of the WAF are discussed below 10 3 WORK AUTHORIZATION CONTROL Work on the Fleet s ships is conducted under positive Work Authorization Control in order to ensure rigorous personnel and ship safety standards are met at all times The following considerations apply in meeting these standards a Work requiring formal authorization may include Planned Maintenance System PMS troubleshooting corrective maintenance repair or alterations It may also include removal of system components for repairs As many ship systems such as hydraulics and high pressure air are operationally interrelated caution must be exercised in planning work so that other systems are not unintentionally disabled when setting work boundaries for the system to be worked IV 10 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 10 4 WORK AUTHORIZATION SYSTEM Work Authorizati
169. e Send a Naval message listing the status of all discrepancies listed in the inspection assessment report within 30 days of receipt of the serialized report and every quarter thereafter until all deficiencies are corrected resolved or brokered by the Maintenance Manager The message must contain the engine number date of inspection type of inspection conducted and the status of deficiencies not previously reported as corrected or a listing of what has been brokered All deficiencies not corrected during or immediately after the inspection must have a Job Control Number assigned and be listed in the message The ISIC Fleet Maintenance Managers shall ensure that the deficiencies listed in the inspection assessment message are corrected at the earliest opportunity in the unit s maintenance cycle Cc The DEI shall 1 2 3 The DEI shall ensure a maintenance ready 2 Kilo for every discrepancy found during the inspection is entered into the Current Ship s Maintenance Project The DEI shall also make a verbal report to the ship s Commanding Officer or his designated representative The verbal report should discuss the findings of the inspection assessment with special note of recurring discrepancies from previous inspections assessments Prepare the inspection report in accordance with reference b within 30 days following completion of the inspection The write up shall further detail the cause or conditions that lead to the discrepanc
170. e d Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Note Signature Signature e Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator f Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears e Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment 1 Vent valves trunk and compartment 2 Blow valves trunk and compartment 3 Flood and drain valves including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations 4 Conduct Hood Inflation MIP System Stole Charging Valve 5940 005 operational check to confirm valves MRC 9LQW operate properly Verify watertight caps installed 5 Pressure proof lights mounted above waterline checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks 6 Electric lantern screened General Specs lenses and pressure relief hole sealed for Ships with plastic MIL I 3064 and NAVSEA mounted above waterline S9AAO SPN 010
171. e a b Ship s Information Books General Information Books Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM Propulsion Operating Guide General Specifications for Overhaul Equipment Technical Manuals Ship Configuration and Logistic Support Information System Ordnance Publications Ordnance Data IV 11 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 11 2 2 3 Drawings Drawings have engineering and design requirements needed to repair equipment to original specifications Drawings are also used to find the location of shipboard systems and system equipment and components Drawings stored in technical libraries include a b e f Ship s construction drawings Ship Alteration installation drawings Selected Record Drawings Ship s Equipment Drawings Vendor Manufacturer s Drawings Booklet of General Drawings 11 2 2 4 Handbooks and Cataloging Handbooks have detailed information about specific systems or equipment and may also list equipment repair procedures Examples of handbooks include the following a b e Micro Electronic Device Date Handbook Identification Markings for Fasteners Gasket Material Non metallic Guide for Sampling Inspections Shipyard welding procedures 11 2 2 5 Military Specifications and Standards Military specifications and standards are specific detailed requirements for equipment or material Examples found in the DODISS include a b e Military Specifica
172. e original DEI should be used if available Re inspection of major and minor deficiencies is not required unless stated in the engine s inspection report 4 3 6 5 Recurring Discrepancies A recurring discrepancy from a previous inspection will be so noted on the inspection report 4 4 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS a Casualty Reporting 1 Purpose To provide guidance for Casualty Reporting CASREP requirements for submarine diesel generators CASREPs are in addition to and do not replace the reporting requirements of other documents e g Naval Reactors Technical Bulletins Operational Orders Mishap Reports etc 2 Background The significance of a submarine s emergency and backup power supplies cannot be overstated Reference d defines the CASREP types requirements and format CASREP requirements of Out of Commission power generating or storage equipment require additional clarification 3 SSBN SSGN Class Submarine EDGs Report EDG casualties by message as allowed by operational constraints IV 4 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 b The ship s Commanding Officer shall 1 2 3 Ensure that each inspection assessment is entered in the applicable machinery history with a brief description of any RBO conditions found at the conclusion of the assessment inspection All maintenance actions and parts usage as the result of the inspection assessment are properly documented in accordance with reference
173. e System Performance Monitoring Team Personnel Qualification Standard Pre Start of Availability Inspection Pre Start of Overhaul Inspection Quality Assurance Qualified Products List Repair Before Operating Re Entry Control Regional Maintenance Center Regional Maintenance Center Support Group Reactor Plant Manual Regional Support Group Remote Temperature Element Start of Availability Inspection Shipboard Automated Maintenance Module System Certification Authority Steam Catapult Inspection and Repair Maintenance Information System System Certification Survey Cards Ship s Drawing Index Submarine Escape Immersion Ensemble Systems and Equipment Material Assessment Team Steam Generating Plant Inspector Subject Matter Expert Scope Of Certification Start of Overhaul Inspection Safety Of Ship Maintenance Item List Submarine Rescue Chamber Submarine Rescue Diving and Recompression System Ship Service Diesel Generator Ship System Engineering Station Submarine Safety Safe Working Load Technical Document Management Information System TRIDENT Refit Facility Technical Work Document Type Commander IV 1A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 VLA VRT VSV WAF WC WHE Visual Landing Aids Voyage Repair Team Variable Stator Vane Work Authorization Form Work Center Weight Handling Equipment IV 1A 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 2 FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY ASSESSM
174. e for the week of the assessment A list of all non nuclear Technical Work Documents performed since the last assessment A list of key personnel and telephone numbers A list of capabilities required per references a and b but not held A list of all critical path jobs scheduled during the assessment A list of all production management meetings scheduled during the assessment In the Assessment Team work area provide a One desk top computer and a laser printer b A copy of the following reference documents 1 The previous TYCOM Fleet Assessment report with corrective actions 2 Equipment out of commission lists 3 All FMA instructions and notices including those pertaining to safety production and repair functions and the Command Availability Guide if applicable 4 Activity manpower documents 5 Navy Afloat Maintenance Training Strategy Training Reports 6 FMA Capabilities currently titled IMA Capabilities and WC Validation Reports for all applicable WCs IN Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual IV 2 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 8 TYCOM Training Manual 9 Repair Department Equipment Status Log 10 FMA Audit and Surveillance Program records 11 FMA self assessments 12 Departure from Specification files d Initiate action to systematically correct each assessment deficiency finding Appendix D of this chapter in accordance with paragraph 2 5 1 and 2 5 2 of this chapter 2 5 ASSESSMENT FINDINGS C
175. e hoists meeting the requirements of reference a may be used aboard ship when the ship is pierside this does not apply to ordnance or radiological lifting and handling Reference a covers line handling mechanisms on floating cranes hoists and chainfalls which are used in multiple locations and portable and adjustable gantry cranes and floor cranes Material handling equipment is covered by Naval Supply Systems Command criteria IV 13 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 13 3 1 Certification Program The Commanding Officer is responsible for ensuring safety within the activity and shall designate a WHE certifying official who shall ensure the activity s WHE is inspected tested and certified in accordance with reference a 13 3 2 Operator Licensing Program All Navy civilian and military personnel assigned duties involving the operation of Navy shore based Category 1 2 Cab Operated Category 3 or Category 4 WHE shall be qualified and licensed in accordance with the provisions of reference a 13 3 2 1 Operator Qualification and Testing All applicants for Crane Operation Licenses shall meet the requirements of reference a 13 3 2 2 Licensing Procedures and Documentation Reference a contains the necessary procedural requirements for licensing and documentation 13 3 3 Inspections a Pre Use Check Category 1 2 Cab Operated Category 3 and Category 4 Cranes The operator shall perform an inspection of their ass
176. e isolation and conditions for the work see paragraph 10 4 5 of this chapter TWDs Task Group Instructions TGD Deficiency Logs Deficiency Reports etc that meet this criteria and require work control per paragraph 10 3 of this chapter will be added to the TWD Record Sheet To ensure Ship s Force remains informed of all work being performed on ship s systems the shipyard shall verbally notify Ship s Force at the time work is added to the TWD Record Sheet and subsequently provide a hard copy of the changed TWD Record Sheet if it cannot be printed by the Ship s Duty Officer from an electronic database Work added to the TWD Record Sheet does not need to be added to the associated Tagout Record Sheet When other activities perform work and testing within boundaries transferred to a shipyard and the shipyard is acting as their RAR the shipyard may add the other repair activity s work to the TWD Record Sheet Otherwise a separate WAF shall be generated and a new line item shall be added to the existing Tagout Record Sheet Ship s Force performing work testing or equipment operations within boundaries transferred to a shipyard shall prepare a separate WAF processed as described in paragraph 10 4 2 of this chapter add a new line item to the existing Tagout Record Sheet and obtain shipyard concurrence in Block 12 of the WAF RAR signature is not required on the Tagout Record Sheet For small depot availabilities e g conventional surface ship avai
177. e number of desalter kits required shall be obtained from the ship s COSAL AEL 2 360033002 For some ships desalter kits were replaced by portable desalinators with the installation of Alteration and Improvement 3226 If Alteration and Improvement 3226 has been installed onboard take inventory of the portable reverse osmosis desalinators IV 18B 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX C SSBN SSGN 726 CLASS SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST General Information 1 Items pertaining to rescue vehicle seating surfaces and buoy cable angle tests require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment 2 Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column 3 Portions of the Salvage Inspection as specified by the maintenance activity may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as pre availability inspections to support planning of the availability These items need not be re inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status When specified these items will be performed by Ship s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer PARTI SALVAGE Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 1 Salvage Drawings a Verify salvage drawings Fleet Modernizatio
178. ectrical hull fitting 1 Craftsman verification that surface finishes of O ring seating surfaces are in accordance with applicable specifications 2 Craftsman verification that the O ring is properly installed and in accordance with applicable specifications b Prior to performing the deep dive certification after a maintenance action passive pre energize testing shall be performed in accordance with the system specific Technical Manuals or Maintenance Index Pages Maintenance Requirement Cards MIP MRC to certify clear Radio Frequency and Control Lines before power is applied or a transmission is attempted This practice shall apply each time the antenna system is used c Upon completion of the maintenance action a deep dive shall be performed by the ship to certify that watertight integrity has been restored to the antenna system After performing the deep dive passive pre energize testing shall be performed in accordance with the system specific Technical Manuals or MIPs MRCs to ensure the system is not grounded IV 22 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 22 4 PROCEDURE a Upon completion of maintenance and before underway for submerged operations the ship shall place CAUTION tags on the Main Power Switch or transmit keys for the affected antennas The Amplifying Instructions for the CAUTION tags will state DO NOT OPERATE TRANSMIT ON THIS ANTENNA UNTIL COMPLETION OF PASSIVE CHECKS FOLLOWING A DIVE TO TEST DEPTH PASSIVE CHECKS
179. ed by the repair activity as work complete and forwarded to Ship s Force for clearing of Tagout Record Sheet line items in accordance with reference b h Following completion of testing if there is no formal test program and setting of appropriate system status e g clear tags and perform valve line ups as appropriate for the situation the WAF is signed as complete and forwarded to the cognizant department head for review 10 4 3 Transfer of Non Nuclear Systems and Nuclear Instrumentation and Control Systems Depot availabilities only During depot availabilities large amounts of work will be performed on ship s systems Formal work control practices in place by a shipyard enable Ship s Force to transfer non nuclear systems and Nuclear Instrumentation and Control systems to the shipyard Transfer of systems is the process by which Ship s Force transfers the authority to approve all actions within a system or portion of a system to a shipyard and subsequent return of systems back to Ship s Force prior to major events Systems or portions of systems are transferred with or without transferring the ability to operate ship s equipment By transferring a system or portion of a system to the shipyard the shipyard is responsible for authorizing all work testing and equipment operation within the boundary transferred Transfer of systems does not diminish a Commanding Officer s overall responsibility for the safety of personnel equipment and the ship
180. ed out by the organization conducting the work or Ship s Force as determined by the MOA signed for the availability per Volume II Part I Chapters 3 and 4 of this manual 10 4 1 2 Work Authorization Log The Work Authorization Log s shall be maintained at the same location and administered by the same individuals as the ship s tagout logs or when the repair activity is assigned responsibilities for work authorization control by MOA the repair activity shall retain original WAFs with a copy of all WAFs and WAF index provided to Ship s Force either by hard copy or electronically via a database that can be easily accessed by the Ship s Duty Officers NOTE FOR SHIP S FORCE GENERATED WAFS THE SERIAL NUMBER SHALL USE THE SAME PREFIXES USED FOR THE TAGOUTS THAT SET THE SYSTEM ISOLATION FOR THE WORK WHEN A REPAIR ACTIVITY IS ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES FOR WORK AUTHORIZATION CONTROL THAT ACTIVITY WILL SPECIFY THE SERIALIZATION PROCESS USED BY ALL ACTIVITIES INCLUDING SHIP S FORCE FOR THE AVAILABILITY 10 4 1 3 Technical Work Document Record Sheet When the job description on the WAF covers multiple components and their associated Technical Work Documents TWD a TWD Record Sheet Appendix B in addition to the WAF may be used to document this work 10 4 2 Work Authorization Procedure The following procedure is to be followed for properly authorizing work a The WAF is presented to the Watch Duty Officer by the division repair activity t
181. ed the required Certification course Service School Command A 652 0311 shall receive an Interim Navy Enlisted Classification NEC The DEI candidate will have a period of one year from course completion date to satisfactorily perform two diesel inspections under instruction from a certified DEI Upon completion of the second successful inspection the candidate must submit a request to be assigned the DEI NEC 4314 through his chain of command to the appropriate RMC for their review The RMC will forward their endorsement to the Type Commander TYCOM for their endorsement if required and then to NAVSEA Philadelphia who initiates the process of assigning the 4314 NEC Initial qualification to perform diesel inspections will be for a period of 36 months The requesting letter must contain 1 A copy of the two completed inspection reports performed under the observation and supervision of a DEI 2 Date of graduation from the certification course of instruction Transfer of the DEI will not require re designation or re qualification as long as the DEI has maintained his qualifications in accordance with paragraph 4 2 c of this chapter IV 4 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Maintaining Certification All DEIs must maintain up to date knowledge of approved inspection practices and policies Certification will be maintained by 1 Successfully conducting a minimum of two inspections annually in accordance with reference b 2 I
182. eet Maintenance Manual These references are arranged in alphanumeric order to facilitate their procurement for use with this manual References used in specific chapters of this volume are listed at the beginning of each chapter in the order in which they appear in the chapter text Acronyms are identified when they are initially used in this volume Appendix A of this chapter contains a master listing of acronyms used throughout this volume References a through e shall be used in conjunction with this manual however the requirements of this manual shall not take precedence over these higher authority directives or technical directives from applicable Systems Commands Where conflicts exist with previously issued Fleet Commander Commander Naval Reserve Force COMNAVRESFOR Type Commander TYCOM letters transmittals and instructions other than references c and d this manual shall take precedence Conflicts shall be reported to the cognizant TYCOM for resolution 1 2 SCOPE This volume applies to all ships and shore activities under the cognizance of Commander Atlantic Fleet COMLANTFLT Commander Pacific Fleet COMPACFLT and COMNAVRESFOR This volume is not intended to be all encompassing since the guidance for many elements of the maintenance programs and their execution are promulgated by higher technical authority e g Naval Ships Technical Manuals NSTM Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Instruction OPNAVINST
183. eference q PMS Cargo amp Weapons Reference r PMS Elevators Cleats Reference s Cranes Reference g PMS IV 13 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 EQUIPMENT SYSTEM GOVERNING DOCUMENT S FOR MAINTENANCE INSPECTIONS AND TESTING Deck Edge References t and u Safety Nets Deck Screw Reference v Reversible Eyebolts Hoists Reference w PMS Hull Fittings Reference x PMS Portable Davits Reference y Reactor Plant Lifting and References b through d Handling Equipment Stores amp Provision Reference w PMS Handling Temporary Padeyes Reference z Section 611 Trunk Safety Nets Reference aa Underway Replenishment Reference ab PMS Vehicle Tiedowns Reference ac Weapons Handling Equipment Reference ad SSN 688 Class Vertical Launch System Reference ae Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Weapons Handling Equipment Reference af SSBN SSGN 726 Class Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 21 Class Reference ag Wire and Fiber Rope and Rigging Reference ah Shipboard Crane and Miscellaneous Rigging Gear Reference g 13 3 NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND ASHORE REQUIREMENTS WHE assigned to naval shore activities and utilized only in ashore operations or aboard ships when the ship is pierside shall be certified tested inspected and operated in compliance with reference a For general purpose lifting and rigging shore based rigging gear and portabl
184. eficiencies must be corrected prior to oxygen generator operation There shall be a minimum of two qualified Oxygen Clean Workers on board to conduct maintenance on oxygen systems and the oxygen generator IV 21 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 21 1 2 Background a Oxygen generator casualties result primarily from improper maintenance operation or insufficient operator familiarization with current operating instructions and safety precautions The recurring nature of these casualties necessitates that positive action be taken to ensure operating and maintenance personnel are properly trained and qualified Additionally technical documentation must be continuously updated for use by the ship s oxygen generator operating maintenance and support personnel Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA and TYCOM Technical Notices and Advance Change Notices ACN provide the Fleet with the latest technical information and operating instructions concerning oxygen generators These Notices and ACNs will remain in effect until cancelled by a subsequent Notice or ACN or are incorporated as a revision to the applicable technical manual 21 2 RESPONSIBILITIES 21 2 1 Immediate Superior In Command a b Ensure assigned units are in compliance with the policy stated in paragraph 21 1 1 of this chapter Conduct periodic inspections and audits to ensure that 1 Operating and maintenance personnel proficiency is being maintained 2
185. eir pockets of all unnecessary items 2 Removal of all items and foreign material exclusion closures from the accumulator will be verified and accounted for prior to conducting a final close out inspection IV 17 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 17 6 CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS Catapult accumulator inspections conducted in accordance with the requirements of reference a shall fulfill all other catapult accumulator inspection requirements When practical various inspections should be scheduled for coincidental performance 17 6 1 Routine Inspection Routine inspections will be conducted at least once every 18 months by a TYCOM SGPI The 18 month period begins with the first warm up of the catapult accumulator to normal operating temperature and pressure following the previous routine inspection Routine inspections may be conducted as early as 12 months or as late as 24 months to provide scheduling flexibility Inspections that exceed the 18 month interval must have TYCOM concurrence 17 6 2 Strength and Integrity Inspection The interval between strength and integrity inspections shall be 60 months The 60 month period commences with the first heat up of the catapult accumulator to normal operating temperature and pressure following the previous strength and integrity inspection These inspections may be conducted as early as 48 months or as late as 72 months to provide scheduling flexibility Inspections that excee
186. el shall be identified and repaired Sump and lube oil filters and strainers shall be drained and refilled with new oil when operationally feasible and resample to confirm corrected condition Engines with fuel dilution levels greater than 2 percent may be operated at the discretion of the Commanding Officer if operational circumstance dictates e g restricted maneuvering with a TYCOM DFS 8 LIGHT LOADING Additional guidance for light loading of LSD 41 49 MPDEs Light loading of Pielstick PC2 5 MPDE is defined as operation below 60 percent of the engine rating This translates to operation of the engine at below 24 mm fuel rack position Light loading of MPDEs should be avoided In situations where light loading of engines is unavoidable arrangements should be made to operate the engines at above 80 percent rated load 31 mm fuel rack Operation above 80 percent rated load shall be conducted for a minimum of one hour after operating temperatures and pressures have stabilized for every four hours of light load operation during a twenty four hour period IV 4A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 4A 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 5 MARINE SANITATION DEVICES REFERENCES a NAVSEAINST 9593 1 Certification Program for Sewage Marine Sanitation Devices in U S Navy Surface Ships and Craft b OPNAVINST 5090 1 Environmental and Natural Resources Program Manual c NAV
187. emperature If the proximity to the RTE alarm does not meet the requirements of reference a 231 3 10 3 4 3 231 3 10 3 4 4 and Table 231 3 2 reference b 241 3 4 5 1 reference c 244 3 7 3 5 3 Table 244 3 1 reset the alarm per reference a 231 3 10 3 4 3 231 3 10 3 4 4 and Table 231 3 2 reference b 241 3 4 5 1 reference c 244 3 7 3 5 3 Table 244 3 1 or by approved shipyard repair activity test procedure meeting the requirements of the NSTM or SUBMEPP test procedure Installed Bearing Clearance IC The bearing clearance when this bearing was installed It can be found in original equipment manufacturer OEM clearance drawings or in a report from a repair facility that replaced this bearing Each ship should have the builders new construction completed test procedures on microfiche which should contain this data or repair activity when replaced Contact your Immediate Superior In Command for assistance in obtaining this information Bearing Replacement Clearance RC The clearance when this bearing needs to be replaced It is taken from the turbine technical manual or the bearing detail drawing Actual Bearing Clearance BC The actual diametral clearance between the bearing and the journal at rest and is calculated as BC IC W BC Bearing Clearance IC Installed Bearing Clearance W Wear If BC is equal to or greater than RC replace the bearing Note that for some bearings the maximum allowed wear Wmax is given di
188. ence of serious internal failure bearing connecting rod crankshaft or piston failure IV 4 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 4 3 6 2 Major Deficiency This finding is made when major problems exist but the engine is still operable with restrictions approved by the TYCOM Any deficiency that has been noted as major shall require either immediate correction within 30 days of discovery or reported by Naval message in accordance with paragraph 4 4 b 3 of this chapter This requirement does not alter the normal Casualty Reporting or DFS reporting requirements In accordance with references a and b major deficiencies include but are not limited to a Engine unable to maintain rated load b Automatic equipment inoperative or not functioning properly C Critical components exceed prescribed limits but do not meet the RBO criteria d Temperature and or pressure between cylinders are not within specification e Either Remote or Local engine starting one of two must be operational or remote securing devices are inoperative f Excessive blower clearance readings g Air box exhaust belt muffler is excessively dirty or oil laden h Clogged valves or ports i Malfunctioning fuel injection system j Jacket water treatment out of specification 4 3 6 3 Minor Deficiency Categorize all other deficiencies as minor 4 3 6 4 Re inspections RBO deficiencies must be re inspected prior to engine operation by a DEI If possible th
189. ent improper operation ONE GAS TURBINE GENERATOR MAY BE LEFT IN STANDBY STATUS 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Loosen all igniter and liner support bolts Remove the center thermocouple in all six combustion liners CG 47 Class ships or liners 2 3 4 5 and 6 DD 963 Class ships Remove the combustion liner assembly alignment pins 1 6 DDG 51 Class ships Open inlet plenum and remove air inlet adapter V band clamp Loosen all top inspection cover bolts on speed decreaser Inspect AGB magnetic drain plug Leave any loose metallic material found for MGTI inspection Remove the scattershields and sound suppressor Remove the starter Borescope engines and report results to MGTI in accordance with PMS Special tools support and test equipment will be available in good condition and calibrated as required Have the last two assessment reports for each Allison 501 K17 K34 gas turbine engine available Administrative review will consist of but is not limited to the following items 1 2 3 Ensure all required gas turbine technical manuals and technical directives as listed in the current Technical Directive Index reference d are complete in good condition up to date and available Ensure that the latest revision of reference c is available in the technical library or on Compact Disk Read Only Memory CD ROM Ensure that Marine Gas Turbine Equipment Service Records are update
190. equired in depot avail 12 CONCURRENCES 13 TAGOUT REQUIRED YES NO TAGOUT NO SYSTEM COMPONENT IS LINED UP FOR WORK A TAGOUT IS HUNG VERIFIED AND SIGNED BY THE REPAIR ACTIVITY IF REQUIRED AND SHIP WATCH DUTY OFFICER 14 PLANT SHIP CONDITIONS E G DRAINED DE PRESSURIZED DE ENERGIZED SET DIVISION RA IS AUTHORIZED TO START WORK WATCH DUTY OFFICER REPAIR ACTIVITY NOTIFICATION OF WORK COMPLETION 15 RESTRICTIONS PRECAUTIONS REMARKS 16 WORK IS COMPLETE 17 TESTING IS COMPLETE LPO DIV OFF or RA WATCH DUTY OFF or RA 18 WAF CLOSED OUT RA WATCH DUTY OFF C CHECK IF CONTINUED ON ANOTHER SHEET IV 10A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM Block 1 USS Enter name or the hull number Block 2 SYSTEM Enter the system noun name abbreviation or identification number Block 3 WAF NO Enter the WAF serial number Block 4 JSN Enter the Job Sequence Number or job order Block 5 DIVISION Lead Work Center LWC REPAIR ACTIVITY RA Enter ship s Division LWC or repair activity Point of Contact responsible for conducting the maintenance Block 6 TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT Enter the TWD e g Controlled Work Package CWP Formal Work Package FWP Task Group Instruction TGI number s or enter see attached TWD Record Sheet If a TWD Record Sheet is used it shall be referenced in Block 6 Block 7 JOB DESCRI
191. ernally to prevent inadvertent removal The installation of the blank flange shall be approved by the Commanding Officer Removal of these blank flange s shall not commence until the required valve s and associated local Valve Position Indicator s have been reinstalled and tested to support removal of the blank and blank removal has been approved by the Commanding Officer 3 HULL PENETRATIONS ABOVE THE WATERLINE These penetrations openings will also be protected by double closure or as follows a Hull penetrations less than four feet above the waterline IV 10D 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA 1 Cofferdams shall be installed around all open hull access openings including temporary hull cuts which have less than four feet of freeboard at the opening Cofferdams shall be constructed and tested in accordance with reference a to maintain watertight integrity to at least four feet above the waterline A hull opening such as an electrical cable penetration need not have a cofferdam installed if it is adequately blanked or plugged while the system is under repair Cofferdams will be designed to permit personnel access temporary services and equipment shipping as applicable without violating the required watertight integrity The ship s topside freeflood structure may be used to achieve the four foot requirement however the opening must be controlled in the same manner as a cofferdam Positive control to maintain closure throug
192. ers and other surface ships and shore stations to provide liquid and gaseous oxygen and nitrogen for use by Ship s Force and embarked air wings Guidance for the proper operation and maintenance of these systems is provided by this chapter and references a and b 6 2 PRECAUTIONS Oxygen is not flammable but supports and rapidly accelerates the combustion of all flammable materials Any substance that burns in a normal atmosphere will burn much more rapidly in concentrated oxygen with a much higher flame temperature Combustible material e g dirt dust soap oil cloth paper wood cork carbon black and gasoline should not be allowed to come in contact with an enriched oxygen environment Oxygen can cause combustion of substances not normally considered burnable notably steel wool thin gauge metals and certain types of cloth Gaseous nitrogen is an almost totally inert gas does not burn and does not support combustion or respiration It is not poisonous but can displace oxygen from the air and cause asphyxia Cryogenic fluids liquid oxygen and liquid nitrogen are extremely dangerous They can cause severe burns or frostbite if they contact the skin Prolonged exposure to the cold vapors can damage delicate tissues such as those of the eye windpipe and lung The cold surface of piping components and vessels containing cryogenic fluid can burn or freeze bare flesh and cause it to stick to the cold metal At the temperature of cryogenic
193. ers that are installed in seams with a caulking gun must also be hand worked into the seam with a putty knife This is necessary to eliminate air pockets and voids in the seam Hand working of the seam filler must be in one single direction to avoid air pockets 24 3 6 Underwater Planking Repairs a The forward and after rabbet shall receive a thorough inspection The rabbet seam in the stern area is covered with an anchor chafe plate and is not available for inspection or repair unless the anchor chafe plate is removed Slack or rotten caulking allows for infestation of marine burrowers and decay which in the case of the rabbet seams forward goes undetected Inspect and test caulked plank seams covered with bottom sheathing for soundness whenever areas are exposed due to the removal of sheathing In most cases the seams have been covered for many years and have not been available for periodic maintenance These seams although covered with sheathing do eventually waste away or become slack The seams at the planking butts are more susceptible to slackening and erosion due to movement at the joints Under normal conditions it is necessary to recaulk these joints every 10 to 15 years If the outer strand of oakum caulking appears to be satisfactory then the seam may be repaired by setting the existing caulking deep into the seam and adding more strands of oakum to fill the seam depth If the old caulking is wasted away or decayed clean out
194. ery For example a battery code 1187 means the battery was manufactured in the 11th month of 1987 For expiration dates see Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 4105 List of Items Requiring Special Handling 11 Diver s knife timer and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment 12 The allowance of escape appliances for submarines with two escape compartments consists of 110 percent of complement in each compartment Additionally 20 non inflatable life preservers are to be carried for topside use IV 18B 11 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 13 Escape appliances are to be equipped as follows a One cell flashlight or chemical personnel marker light attached whistle and dye marker stowed in pocket Batteries will be in case box lots stowed with escape appliances Ensure shelf life of batteries or personnel marker light will not be exceeded prior to next PMS check b Toggle and cord attached to belt 14 Life rafts are to be equipped as specified on the inventory lists within the raft Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits 15 Man overboard bags to be equipped as specified in Man Overboard Casualty Procedures 16 Man overboard swimmer to be competent swimmer qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer 17 Safety track inspection shall be performed as specified by MIP H 313 003 MRC 3JTK and applicable ship s drawings for the Stowage Tube and Fairing for Towed Sonar Array 18 Th
195. es and Reports The specific rescue and salvage items to be inspected and the type of submarines to which they are applicable are identified in Appendices A through E of this chapter Appendix F of this chapter is a sample pre inspection form to be completed by the submarine prior to the salvage inspection Appendix G of this chapter is a sample Submarine Salvage Inspection forwarding letter Inspection attributes or elements of Appendices A through E may not be locally waived or have equipment substituted Temporary changes to the attributes or elements of Appendices A through E will only be revised by the Type Commander TYCOM and the revision must be documented in formal correspondence Any attributes or elements of Appendices A through E as applicable to the respective ship class not met or which fails inspection is underway limiting until corrected or waived by the TYCOM 18 2 3 Inspection Resources Insofar as practical portions of the salvage inspection related to diving are to be conducted by qualified divers who are knowledgeable in submarine rescue and salvage matters The hatch and watertight door portion of this inspection will be conducted by members of the local Ship s Maintenance Monitoring Support Performance Monitoring Team PMT TYCOM Diving Operational Readiness Assessment should be performed in conjunction with the salvage inspection Diving Operational Readiness Assessments performed within six months may be considered as meeting t
196. es are to be used in the hydro rig CONFIDENTIAL When filled in IV 9A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM NO ATTRIBUTE 6 OPERATIONAL TEST INSTRUCTIONS The following checks shall be performed with the test rig isolated from the system being tested This may be done by blanking the hose prior to connecting the rig to the system Equipment provided by an FMA will be tested at the FMA prior to being issued to a tended ship The operational test need not be repeated by the tended ship receiving the test gear NOTE THE FOLLOWING CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR FMA AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY SHOP TEST FACILITIES WHERE BOTH PRIMARY AND BACKUP TEST GAGES ARE COVERED UNDER THE NAVY METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION METCAL SYSTEM Raise rig pressure to the specified test pressure If the backup gage is included with the test rig vice an installed system gage verify primary and backup gages are in agreement Maximum difference after height correction is no more than the sum of the specified accuracies plus a readability error of one half the smallest graduation of each Required accuracy psig If not in agreement replace or re calibrate and repeat this step until satisfied relieve the capacity of the pressure source Set confirm setpoint of the automatic relief valve With the pressure source operating and at the relief setpoint verify that the automatic relief and associated piping relieve the full capacity of the pressure
197. esentative Yes or list exceptions in paragraph 2 Date Amount on Required Board COSAL Forward Aft Amount on Required Board COSAL Amount on Required Board COSAL Yes or list discrepancies in paragraph 3 Type and Amount k Encl 1 Part H para 7 NOTE COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 The allowance is Oz candles applicable The following number of O candles are onboard The allowance is Signal Ejector Launcher operation and Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signal inventory will be accomplished by Signal Ejector launcher operation cannot be demonstrated as muzzle is above waterline or ship is in dry dock The signal ejector was last operated on Amount Yes or No Number or N A Number or N A Ship s Representative Date IF EJECTOR WAS NOT OPERATED IN PAST THIRTY DAYS OPERATION MUST BE DEMONSTRATED BY FLOODING THROUGH MUZZLE WITH FIRE HOSE 3 Discrepancies a Discrepancies are as follows b The following items were not inspected for the reasons given and a waiver is requested Nomenclature Paragraph Reason IV 18F 3 Commanding Officer or By Direction Authority COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 18F 4 From To Subj Ref Encl COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX G SAMPLE REPORT OF SALVAGE INSPECTION FORWARDING LETTER Senior Inspecting Officer Comma
198. essure to the specified test pressure Verify primary and backup gages are in agreement Maximum difference between the two gage readings after height correction is no more than 2 Required accuracy psig If not in agreement replace or re calibrate and repeat this step until satisfied If the manual relief is installed on the rig vice using an installed system valve with the pressure source operating and at the specified manual relief setpoint verify that the manual relief and associated piping relieve the capacity of the pressure source Set confirm setting of the automatic relief valve With the pressure source operating and at the relief setpoint verify that the automatic relief and associated piping relieve the capacity of the pressure source Continue to raise pressure to the specified overpressure protection setpoint IV 9B 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM CHECK OFF Vent the rig to reduce pressure to reseat the automatic relief Slowly raise pressure again to recheck the automatic relief setpoint Completed by Items Completed Date Completed by Items Completed Date Reviewed Div Off EDO Date IV 9B 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 9B 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 5 APPENDIX C NUCLEAR NON NUCLEAR PRE TEST INSPECTION CHECK LIST References a NAVSEA S9505 AF MMA 010 Piping Systems Submarine Non Nuclear Piping Systems
199. est results or for submarines the applicable oil analysis results 3 Onboard lube oil testing logs 4 Diesel Maintenance history records to include all maintenance and significant items accomplished on the engine since last engine overhaul 5 Diesel operating and maintenance documents including Engineering Organization Sequencing System Steam Plant Manual Ship System Manual Submarines only PMS Engineering Standing Orders etc as appropriate 6 Engine hours log IV 4 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 7 Diesel inspection reports since last overhaul and associated Naval message on the status of discrepancies 8 Fuel Oil Quality Management records 9 Diesel Engine Technical Manuals 10 References c f and g 11 Appropriate diesel related Training records C The TYCOM ISIC shall ensure that assigned ships operate and maintain diesel engines in accordance with the procedures in references a through c f and g Specifically they shall 1 Ensure ships are complying with all required instructions by observation of diesel engine operations during shipboard visits 2 Conduct follow up action to ensure that any unsatisfactory conditions found are correct at the earliest possible date 3 Maintain a library of technical material and appropriate visual aids for use by assigned ships in training diesel operations d Submarines only Ensure the induction and exhaust systems are inspec
200. established Planned Maintenance System PMS and GTB Inspection requirements as listed in reference d ISIC TYCOM guidance may be solicited to avoid scheduling conflicts IV 23 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 23 3 2 Pre Planned Major Maintenance Availability a Prior to planned Depot level maintenance availabilities a routine inspection should be performed on all ship s gas turbine engines to determine maintenance or overhaul requirements Where possible TYCOMAISIC should ensure there is adequate time set aside in the ships employment schedule to support these inspections Results of this inspection will be entered into the ship s Current Ship s Maintenance Project CSMP and will enable the ship to submit work requests for work accomplishment by FMAs industrial activities during Planned Major Maintenance Availabilities 23 3 3 Pre Deployment a Gas turbine engines shall be inspected by a certified MGTI prior to deployment A deployment is defined as scheduled operational commitments of 90 days or greater away from a ship s homeport Discrepancies resulting from this inspection will be entered into the ship s CSMP Noted discrepancies provide the basis for but do not limit the work to be accomplished by Ship s Force and or FMAs prior to deployment A follow up inspection may be scheduled 30 to 60 days before deployment or as operational commitments dictate to verify the status of repairs The requirement to conduct a follo
201. ested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely providing all inspections Part I items 2 b and 2 c of this Appendix for each valve so certified are satisfactory If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation the specific valves in question shall be checked Provide appropriate container for collecting anti freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled Ensure controlled re assembly in accordance with Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled Ensure anti freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing 2 The inspected ship s vice the inspecting command s salvage wrench shall be used if the inspecting command is another submarine Discrepancies in the actual versus plan number of turns shall be reported to the TYCOM with information copy to all plan holders Report discrepancies to the nearest 1 8th of a turn 3 Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders 4 Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500 psi compartment pressurization valves 5 When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve the va
202. etion Of Tugpeetet cicsi c csceesssasisscvcesssssasveanssv scene n erar Lenen KEELENA PEKEN rE EEr EK area EEEE EiS IV 3 11 Automatic Boiler Control Systems Online Alignment Verification Guidelnes ce ceeeeeeeeeeteeneeees IV 3 11 Boner Flexibility Tests ss icecessastedeites cesckidecs josie edeciscccbivsstenssieccecisdsebackagusciautubes ioubdectocisaeadosaacesigessecieeanees IV 3 12 System Certification Requirements cececcssescessecseesecseeseceseeecsaecaeesecseesecsaeeeesaecaesaecseseeenaseeeeeeneeeesaees IV 3 12 Certified Boiler Water and Feedwater Tester Requirement cceceeceseeecsseeeeeseceeesecneeeeesseseteresaeenes IV 3 12 Operating and Casualty Procedures ccc ecesecesecssecseeceecsecaeecaeecaeeeaeeeaeeseeeeeeseeaecaecsaecsaecsaesaeesaeaas IV 3 12 Summary of Boiler Inspection Scheduling and Responsibilities 0 ec eeseseeseesecseeeeeeeeeeeeeees IV 3A 1 Sample Boiler Inspection Report Cover Letter i ecesseesscseessesecseeeeceeeeeesaeeeeesecaeeeeeneeeeenaees IV 3B 1 Sample Boiler Inspection RBO Deficiencies Message IV 3C 1 Water Jet Machine and Cleaning Guidelines eee eeceeeceseceeecnseceeecaeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeneenaees IV 3D 1 Waterside Cleaning Wer See ee IV 3E 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 HAPTER 4 DIESEL ENGINE e 4 2 33 EIEIEIE It e IV 4 1 Diesel Engine Inspector Certification 00 0 ceeeceseecssesseeeceesecseesecsaeceessecseesecnesscesecnesseesaeeeesaecateeeeneeanenes IV 4
203. f 2 GAGES Normally installed instrumentation may be used as backup pressure indication If an installed gage is not available and the backup gage will be a temporary gage then complete Items a f for both primary and backup gages Otherwise a f apply to primary gage s only Reference a Figure 3 Item 8 maximum gage error at test pressure must not exceed 2 of test pressure Nominal indicated test pressure shall be no less than 25 of the primary gage s range Nominal indicated test pressure shall be no less than 10 of the backup gage s range if the backup gage is a temporary gage CONFIDENTIAL When filled in IV 9A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ATTRIBUTE The gage range shall be capable of indicating the manual over pressure protection pressure at no greater than 90 of full scale and the potential maximum overpressure at no greater than 98 of full scale Temporary gages shall be single scale analog gages or digital pressure instruments calibrated in psig RECORD GAGE DATA Primary gage rang psi Cal due date Ser Number Backup gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number Gages have been calibrated within the required periodicity Circle applicable item 1 Normal metrology requirements list calibration frequency This is the frequency unless specified otherwise for the specific test 2 Special frequency Required by Indicate required frequency and reference 3 OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION T
204. fects ship conditions If checked YES when assigned the repair activity s Ship Safety Officer will sign concurrence otherwise enter NONE ASSIGNED For work not affecting ship conditions check NO and sign repair activity signature required in depot availability Block 12 CONCURRENCES Concurrence signatures may be entered as necessary e g nuclear non nuclear interface assist work center s two cognizant department heads The Authorizing Officer or RAR should define any needed concurrences by noting the concurring organization beneath the signature line in Block 12 and obtain the concurrences Block 13 TAGOUT REQUIRED If tagout is required mark YES When tagout is hung enter tagout number s Log Serial Number Shift Operations Management System line item number and Watch Duty Officer will sign block If no tagout is required mark NO Enter N A in TAGOUT NO and Watch Duty Officer will sign block IV 10A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Block 14 PLANT SHIP CONDITIONS e g drained de pressurized de energized SET FMA DIVISION REPAIR ACTIVITY ARE AUTHORIZED TO START WORK The Watch Duty Officer signs in all cases for authorizing the start of all work Note any restrictions and or precautions in Block 9 RAR signs for authorizing the start of work when the WAF is for repair activity work Block 15 RESTRICTIONS PRECAUTIONS REMARKS Enter any general conditions e g outstanding work that may affect system restoration
205. ference a a Sheathing the bottoms of wood vessels serves to protect the hull from burrowers especially if the vessels are to endure long periods between dry dockings b For vessels that are active and are dry docked annually the use of sheathing is not required 24 6 WOODEN SEA CHEST FOUNDATIONS a To prevent overheating of the wood filler blocks and wood cap blocks in sea chests the wood must be insulated from the metal fittings Use of delron sleeves or bushings around the body of the through hull fitting and around the bolt fastenings is one approved method b A Cathodic Corrosion Control system using an impressed current through anodes installed on boat bottoms isolates the anode fittings with the use of delron bushings and by the application of a mastic material applied over bare wood in a 36 diameter area around the anode Replace wood fillers and caps that are badly decayed If repairs cannot be made immediately then treat the bad wood with a preservative or decay inhibitor to slow up the rate of deterioration until the bad wood can be replaced When new fillers in the form of blocks and caps are fabricated they should be treated with preservative prior to installation and after the wood has been finally shaped and fitted TV 24 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VOLUME IV CHAPTER 25 GAS FREE ENGINEERING INSPECTIONS REFERENCES a NAVSEA S6470 AA SAF 010 Gas Free Engineering Manual b NAVS
206. fittings For ships with Submarine Escape Immersion Ensemble SEIE suits SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4149 conduct Hood Inflation System Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed 5 Pressure proof lights mounted above waterline checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks 6 Electric lantern screened lenses and pressure relief hole sealed with plastic MIL I 3064 and mounted above waterline Reference Note Ship s Drawing MIP H 409 001 MIP H 409 003 SEIE MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQW General Specs for Ships NAVSEA S9AAO SPN 010 Sect 332F Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 6 Reference INSPECTION ITEM Note 7 31MC installed above waterline 8 Verify accomplishment of MIP 5641 921 PMS to clear sea pressure sensing lines f Verify the following equipment installed 1 Hammer signal label plate posted above waterline 2 Diver s knife Note 12 3 Ballpeen hammer Note 12 4 Persuader crows foot 5 Escape procedure posted above waterline 6 Mechanical timer above Note 12 waterline Not appli
207. g flange and coordinate the pre brief for the installation evolution As a minimum the brief shall be attended by the Ship s Duty Officer LWC Supervisor and Diving Supervisor The mechanism for authorizing the hull blank installation shall be the Work Authorization Form Appendix A in accordance with this chapter f The divers in conjunction with Ship s Force and the LWC Supervisor shall verify the location of the hull opening and weighted marked line prior to the divers entering the water g A diver accompanied by Ship s Force shall tap on the internal hull opening until the in water diver acknowledges the location by returning the signal h After installation the hull fitting flange location and installation shall be independently verified by a second diver i Divers assisted by the LWC and Ship s Force shall verify the hull fitting flange integrity with a 100 psig air test j Divers and the LWC Supervisor shall mark the hull fitting flange by attaching a tether from the fitting flange to topside At the topside attachment point the tether shall be labeled Hull Fitting Noun Name Installed k Positive verification from inboard of the hull fitting flange placement and integrity must be achieved for each installed fitting flange prior to proceeding with any maintenance The verification shall be accomplished using the method for testing a single closure described in paragraph 2 a of this Appendix If either of the leak check meth
208. g operability h Prior to issue by the repair facility mechanical NTE which is expected to be subjected to pressure greater than 10 pounds per square inch will be operationally pressure tested to the highest pressure expected during use in the propulsion plant Individual gages are excluded provided they are issued as individual components without adapters or hoses for normal installation in a system and are properly calibrated i The activity requesting mechanical NTE will be specific when requesting NTE The following data at a minimum will be specified as applicable 1 Maintenance for which the NTE is required 2 Gage range and required tolerance 3 Set points of protective devices 4 Length of hose 5 Size and style of fittings for attachment to ships system e g swagelock SS 1 8 inverted 37 Degrees SAE flare fitting 6 Maximum temperature the NTE is expected to be subjected to during use 7 Date required 8 Any special requirements 7 6 1 Lost Damaged Test Equipment Lost damaged test equipment must be repaired or replaced in a timely manner Equipment requiring repair will be entered in the Equipment Deficiency Log assigned a Job Sequence Number and entered in the Current Ship s Maintenance Project Out Of Commission equipment that results in an inability to provide necessary test equipment for reactor plant testing shall be given high repair priority Maintenance of NTE will only be accomplished by the is
209. ginal design and technical specifications Machinery Alterations field changes and modifications even if applicable are not to be accomplished unless specified by proper authority The repair activity shall demonstrate that the end product successfully meets all performance criteria of the governing specifications GC Non OEM Vendors When commercial repair facilities other than the OEM express an interest in performing repair and overhaul work they must demonstrate to NAVSEA the capability to perform the work Capability to perform circuit breaker overhaul and repair work includes having the facilities trained mechanics and access to the OEM s qualified parts and repair procedures Use of nonqualified restricted parts violates the integrity of the circuit breaker nullifying the breaker s prior qualification under the QPL process Restricted parts must be obtained from the OEM either directly or via the Federal Stock System with the exceptions as noted above If a restricted part is replaced with an unqualified part the qualification of the particular circuit breaker is revoked until the full set of QPL required tests are repeated and submitted to NAVSEA for approval IV 15 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Fleet Maintenance Activities and Organizational Level Maintenance and Repair Maintenance and repair of circuit breakers by Organizational and Fleet Maintenance Activities includes cleaning inspection lubrication accomplishment of tech
210. h the use of danger tags and gagging devices mechanical locks and or blanks must be exercised for all hull access openings not in an as built condition Removal or changes in status shall be approved by the Commanding Officer 2 Other penetrations openings which do not meet the above criteria or which cannot be isolated by some type of single closure will be attended at all times by personnel with access to equipment capable of securing flooding should it ever occur Exceptions require specific permission of the Commanding Officer Single closure may be affected by any suitable temporary watertight closure Hull penetrations greater than four feet above the waterline Penetrations openings not in their normal as built condition are not required to be watertight but should be provided with protection against unwanted fluid entry 4 INADVERTENT OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS For those conditions when the ship is waterborne with a hull and or backup valve below the waterline installed but the associated inboard piping is not complete and the hull and or backup valve hydraulic actuator lines are disconnected the following guidance is provided for reconnecting the hydraulic actuators which may cause valve movement a If an external blank flange is installed any additional precautions should be determined by the Commanding Officer If an external blank flange is not installed then the hull and backup valves should be installed hyd
211. haust valves leading to valve failure IV 4 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 In situations where light loading of a diesel engine is unavoidable arrangements should be made to operate the engine at 60 80 percent rated load capacity for a minimum of thirty minutes preferably three hours unless other guidance exists specific to the engine s application This can help offset the detrimental effects of light loading however it is not to be considered a suitable alternative to the avoidance of light loading Further details are provided for LSD 41 49 Class MPDE in Appendix A b Per reference f diesel engines that have online purification capability shall operate the purifier continuously while the diesel engine is operating On installations where multiple engines are serviced by one purifier the purifier alignment should be shifted periodically within a 24 hour period to ensure all engines receive adequate oil purification and maintain satisfactory oil condition Each engine s operating hours and oil condition should be considered when scheduling purification of several engines on a rotational basis c Per reference g and PMS diesel engine jacket water treatment must be tested and maintained to ensure proper corrosion control and freeze protection as applicable d Engine Operation Hours since Overhaul and Engine Operating Hours since Commissioning at a minimum shall be kept for all MPDEs SSDGs and EDGs For Colt Pielstic
212. he Diving Equipment requirements of IV 18 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Appendices A through D Part I paragraph 7 or Appendix E Part I paragraph 5 of this chapter Other portions of the inspection should be conducted by personnel who by their rate and experience are qualified in that particular section All members of the inspection team who are not divers must be qualified in submarines Inspection teams are to be assembled as required from the following sources in order of the priority shown a b e f Deep Submergence Units Submarine Fleet Maintenance Activities Immediate Superior In Command ISIC Staffs Submarines of the same class Other submarines Salvage ships ARS 18 3 RESPONSIBILITIES Responsibility for the preparation conduct and completion reporting for a salvage inspection is as follows 18 3 1 Immediate Superior In Command a Schedule salvage inspections for assigned submarines as specified in paragraph 18 2 1 of this chapter The inspection should be conducted early enough in the availability to allow for the correction of deficiencies prior to Fast Cruise Designate the inspecting team using the guidance provided in paragraph 18 2 3 of this chapter to conduct the salvage inspection 18 3 2 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge a NOTE Request the ISIC to conduct a salvage inspection in accordance with the periodicity set forth in paragraph 18 2 1 of th
213. he PSOI PSAI may be required at the discretion of the TYCOM to support early bid specification and work package development a The PSOI PSAI will be scheduled by the ISIC as approved by the cognizant TYCOM b The PSOI PSAI will be performed by the NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the TYCOM SGPI 3 6 3 Start of Overhaul Availability Inspection The SOI SAI may be required to be accomplished at the beginning of an overhaul availability to better define or re evaluate the boiler bid specifications and or work items at the discretion of the ISIC with TYCOM concurrence a The SOUS AT will be scheduled by the ISIC as approved by the cognizant TYCOM b The SOUS AT will be performed by the NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the TYCOM SGPI 3 6 4 Strength and Integrity Inspection The normal interval between Strength and Integrity Inspections shall be 60 months Strength and Integrity Inspections may be performed as early as 48 months or as late as 72 months after the last Strength and Integrity Inspection to provide scheduling flexibility Strength and Integrity Inspections shall not exceed 72 months since the last inspection a The Strength and Integrity Inspection will be scheduled by the cognizant ISIC b The Strength and Integrity Inspection will be performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant TYCOM SGPI IV 3 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 3 6 5 Industrial Support Visit Inspection The ISV inspection shall be scheduled during t
214. he WAF Blocks 10 14 16 and 17 if applicable unless specified otherwise by MOA e g repair activity does not maintain qualified personnel The Lead Maintenance Activity assigned responsibility for centralized work control is responsible for processing the WAF and signing all other repair activity blocks on the WAF For work covered by paragraph 10 4 3 of this chapter the Ship s Force member s of the centralized work control team would notify the responsible Division or Work Center Supervisor and Duty Officer of added work to a TWD Record Sheet to ensure that Ship s Force remains informed of all work being performed on ship s systems 10 4 6 Equipment Tagout Procedures Tagouts shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of reference b 10 4 7 Barrier Criteria NOTE b Barrier criteria for maintenance is located in reference b and applicable Reactor Plant and Steam and Electric Plant manuals BARRIER CRITERIA REQUIRED BY REACTOR PLANT AND STEAM AND ELECTRIC PLANT MANUALS HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER REFERENCE b CRITERIA Submarines only Specific guidance for submarine hull penetrations is located in Appendix D 10 4 8 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item Identification Listing and Control Submarines only a NOTE Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List SOSMIL Safety of Ship maintenance items are those evolutions having significant potential to impact the ship s watertight integrity damage control cap
215. he availability but may be waived by the TYCOM for availabilities of short duration a The ISV inspection will be scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervising Authority as applicable b The ISV inspection will be performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant SGPI 3 6 6 Completion of Overhaul Availability Inspection The COI CAI will be conducted before reinstallation of steam drum internals and de superheater for the Strength and Integrity Inspection a The COI CAI will be scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervising Authority as applicable and may be conducted in conjunction with a Routine Inspection b The COI CAI will be performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant SGPI 3 6 7 Newly Constructed Ship Acceptance Inspection The Newly Constructed Ship Acceptance Inspection shall be accomplished in conjunction with INSURV Acceptance Trials This inspection starts the Routine Inspection requirements a The Acceptance Inspection will be scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervising Authority as applicable b The Acceptance Inspection will be performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant SGPI 3 6 8 Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection The Inactivation Reactivation Inspection shall be conducted on all boilers prior to completion of the inactivation reactivation a The Inactivation Reactivation Inspection will be scheduled by the industrial activity Supervising Author
216. he caulked seams with a black polyurethane seam filler per the requirements of reference c Before filling caulk the seams with sufficient cotton Seam out gaging beveling as specified in reference d Detailed instructions concerning equipment used the preparation of seams the method of application and primers to be used are described in reference b 24 3 5 Weather Deck Planked Deck Repair a Remove all loose or decayed cotton or oakum caulking after removing all seam filler In areas where caulking is found to be in good condition set this material deeper into the seam opening ensuring it is driven in solidly to make room for additional caulking Small tight seams will require a new single thread of cotton The size of the seam in width and depth determines the amount of cotton or oakum required Install sufficient cotton and or oakum so that the level of the top of the caulking is 1 4 to 3 8 below the surface of the decking This will allow room for the seam filler Unless marine glue pitch is used as a seam filler seal the surface of the caulked cotton or oakum with a special seam primer that is compatible with the seam filler Do not use a rubber type seam filler over oakum Prime or fill newly caulked seams at the end of each day s caulking to keep moisture out of the caulking material and to protect the dry surface of the deck plank seams IV 24 4 e COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Rubber type seam fill
217. he manual release of pressure is the primary method of protection Automatic backup relief valve will be provided If the temporary relief valves provided are to be installed in the system installation shall be such that it does not cause damage to the system or system components The over capacity of relief valves should not cause excessive thermal and pressure shock Relief valve capacity should not be grossly higher than pressure source capacity W The blow down characteristics shall be compatible with the system being tested The reseating characteristics of automatic reliefs should be consistent with the requirements of the system being tested For example a relief that does not reseat until pressure is reduced to zero would not be acceptable for a primary hydro Review manufacturer s data Accumulation shall be less than 10 Review manufacturer s data CONFIDENTIAL When filled in IV 9A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A NO ATTRIBUTE Temporary automatic relief valves which have more than one inlet and therefore provide different relief valve performance characteristics e g set pressure shall not be used h Temporary automatic reliefs which require no tools for setpoint adjustment e g employ hand adjustment knob must 1 Have some means to positively lock the setting once it has been made or 2 Must be designed to prevent ready access to the adjustment knob 4 OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION SETPOINT DETERM
218. hen requested by the Board of Inspection and Survey An acceptance inspection will normally be conducted in conjunction with the open and inspect phase of Board of Inspection Survey acceptance trials The acceptance inspection does not satisfy the requirements of a routine inspection 2 The initial Routine Inspection on a new construction unit shall occur prior to delivery The cognizant Supervisor of Shipbuilding should incorporate the DEI as part of the Government Test Plan Acceptance Plan The cognizant Supervisor of Shipbuilding shall notify the DEI for new construction acceptance test prior to Ship s Force accepting responsibility of the diesel engine This will ensure that an inspection baseline is established and construction discrepancies are identified corrected early in the life of the unit Reactivation of Engines in Inactive Equipment Maintenance Prior to the first operation of engines which have been placed in Inactive Equipment Maintenance The inspection consists of a Phase I review of the actions taken to place the engine in and out of lay up status external visual inspection test of safety devices and a Phase III operational test Unless there are indications that an internal inspection Phase II is required the inspection will be considered complete This inspection should be requested far enough in advance of the first key event requiring use of the diesel This will ensure any significant discrepancies found can be corrected prio
219. her during construction or by alteration It includes all types of shipboard sewage handling and treatment systems or MSDs certified in accordance with reference a and described in Section 4 of reference c Reference d describes the procedures equipment and records to be used during maintenance of MSD system components where toxic and or combustible gases may be present The most common pollution abatement sewage system in use on ships and craft is the Collection Holding and Transfer system Other systems in use include the Pall Trinity JERED GATX MEI and the Vacuum Collection Holding and Transfer System 5 2 CERTIFICATION The purpose of MSD certification is to confirm that the system as installed meets established design requirements that adequate logistic support is available onboard and that major installation deficiencies are corrected A single level certification program has been implemented by Naval Sea Systems Command to supersede the older two level system provisional and full Ships that presently hold a Full certification are considered to be certified and require no further certification inspections IV 5 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 5 3 RESPONSIBILITIES The cognizant Type Commander TYCOM will coordinate the operation maintenance and certification of MSD systems installed on all units in accordance with the procedures established by references a and c 5 3 1 Type Commander Immediate Superior In
220. his chapter The ultimate objective is to demonstrate that the NTE available for Nuclear Propulsion Plant application is technically correct 7 5 1 Electronic Electrical Test Equipment The FWP shall require completing and retaining an NTE Certification Record a To certify new or existing measuring and recording equipment such as a Visicorder or strip chart recorder verify that the specifications given in the equipment technical manual match the specifications required by the applicable RPM reference a or applicable test reference b To certify repaired or re calibrated measuring and recording equipment the repair and or calibration activity shall certify that the item still conforms to the original technical specifications and is properly calibrated as evidenced by a calibration sticker The Fleet Maintenance Activity Work Center performing the repair calibration shall complete the NTE Certification Record If the repair calibration was not performed by the Fleet Maintenance Activity Nuclear Repair shall certify the equipment Work orders for repair shall require conformance to referenced drawings and figures c To certify other existing electrical test equipment not previously certified such as switch boxes jumper boxes cables Under Voltage Under Frequency test boxes etc each component and the wiring configuration shall be compared to the referenced drawing for correctness d To certify other new electrical test equipmen
221. iance with reference a 16 2 3 Responsibilities a Naval Air Systems Command NAVAIR shall provide overall ALREMP management through the ALRE Program Manager PMA 251 b The ALRE Program Manager or his direct representative shall establish and chair the ALREMP Working Committee IV 16 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A The Naval Air Warfare Center NAVAIRWARCEN Aircraft Division Lakehurst will provide technical services and act as the technical manager for the ALREMP d The Type Commanders TYCOM shall provide ALRE Maintenance Management Teams to conduct assist visits and annual audits of all units per the requirements of reference b These assist visits and annual audits will ensure operation and maintenance of ALRE is conducted within the guidelines of the ALREMP as directed by reference b 16 2 4 Management Team The ALREMP Management Team consists of a qualified ALRE Maintenance Officer and an experienced Senior Master Chief Aviation Boatswains Mate ABECS ABCM assigned to Commander Naval Air Force Atlantic COMNAVAIRLANT N433 Commander Naval Air Force Pacific COMNAVAIRPAC N435 Audit assistance may be provided to the TYCOMs by the ALRE Program Office PMA 251 Fleet Programs Team The ALREMP Management Team provides the following services a Pre implementation training for the ALREMP b Assistance to ships during the ALREMP implementation phase c Assist visits during industrial availabilities d A
222. ication antennas This policy is not applicable to non communication masts and cables Amplifying information is contained in reference a 22 2 BACKGROUND Submarine antennas and associated cable connections between the antenna and electrical hull fitting are sensitive to seawater intrusion In the event that seawater enters an electrical hull fitting or radome and is subsequently used for transmission significant component damage may occur Also if the antenna floods and sea water stays in the antenna until the next maintenance availability the antenna is usually a complete loss 22 3 POLICY 22 3 1 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing Hydrostatic pressure testing of submarine antennas with cables attached prior to initial installation is mandatory except for buoys and floating wires This pre installation test is intended solely to verify the correctness of the final assembly and does not equal or replace the more elaborate acceptance testing required for various individual manufactured components 22 3 2 Fleet Maintenance Maintenance actions conducted by Fleet Maintenance Activities or Ship s Force regarding the watertight integrity test requirements between submarine antennas and their respective hull connectors shall be as follows a When the antenna or cable is disconnected or replaced shipboard the Technical Work Document will include the checks below in the assembly procedure to reconnect the cable to the base of the antenna and or el
223. ield office Provide appropriate berthing and messing facilities for CAFSU representatives when embarked Pass to the TYCOM N433 N435 any comments concerning meritorious or substandard performance of CAFSU representatives Upon completion of the CAFSU assignment at sea ensure timely departure from the ship IV 16 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 16 4 1 2 Industrial Repair Activity a Provide support to the CAFSU representative as appropriate to allow for accomplishment of the objectives set forth in paragraph 16 2 2 of this chapter b Refer technical questions concerning the launching recovery and VLA equipment to the local CAFSU representative for timely resolution 16 5 NAVAL AVIATION DEPOT a The Naval Aviation Depots maintain and operate facilities to perform 1 A complete range of industrial level rework operations on designated weapon systems accessories and equipments 2 Manufacturing of parts and assemblies as required 3 Engineering services in the development of change hardware design 4 Technical and other professional services for Aircraft Carrier maintenance and logistic problems 5 Other levels of Aircraft Carrier maintenance for eligible activities upon specific request or assignment 6 Other functions as directed by NAVAIR b In order to meet the material support needs of the operating forces by accomplishment of the above mission the following specific functions are assig
224. ies are included in reference b and Type Commander instructions IV 14 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 14 2 2 Verification Activity a Ensure Magazine Sprinkler System Inspector has completed applicable qualifications of the Magazine Sprinkler Systems Inspector Course Course Number K041 2137 Provide a sprinkler system discrepancy list by the categories SAFETY MAJOR MINOR and INSTALLATION to the Ship s Commanding Officer and ISIC Provide written recommendations to the Ship s Commanding Officer and ISIC to continue or discontinue thermo pneumatic certification until correction of any discrepancies and completion of satisfactory sprinkler system operational tests 14 2 3 Immediate Superior In Command Ensure that Shipboard Explosive Safety Inspection is scheduled in accordance with reference a Follow up on all discrepancies reported by the verification activity Those items that are discrepancies as a result of design problems should be reviewed by the cognizant Naval Engineering Agency and recommended corrective actions should be performed at the earliest convenient availability Shall act as sole grantor of all magazine sprinkler systems re certification via message Re certification is based on verifying activity s recommendation IV 14 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 15 CIRCUIT BREAKERS REFERENCES a NSWC Philadelphia ltr 9320 Ser 934 010 dated 19 Mar 2001 titled Shipboard Circ
225. ies should perform verifications as often as operational constraints permit within 6 months of major deployments is recommended if verifications are not conducted annually IV 11 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA 13 14 5 16 17 a b c d e f g Verify each NAVSEA Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command technical manual held with the data listed in TDMIS using LMD for manual or automated verification Verify Naval Supply Systems Command NAVSUP manuals with the modem Internet access Verify NAVSUP manuals against reference a i e NAVSUP 600 CD or by performing a process verification file with LMD TDMIS Compare each technical manual held with the ACN Report provided from NSDSA Port Huenme CA This should be performed monthly Compare each technical manual held with the Automatic Distribution List 501 Report to ensure library is receiving the technical manual automatically This function may be completed by performing the TDMIS 501 Automatic Distribution Process with LMD or by requesting a 501 Report from NSDSA Compare each technical manual held with the Technical Manual Deficiency Evaluation Report file to make sure information received from Technical Manual Deficiency Evaluation Report submissions is reflected in applicable technical manuals Make sure each technical manual is in good material condition i e does not have loose or unrepaired torn pages is readable and
226. ified the test load shall be based on the expected duty of the auxiliary appliance or fitting For hoisting arrangements the static test load shall be suspended clear of all supports and held suspended for a sufficient period to permit inspection of welds and other fastenings but need not be lifted or moved by a gear under test After relieving the static test load there shall be no evidence of permanent deformation of structure b The equipment or system to be tested shall not be used to lift the total static test load Static load tests shall be completed prior to performance of operational tests Where static test loads exceed 40 of rope breaking strength the ship s rope shall not be used for the static test 13 2 3 2 Dynamic Load Test Weight handling arrangements shall be tested to demonstrate capacity to withstand additional loads imposed on a system when operating under unfavorable sea conditions at reduced speed The dynamic load test shall be conducted to demonstrate handling equipment load capabilities throughout the complete operating range As far as practicable test loads shall be moved completely through the equipment operating range within the limits of all operating modes NOTE IF THE EQUIPMENT USES HYDRAULIC POWER THE SYSTEM RELIEF VALVES SHALL BE CHECKED FOR PROPER SETTINGS BEFORE PERFORMING A DYNAMIC LOAD TEST 13 2 3 3 Rated Load Test Following satisfactory completion of the dynamic load test the rated load test sh
227. igned crane using a Crane Operator s Daily Checklist as required by reference a b Reference a gives specific instructions for conducting and reporting the following inspections 1 Walk Around Inspection 2 Machinery House Inspection 3 Operator Cab Inspection 4 Operating Inspection c Pre Use Check Non Cab Operated Category 3 Cranes shall be performed in accordance with reference a 13 3 4 Test Procedures Reference a contains instructions for performing crane test procedures 13 3 5 Special Purpose Service Activities using special purpose service cranes shall follow the requirements of reference ai in addition to criteria contained in reference a 13 4 SLINGS Slings used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material ashore by hoisting are covered by references a and g a A sling is an assembly which connects the load to the material handling equipment b Slings include those made from alloy steel chain wire rope metal mesh natural or synthetic fiber rope conventional three strand construction and synthetic web nylon polyester and polypropylene 13 4 1 Crane Rigging Gear and Miscellaneous Equipment Reference a contains maintenance inspection and test requirements for the following common rigging gear used ashore and reference g contains maintenance inspection and test requirements for the following common rigging gear used shipboard Reference g allow
228. ined This folder should also include an index of all spaces tanks and voids applicable to close out certification and their status 5 Keeping the Commanding Officer and the Engineer Officer informed as to the status of close outs and significant deficiencies noted b Personnel performing tank void and space close out or entry are responsible for 1 Obtaining a copy of Appendix G and Appendices H or I as applicable 2 Forwarding to the DCA completed copies of Appendices H and or I c In cases in which entry can be made by both Ship s Force and FMA personnel Ship s Force will be responsible for Re Entry Control REC and final certification close out For the cases in which only the FMA has access e g waterborne entry into mud tanks or ballast tanks by divers the IMA will be responsible for re entry control and final certification close out 10 5 4 Applicability All SSN and SSBN SSGN Class submarines and FMAs IV 10 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX A WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM 2 SYSTEM 3 WAF NO 5 DIVISION LWC RA 7 JOB DESCRIPTION 6 TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT PREPARATION FOR WORK 8 POST WORK TESTING AS SPECIFIED BELOW JINTHETWD NOTESTREQD FORMAL TEST PROGRAM 9 RESTRICTIONS PRECAUTIONS REMARKS 10 DIVISION REPAIR ACTIVITY READY TO COMMENCE WORK LPO DIV OFF RA AUTHORIZATION TO WORK 11 SAFETY OF SHIP Submarine Only L YES _L NO df YES RA SSO signature r
229. ing Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed 5 Pressure proof lights mounted above waterline checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks 6 Electric lantern screened lenses and pressure relief hole sealed with plastic MIL I 3064 and mounted above waterline 7 31MC installed above waterline 8 Verify accomplishment of PMS to clear sea pressure sensing lines e Verify the following equipment installed 1 Hammer signal label plate posted above waterline 2 Diver s knife 3 Ballpeen hammer 4 Persuader crows foot 5 Escape procedure posted above waterline 6 Mechanical timer above waterline Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits TZ 0890 installed 7 Maximum permissible bottom time plate posted near timer and above waterline Not applicable to ships with SEIE suits TZ 0890 installed Reference Note MIP H 409 001 MIP H 409 003 SEIE MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQW General Specs for Ships NAVSEA S9AAO SPN 010 Sect 332F MIP 5641 9R3 Note 12 Note 12 Note 12 Inspection Submarine Team Inspector Member Fwd Mid Aft Signature Signature Se Jee sat ene sot mme An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix
230. ion program policies and procedures Provides procedures for requesting waivers to approved operating and maintenance procedures and for departures from approved system design 20 2 4 System Certification a System certification is required for all U S Navy diving systems in accordance with reference c System certification is a procedure for ensuring the adequacy of the dive system to safely operate over its intended mission range System certification is accomplished through technical reviews and periodic on site inspections Quality Assurance QA procedures are used to provide support for System certification through documented maintenance and repair procedures on site surveys and material audits System certification is required for all dive systems used by the U S Navy except SCUBA System certification procedures and criteria shall be in accordance with reference a or b depending on the type of system Appendix A of this chapter provides a listing of system certification requirements for diving systems and equipment The SOC contains a list of all primary secondary and emergency systems that are required to ensure diver safety The SOC also includes documentation such as system drawings operating and emergency procedures maintenance procedures and various quality assurance documents required to repair and maintain the DLSS 20 2 5 Maintenance Guidelines Appendix I of reference a contains the technical and a
231. ions and filters is in satisfactory working order and approved for service use e Ensure air samples are current for the air bank used to charge scuba cylinders if applicable f Assigned divers demonstrate capability to conduct diving operations assembly of equipment and check out set up record keeping data for repetitive dives use of dive tables PMS on equipment State if actual diving operations are observed 8 Air Bank Dew Points a Verify air samples from all air banks and verify High Pressure Air Compressors are in specification and in periodicity Reference Note Notes 2 5 and 6 Notes 6 and 7 NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 Series Ship s Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MIP 5921 101 MIP 5921 Series MIP 5542 911 MRC 7BOB COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM 1 Submarine Rescue Chamber SRC Submarine Rescue Diving and Recompression System SRDRS and Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicle DSRV Fittings a Verify four rescue vehicle holddown sockets a
232. ired and the lock tabs are properly engaged or spot welded f Inspect the exterior for incomplete work that would require a reinspection Signature of Senior Enlisted Inspector Date Signature of Officer Inspector Date Reviewed by DCA Date IV 10H 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA APPENDIX I RE ENTRY CHECK OFF LIST CHECK OFF ITEM INITIAL OF PERSON ENTERING SPACE Obtain permission from the Duty Officer Officer of the Deck OOD or Engineering Officer of the Watch EOOW EDO as applicable Notify the Duty Chief COW or EWS EDPO as applicable Have the atmosphere of the tank or void checked by a qualified gas free engineer in accordance with NSTM S9086 CH STM 030 chapter 074 Vol 3 Ventilate the space with a Red Devil blower or other positive ventilation procedure until satisfactory atmosphere samples are obtained Have a qualified ELT conduct a radiological survey of any potential radiation or surface contamination areas Leave matches lighters cigarettes etc outside of the tank or void to be entered In the event that a tank designed to hold liquid is to be entered check the applicable cleanliness instructions for special requirements Do not carry naked lights or any sparking electrical apparatus into the space Ensure that the manhole of a tank or void is guarded by another person who will keep count of the number of personnel in the space and maintai
233. is chapter Coordinate support requirements as may be needed by the inspecting team to fulfill the requirements of the applicable Appendix of this chapter HATCHES THAT ARE FOULED WILL PREVENT THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THIS INSPECTION COORDINATION BETWEEN THE SHIP INSPECTING TEAM AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER OFFICER IN CHARGE Complete and forward a pre inspection information letter to the Senior Inspecting Officer using the sample provided in Appendix F of this chapter as a guideline Modify Appendix F as necessary to align required attributes with the applicable class specific checklist Assemble all ship s data indicated in the applicable Appendix of this chapter prior to the inspection for ease of reference by the inspecting team Upon receipt of the Senior Inspecting Officer s report take action to correct the discrepancies found and report their corrections to the ISIC with a copy to the TYCOM prior to commencement of Fast Cruise Submit a Casualty Report CASREP if applicable in accordance with reference a for each item which degrades the Submarine Rescue Chamber SRC Submarine Rescue Diving and Recompression System SRDRS and or Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicle DSRV mother submarine capability TV 18 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 18 3 3 Senior Inspecting Officer a Assemble the inspecting team designated by the ISIC b Conduct the salvage inspection i
234. ity or Inactive Ship Facility as applicable b The Inactivation Reactivation Inspection will be performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant SGPI 3 6 9 Engineer Officer Inspection The Engineer Officer Inspection shall be conducted per PMS and reference c and does not qualify as a Routine Inspection described in paragraph 3 6 1 of this chapter This inspection will be scheduled and performed by the ship s Engineer Officer 3 6 10 Major Repair Inspection An inspection shall be conducted subsequent to major repairs as a result of chemical and or mechanical casualty per the requirements of reference c This inspection is scheduled by the ISIC in coordination with the TYCOM and the RMCSG and performed by an NSWCCD LCEM Inspector and the cognizant SGPI 3 6 11 Special Inspection Additional boiler inspection conducted when the TYCOM desires to assess the material condition of the boilers IV 3 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 3 7 BOILER INSPECTION GUIDELINES AND REPORTS 3 7 1 Guidelines e Inspections conducted under paragraph 3 6 4 of this chapter normally encompass only the pressure vessel portion of the boiler and are conducted by NSWCCD LCEM Inspectors Other areas such as boiler water chemistry ABCs and boiler appurtenances must be inspected as part of a Routine Inspection prior to boiler light off by a certified SGPI combined with the appropriate BIRMIS input Routine Inspections of boilers
235. ivity accomplishment 2 Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column 3 Portions of the Salvage Inspection as specified by the maintenance activity may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as pre availability inspections to support planning of the availability These items need not be re inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status When specified these items will be performed by Ship s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer PARTI SALVAGE Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 1 Salvage Drawings a Verify salvage drawings Fleet Modernization Program Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720 AA MAN 010 1 Have been updated during ship s new construction period last CNO Maintenance Availability or 2 Latest revision is identified in ship s plan index 3 Have correct distribution Consolidated Index Number 513 or 845 4 Are identified as Selected Record Drawings 2 High Low Salvage Connections a Verify deck touch plate markings are Ship s Plans installed and per plan An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage I
236. k in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM c Inventory allowance of spare batteries for AN URC 4 PRC 96 and AN BQQ 6 Ensure shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded 1 Check that the AN BQQ 6 Emergency Communications Group receptacle is marked 61 62 63 Receptacle Emergency Communications for AN BQQ 6 4 Life Saving and Safety Equipment a Inventory allowance randomly type and quantity as applicable and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed below 1 Inflatable life preservers 2 Non inflatable life preservers 3 Escape appliances not applicable to ships with SEIE Suits Oe after TZ 0890 installed 4 Man overboard bag 5 Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard 6 Safety harness belts 7 Safety track 8 Distress marker lights Reference Ship s COSAL Note 13 Ship s COSAL Note 14 MIP 5832 012 or 5832 014 MIP 5832 007 or 5832 015 Note 15 MIP H 409 001 MIP H 409 003 Note 16 MIP 5832 021 Note 17 MILPERS MAN Art 1414 010 Series MIP 6231 001 Note 18 MIP H 313 005 MIP 5832 010 Submarine Inspector Sign
237. k Engines on LSD 41 49 LPD 17 and LHD 8 Class ships operating hours since cylinder head refurbishment and individual power pack change outs shall also be kept Engine Operating Hours since Overhaul is zeroed only when the engine is overhauled An overhaul typically includes rebuilding replacing as sets to new criteria cylinder heads piston rings liners main and connecting rod bearings If one of these sets is not rebuilt replaced the repair is generally not considered an overhaul For example a top end overhaul replacing rebuilding just cylinder heads and replacing piston rings cylinder liners is not considered an engine overhaul main bearings not replaced and the Engine Operating Hours since Overhaul is not zeroed However the number of operating hours since these significant repairs have been accomplished shall be tracked Due to the large variety of engine configurations a definitive description of what constitutes an engine overhaul for every engine is not possible A certified DEI shall make the final determination of an engine overhaul for a particular engine 4 6 COMPLIANCE a All ships submarines and craft shall comply with the procedures herein for the operation maintenance and inspection of installed diesel engines b Ship s Commanding Officers shall ensure all diesel records are readily available for the inspector s review and Ship s Force use including 1 Engine operating logs 2 Navy Oil Analysis Program t
238. kets lockwire etc for engine reassembly Discrepancies beyond Ship s Force capability will be scheduled to be corrected through the Fleet Maintenance Managers utilizing the Current Ship s Maintenance Project At all times during the inspection safety precautions with the engine and the space will be strictly adhered to The DEI will meet with the Main Propulsion Assistant or Engineer Officer on a daily basis to ensure the unit s leadership is informed and produce optimal coordination efforts IV 4 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 b The ship will 1 Prepare the diesel engine for inspection 2 Provide the DEI with dedicated time and the appropriate personnel to conduct the inspection The inspection will be structured to maximize training of shipboard personnel The ship should ensure continuity of personnel is maintained during the inspection assessment 3 Assign a Job Control Number for accomplishing the inspection and record all parts usage through the Maintenance and Material Management system 4 Ensure all equipment directly associated with the engine s is operable 5 Ensure all records are available and in good order 6 Ensure that the tools listed on the appropriate MRCs technical manuals and DEI check sheets are available for use during the inspection 7 Ensure that all applicable MRCs and technical manuals for the engine and related support systems are available 8 Test diesel engine lubricating oil i
239. l Support Group Regional Maintenance Center Fleet Maintenance Activity Commanding OFA CE rss 253 ssesscscacvecestascde esoe Zero Seege EES IV 17 2 12 3 5 Ship Cormmanding Of Cer oc iscseecivleas hbase sient EE EEN ec cacesieeas EENS ee IV 17 3 Steam Generating Plant Inspector aseiriiierssrecsmiseinsaresiieineiieseseti ensus aiiep ann Resita ra raias Ea SN ei IV 17 3 Inspection Sched Ulan 8 oss 222d cscdes suds cadecss cused ea aea oea a E EAE EEEE eege ECH IV 17 3 117 5 Safety Proced reS spiare conse Sagehies E aba ous a a Ea a EE aai ei IV 17 3 17 6 Catapult Accumulator Inspections and Requirements eecceesceceeeceeeeceeeeeenceceeeeeeneeceeeeeneeceeeeeenaeens IV 17 4 L61 ROUTING Te IV 17 4 Stieneth and Integrity InspectOn 3 02 cessed sisi Stein Sed divin saved ations EES ENEE IV 17 4 Newly Constructed Ship Inspecton eceeceeccesscesecesecesccssecseecoecsaecsuecseecaeeeaeeeeeseeeeeeeeereeatens IV 17 4 Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection ce eeeecsseesssecseeseeseceeesecereecsaeeecaecaeesesseseesaeeeseaeeaee IV 17 4 26 5 Unscheduled Inspectons sc ccccsesciedsece seacsetscatssetacssgecbsiavaaceasscbecsecevascbacsssasbisebescubsvedestbatcebivacecetess IV 17 4 Inspection Guidelines and Reports 0 c ccssccesceiscccscseciceaccoescsecnescedssctacesiectsceacccsscenssnesceaseceatencensscearecueees IV 17 4 Re Se IV 17 4 RRO OLO I ETE E E EE eeineiens IV 17 5 XV COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 HAPTER 18 SUBMARINE
240. l between routine diesel inspections is 18 months Routine Pre Availability Inspections may be performed as early as 12 months or as late as 24 months to allow for maximum scheduling flexibility and utilization of assessment findings The TYCOM Immediate Superior in Command ISIC and other Fleet Maintenance Managers shall ensure the Routine Pre Availability Inspection is scheduled to allow adequate time prior to availabilities to utilize the inspection assessment results to plan work on the diesel As per reference a in no case shall the interval between Routine Inspections exceed 24 months A Routine Pre Availability Inspection normally consists of all three phases as discussed in paragraph 4 3 4 of this chapter For Emergency Diesel Generators EDG onboard nuclear powered vessels industrial activity work on the diesel engine s or its support systems will not normally be approved except during a Chief of Naval Operations CNO Availability The TYCOMASIC shall ensure that adequate upkeep time is made available prior to the availability to ensure there are a sufficient number of diesel engines with no outstanding discrepancies to provide the required standby power during the availability Post Casualty Pre Overhaul When major internal engine malfunctions have occurred or are suspected e g crankcase explosion major bearing blower or crankshaft failure or there are indications that the engine is in need for overhaul Extent of disassembly inspec
241. l of the charred wood results in an uneven surface Remove all interferences that can reasonably be removed before applying heat This includes all label plates brackets clips etc Scraping tools used to remove blistered paint must be kept sharp to be effective Do all scraping in the direction of the wood grain to prevent shredding of wood fibers and gouging of the bare wood surface This phase of paint removal is important in preparing the surface for sanding IV 24 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A c All areas stripped as previously described are now ready for sanding before priming Hand sanding with wooden blocks where practicable using the correct grit paper is the prescribed final step Careful dusting before paint application is absolutely necessary to achieve a good primer bond or bond between subsequent paint coats 1 Power disc sanders are not authorized for use in surface preparation Improper use of the disc sander is the biggest cause of uneven surfaces and damage 2 Belt sanders and vibrating sanders are authorized for use in preparing the hull freeboard for priming and top coating 24 5 WOODEN HULL BOTTOM SHEATHING For bottom sheathing to be effective and to provide protection to the underlying hull planking the sheathing must fit the shape of the vessel s contoured bottom be securely fastened and be faired to the level of adjoining pieces of sheathing The sheathing shall be installed per the requirements of re
242. l perform an inspection of each crane to check for discrepancies in the crane s structure or operating controls using the crane Operator s Daily Check List provided in reference g 13 2 7 Use of Nylon Straps a b NOTE The use of knotted nylon strapping as handling equipment is prohibited Rigging with nylon straps is permitted only when nylon strapping is equipped with sewn lifting eyes and static load tested to 200 percent of rated load When available handling equipment for example wire rope slings cannot be properly attached or load surface damage may occur 6 000 pound rated breaking strength nylon strapping is permitted only for loads up to 1 000 pounds Webbing slings shall be inspected for abrasions and fraying of the webbing and stitching and broken stitches Slings shall not be used if signs of deterioration are noted REFERENCE a IS TO BE USED ONLY WHEN THE SHIP IS ACTUALLY PIERSIDE 13 2 8 Weight Test Procedure Matrix The following matrix provides sources of load test procedures for shipboard equipment systems that may require periodic load testing or testing following fabrication or repair EQUIPMENT SYSTEM GOVERNING DOCUMENT S FOR MAINTENANCE INSPECTIONS AND TESTING Aircraft Elevators Reference h PMS Aircraft Tiedowns References i and j Anchoring Reference k PMS Ammunition Handling References e 1 through p PMS Boats amp Boat Davits Reference f PMS Booms R
243. labilities less than six months in duration submarine Selected Restricted Availabilities and Extended Refit Periods Aircraft Carrier upkeeps the above provisions may be applied on a case basis where the amount of work on a system is extensive and warrants transferring a portion of a system These exceptions require Type Commander approval 10 4 4 Work Authorization Form Revisions Changes to the scope of the existing job description or system transfer boundary shall be authorized by a formal revision to the existing WAF Except as noted below for minor administrative changes changes to conditions i e Blocks 7 8 11 13 and or 14 established by an authorized WAF including the associated tagout s also require a formal revision to the existing WAF A formal revision to a WAF can be accomplished by either preparing a new WAF with the same number or revising the existing WAF a Prepare anew WAF A new WAF with the same number will be used primarily for major changes to Block 7 Job Description or other major changes which warrant reverification of all aspects of the work authorization 1 A new WAF with the same number will be generated with changes included IV 10 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 2 In Block 9 enter revision number REV A REV B REV C etc and reason for and description of the change 3 Authorize the new WAF in accordance with the requirements of this chapter 4 Mark superseded WAF s SUPERSEDED
244. lve linkages shall be inspected and the valves shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements in the Non Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship s valve drawing 6 Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve ensure replacement shear pin is available onboard 7 On some designs operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason the mechanism shall be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition 8 Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the SRC SRDRS and or DSRV mother submarine capability and require a CASREP be submitted in accordance with reference a 9 Inspections of the rescue vehicle seating surface for flatness surface area free of protuberances and thickness requires industrial activity support Inspection procedures are provided in NAVSEA Drawing DSRV 800 26565 12 Inspections are to be performed as early in the maintenance availability as possible to allow correction of noted deficiencies prior to commencement of fast cruise 10 Shelf life is computed from date of manufacture which is printed in code on the batt
245. m are certification and verification a Certification is the detailed technical evaluation of the equipment to conclude that the item conforms to the required specification Certification is conducted prior to initial issue and after any event that invalidates the certification such as repair Field Change installation or a revision to the equipment reference drawing figure and is recorded on a NTE Certification Record Equipment will normally be maintained in a Ready for Issue certified condition requiring verification prior to each issue b Verification is the validation that the equipment is certified based on a review of records and is ina physically acceptable condition for issue and use Verification is conducted prior to each issue and is recorded on a NTE Check out Check in Form contained in Appendix A of this chapter 7 2 NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES For purposes of this chapter NTE is divided into three categories a General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment b Electronic Electrical Test Equipment non General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment e g switchboard test equipment scram breaker time response equipment etc c Mechanical Test Equipment IV 7 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 7 3 ACTION The Repair Officer shall implement the requirements of this chapter The Nuclear Repair Officer is designated as the custodian of NTE and shall ensure that assigned personnel carry out the requirements of this chapte
246. m or equipment within the SOC If the systems are permanently installed on board a U S Navy vessel TYCOM approval is required prior to forwarding the request to the SCA Maintain a log of all chamber pressurizations including chamber treatments and oxygen and pressure tolerance testing Report any chamber pressurization beyond 165 feet to the TYCOM and the SCA Include the circumstances which necessitated such pressurization This excludes saturation deep dive and experimental chambers such as the Naval Experimental Diving Unit Ocean Support Facility and Naval Diving and Salvage Training Center Pressure Vessel Assemblies Immediately report any diving operations conducted to a depth in excess of the depths authorized in the applicable DLSS certification letter by message to the TYCOM and NAVSEA or NAVFAC with an information copy to the cognizant ISIC This message will include the circumstances which resulted in exceeding authorized SOC depth 20 2 8 Action To maintain the DLSSs in satisfactory material condition and to provide assurance that they will be fully operational the following is required a NOTE Perform all planned maintenance in accordance with the applicable Maintenance Index Page MIP Maintenance Requirement Cards MRC Information contained in applicable equipment technical manuals will be used in conjunction with existing MRCs for accomplishment of PMS Accomplish corrective maintenance in a manner which returns the
247. m will place primary emphasis on the essential core capabilities utilizing the guidelines of references a and b Core capability craftsman demonstration areas are shown in Appendices A and B of this chapter These represent the typical areas to be assessed and as time permits the team leader may observe other areas projects Observation of in process work is preferred to the assignment of projects or mockups in core capability areas The team leader will make all decisions regarding the assignment of projects 2 3 ASSESSMENT RESULTS An overall grade of satisfactory or unsatisfactory will be assigned based on the FMA s compliance with higher level requirements and governing technical documents 2 4 RESPONSIBILITIES 2 4 1 Type Commander a b Promulgate an assessment schedule by 30 November for the following calendar year Forward a precepts letter or a message to the FMA s Commanding Officer at least two weeks prior to the assessment This letter should include 1 The date of the assessment 2 Assessment Team member s security clearance information 3 Core capability areas for the observation of in process work 4 Logistic support requirements 5 Additional information as appropriate Conduct an inbrief and outbrief with the Immediate Superior in Command ISIC if assigned FMA s Commanding Officer and designated personnel A preliminary copy of the Assessment Report will be provided to the FMA at
248. maintenance on submarine piping systems the following general guidelines apply a The material must be the identical type level and pedigree required for the system application in accordance with reference d or as required by NAVSEA drawings b Blanks must be constructed such that the design sealing surface dimensions and fitup characteristics of the system are maintained c Dimensions of blanks will be in accordance with reference d d Applicable hydrostatic strength and porosity testing will be performed as required by system test pressure drawings e All blanks shall be marked in accordance with reference d Maximum allowable pressure will be the hydrostatic test pressure e g 6750 psi for a 4500 psi application 4500 psi for a 3000 psi application etc Additionally mark piece with nominal operating pressure and material used Ensure pressure markings are annotated MAX and NOM as appropriate f Blanks installed for maintenance or testing will be identified by a plain tag stating the purpose of the blank This tag will be in addition to any danger tags used IV 10D 4 I dOT AI APPENDIX E SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEM LIST EXAMPLE Ship name USS Bigcity Hull SSN 799 Upkeep 802 aft 34 6 Maximum expected draft Fore 32 0 Actual Morning Draft Fore 32 0 aft 32 0 Date Wednesday prepared 23 SEP 98 NOTE THE MAXIMUM EXPECTED DRAFT SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONS
249. manufacture of these parts to the OEM listed for the particular circuit breaker Specifically all replacement parts for circuit breakers except fasteners and general hardware items are restricted parts Non restricted parts include nuts bolts screws washers lockwashers cotter pins O rings indicator lights and indicator light globes colored and clear The restricted replacement parts shall be obtained from the Federal Stock System the OEM or approved material diversion IV 15 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 15 3 1 Submarines NAVSEA has established a pool of circuit breakers removed from inactivated SSN 688 Class submarines to support SSN 688 and SSBN SSGN 726 Class submarine s lifecycle requirements The OEM has designated some circuit breakers still in use as obsolete and may no longer readily support them with parts For obsolete breakers no longer supported by the Federal Stock System Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and in some cases Ship s Maintenance Monitoring Support Performance Monitoring Teams PMT may be a source of parts The ship must obtain the parts by approved material diversion This will allow Puget Sound Naval Shipyard to either make parts or purchase parts from the OEM The OEM can still manufacture the obsolete parts but the cost could be excessive Even after the shipboard repairs are complete the pay back is critical to ensure the lifecycle pool is maintained If the lifecycle pool is allowed to deteriorate circuit b
250. moval and reinstallation with concurrent chalk test of sealing surfaces 3 Emergency Communications Equipment a Inventory allowance of the following equipment and confirm proper stowage as indicated Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS amp 1 SEPIRB Model T 1630 SRT 2 AN PRC 96 2 onboard b Verify from ship s records that all applicable PMS has been performed and witness satisfactory performance of indicated MRCs 1 SEPIRB MIP 4413 015 2 AN PRC 96 all procedures MIP 4415 004 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM c Inventory allowance of spare batteries for AN PRC 96 Ensure shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded 4 Life Saving and Safety Equipment a Inventory allowance randomly type and quantity as applicable and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed below 1 Inflatable life preservers 2 Non inflatable life preservers 3 Man overboard bag
251. n Squadron Rep FMA Rep Ship s Force DH FHM Add CO LSNINODYOAL TAINOD COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 10E 2 T dOT AI APPENDIX F SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEM LIST Ship name Hull Upkeep Maximum expected draft Fore aft Actual Morning Draft Fore aft Date prepared NOTE THE MAXIMUM EXPECTED DRAFT SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SHIP S CO OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD JCN Job Description Days work planned Scheduled end Remarks date Reason on SOSMIL Mon Tue Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun The following items are Safety of Ship 1 Single closure from sea 5 Firefighting capability removed 9 Fueling or defueling 2 MBT blow removed 6 Bleeding charging Oxygen banks 10 Diver operations 3 Belly bands hull blanks cofferdams 7 Weapons handling 11 Pumping or flooding sonar dome 4 Dewatering ability removed 8 EAB system maintenance 12 Special coordination btwn S F and FMA Review and approval all parties must sign Squadron Rep FMA Rep Ship s Force DH v HD V Add 06L7 LSNINOODYOAL TAINOD COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 10
252. n Program Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720 AA MAN 010 1 Have been updated during ship s new construction period last CNO Maintenance Availability or 2 Latest revision is identified in ship s plan index 3 Have correct distribution Ship Dwg Consolidated Index Number 513 or 845 4 Are identified as Selected Record Drawings An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 2 High Low Salvage Connections a Verify deck touch plate markings are Ship s Plans installed and per plan b Inspect external valve operating gear for Note 1 conditions of the salvage valve i e excessive paint lack of lubrication distortion damaged or missing grease boots c Check that each valve is free to operate Notes 2 and 3 with the inspecting command s salvage wrench d Perform a J pressure and a low pressure 100 psi seat tightness test from the sea side No leakage is allowed e External salvage system caps 1 Verify the ship s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed 2 Remove cap assembly test Kaiser Aero Space connect
253. n accordance with the applicable Appendix of this chapter Ensure Appendix F of this chapter is received prior to commencement of the inspection The inspection should be completed at least 14 days prior to commencement of Fast Cruise or for new construction ships and ships in a CNO Maintenance Availability at least 28 days prior to the scheduled commencement of Sea Trials c At the completion of the salvage inspection report the following to the Commanding Officer Officer In Charge of the inspected ship 1 Completion of the inspection 2 Which if any systems or equipment have not been restored to normal operating conditions due to maintenance or required repairs etc 3 That an advance copy of the inspection results has been provided to the ship to facilitate early correction of deficiencies found d Submit the inspection report to the Commanding Officer Officer In Charge of the inspected ship in the format of Appendix G of this chapter within three working days following the completion of the inspection with a copy to the cognizant ISIC IV 18 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 18 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX A SSN 21 CLASS SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST General Information 1 Items pertaining to rescue vehicle seating surfaces and buoy cable angle tests require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activit
254. n accordance with the applicable Lube Oil Quality Management program as defined by PMS prior to the inspection In most cases this requires Navy Oil Analysis Program results of recent oil sample be available 9 Test jacket water treatment in accordance with PMS prior to the inspection 10 For SSN SSBN SSGN Class Submarine EDGs the unit will submit a request for a stand by generator for emergency power during the diesel inspection 4 3 6 Inspection Findings The inspection will report as found conditions 4 3 6 1 Repair Before Operating RBO discrepancies include those for which continued unrestricted operation could endanger personnel and or cause serious damage to the engine or associated equipment If there is not an immediate or near future danger to personnel or equipment the discrepancy shall be assigned as Major and a DFS submitted by Ship s Force Discrepancies that may cause an RBO include but are not limited to a Malfunctioning overspeed governor or trip b Inoperative alarms or safety devices C Low lube oil pressure d Readings that exceed the limits of PMS or manufacturer specifications that are unsafe for continued unrestricted operation e Uncontrollable lube oil or fuel oil leaks Reference c provides guidance for lube oil and fuel oil leaks f Lube oil fuel dilution five percent or greater and or lube oil unfit for further use For additional guidance on LSD 41 49 Class see Appendix A g Evid
255. n communication with them If burning or welding is to be done in a tank or void preserved with vinyl paint all persons in that space shall wear air fed respirators Signature of Inspector Date IV 10I 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 101 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA VOLUME IV CHAPTER 11 TECHNICAL DATA AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT REFERENCES a NAVSUP P2003 Navy Stock List of Forms and Publications b TL130 A1 HBK 010 MSC Procedures Manual Maintenance Support Center Library Procedures Manual c SECNAVINST 5510 36 Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation d S0005 AA GYD 030 Guide for User Maintenance of NAVSEA Technical Manuals NAVSEA Technical Manual Management Program e NAVSEA S8800 00 GIP 000 Handbook for Fleet Maintenance Activity Technical Library Personnel f COMNAVAIRFORINST 4700 23 Aircraft Carrier Maintenance Support Centers MSC Policy and Procedures g FGC 2212 Maintenance Support Center Procedures Manual h SECNAVINST 5510 30 Department of the Navy Personnel Security Program i SL720 AA MAN 010 Fleet Modernization Program FMP Management and Operations Manual OI S9040 AC IDX 010 Ships 3 M Reference Information CD k NAVAIR 00 25 100 Naval Air System Command Technical Manual Program 11 1 PURPOSE This chapter defines the responsibilities of assigned depa
256. n each calendar year attending one of the semi annual inspector seminars DEIs unable to meet this requirement may obtain a waiver from the Program Manager 3 Extending Qualification Qualified inspectors may request to extend their initial or subsequent qualifications in 36 month increments providing that the requirements in paragraph 4 2 c of this chapter are met To extend qualification a The DEI shall submit a letter to the RMC requesting qualification extension that includes a brief description of the inspector s duties during the qualification period specify the date of the latest seminar attended and provide as enclosures a copy of the two most recent inspection report cover letters performed by the inspector b The RMC shall endorse the letter and forward it to the Diesel Program Manager c The TYCOM may require endorsement on these extension requests Revoking Certification If an inspector has not maintained the qualification requirements of paragraph 4 2 of this chapter the RMC may submit a request to the Program Manager to have the DEI NEC4314 removed from the inspector The TYCOM requires endorsement on this action Reinstatement of Expired Revoked Certification A DEI whose certification either expired or was revoked may request reinstatement of his certification by submitting a letter to the Program Manager via his chain of command and the RMC The letter must contain 1 A brief description of the DEI s duties during
257. n proper operation Ensure ventilation system filters are kept clean maintained clear of all foreign material and ventilation terminals remain open Carefully caulk and maintain deck seams especially around plywood decking deckhouse hull fittings and foundation areas In fair weather open hatches and deck plates to supplement the air circulation Remove wet dunnage or shoring in below deck spaces and permit to dry Avoid washing down with fresh water Use only salt water due to its preservation values Wash down the ship craft with salt water following periods of inclement weather to eliminate fresh water and restore salt washed away by the rainfall Avoid heavy build up of paint Check MCM bilges and accessible voids for standing fluids once each watch Identify and correct any leaks and promptly remove any fluids MCMs are designed to operate with dry bilges Prolonged contact with fluids will result in wood swell which can lead to external glass reinforced plastic delamination planking damage and machinery misalignment 24 2 4 Corrective Measures Treat new wood used during new construction or in repaired areas with a copper naphthenate preservative This product is produced in a clear and colorless form or in a bright green color The green preservative has a higher level of copper and is considered to be the more durable and efficient of the two preservatives If the treated wood is to be varnished finished with light colore
258. n results of the Continuous Assessments Formal Periodic Assessments Current Ship s Maintenance Project emergent repairs and Integrated Class Maintenance Plan d DEI DEI will complete the appropriate sections of the DEI Report defined by reference b for each Periodic Assessment and post them in SAMM DEI will also post results of Continuous Assessments in SAMM When performing steps 4 3 2 b through e of this chapter DEIs shall utilize engine condition data to the fullest extent possible E SHIP To submit oil samples record DOCTOR data Kittiwake results engine operating hours maintenance actions accomplished including PMS fuel oil jacket water data and any abnormal conditions in SAMM To follow the actions recommended by the shore based technical community s assessment and report the actions taken and the results in SAMM IN SERVICE ENGINEERING ACTIVITY Monitor the Continuous Assessment Analysis and Formal Periodic Assessment Analysis process utilizing SAMM 7 FUEL OIL DILUTION Additional guidance for fuel oil dilution of lube oil for LSD 41 49 MPDEs and SSDGs a Fuel dilution 1 0 2 percent is a cautionary condition and requires monitoring by daily sampling b Fuel dilution greater than 2 percent is a hazard condition and considered unacceptable for continued use IV 4A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Fuel dilution greater than 5 percent is a RBO per paragraph 4 3 6 1 of this chapter Source of fu
259. n the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 NOTES 1 The inspected ship s vice the inspecting command s salvage wrench shall be used if the inspecting command is another submarine Discrepancies in the actual versus plan number of turns shall be reported to the TYCOM with information copy to all plan holders Report discrepancies to the nearest 1 8th of a turn 2 When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve the valve linkages shall be inspected and the valves shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements in the Non Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship s valve drawing 3 Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve ensure replacement shear pin is available onboard 4 On some designs operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason the mechanism shall be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in prope
260. n to the FMA Duty Officers and each FMA Division Officer having work listed on the SOSMIL SOSMIL Use and Pre Job Briefs None of the evolutions or maintenance specified in paragraph 10 4 8 b of this chapter shall commence unless it is scheduled on the current SOSMIL The activity performing any maintenance or evolutions listed on the SOSMIL is responsible for a pre job brief prior to commencing work A pre job brief is required for all items listed on the SOSMIL and will be attended by all parties involved as desired by the Ship s Duty Officer IV 10 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA 10 5 FINAL CERTIFICATION CLOSE OUT AND RE ENTRY OF SUBMARINE SPACES TANKS AND VOIDS 10 5 1 Purpose To establish procedures for the final certification close out and re entry of submarine spaces tanks and voids 10 5 2 Discussion Historically during space tank or void close out a large number of diverse and inconspicuous items have been overlooked These items have at times seriously degraded both material readiness and acoustic signature of submarines This section establishes a procedure to ensure a thorough certification of all spaces prior to final close out and provides a check off list when re entry is required The check off list sheet is not all inclusive Common sense and effective use of personnel experience and knowledge must be used to ensure complete and thorough inspections Non steel damping and acoustic restraining covers are not requi
261. nal testing of the overhaul repair vice a separate operational test 1 For contractor accomplished work the contractor specification will contain requirements for the contractor to document required readings clearances on applicable forms and have appropriate check points made by a DEI Industrial Subject Matter Expert SME during the overhaul repair If there is evidence of poor workmanship use of improper parts discrepancies in reassembly test documentation or missing information as part of the repair process or during the inspection the DEI Industrial SME will advise the Repair Project Manager of the quality issues and required actions The Repair Project Manager will coordinate required actions with the RMC Technical Authority and Maintenance Team The RMC shall liaise with the TYCOM and obtain TYCOM concurrence on all required actions and shall advise the TYCOM of all potential cost and schedule impacts IV 4 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 2 For Ship s Force Fleet Maintenance Activity accomplished engine overhauls a Post Overhaul Repair Inspection will be conducted by a DEI prior to starting the engine The scope of the inspection will be as specified in paragraph 4 3 2 c of this chapter Commanding Officer or designated representative permission is required to perform Phase II internal inspection when requested by the DEI New Construction Acceptance Inspection 1 Prior to the delivery of a newly constructed ship w
262. nce required MIP A 080 905 by Planned Maintenance System PMS MRCs 7CBK and Maintenance Index Page MIP to complete 7CBL salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 2 INSPECTION TEAM 6 External Gagging Devices a Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship s salvage system arrangement plan Record number of turns to operate b Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means 7 Diving Equipment a Verify latest revision of U S Navy Diving Manual is onboard b Verify the requirements of MILPERSMAN have been implemented and that assigned scuba divers are currently qualified requalified and that the ship s Diving Officer has been designated in writing by the Commanding Officer c Verify allowance of scuba diving equipment onboard d Inspect equipment for condition and conformance with U S Navy Diving Manual and applicable NAVSHIPS Technical Manuals Ensure no unauthorized alterations have been accomplished and that equipment including charging connect
263. ndergoing test without a pressure gage primary or backup indicating this pressure The primary and backup pressure gages shall be located on different branch lines where this can be done without extending the test boundaries IV 9D 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Sc ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or 2 VERE PERSON NED ME TO CONDUC EE 2 VERIFY 2 VERIFY PERSONNEL ARE READY TO CONDUCT TEST sSF ARE READY TO CONDUCT TEST Brief personnel ensuring that the following attributes are understood 1 Personnel assignments 2 Maintaining communications 3 Test gage requirements Gage locations Calibration cross checks Gage indication and pressure readings Primary pressure indications Back up pressure indications 4 Overpressure setpoint 5 Type and location of primary overpressure protection 6 Type and location of back up overpressure protection 7 Duties of test pressure source operator 8 Duties of system inspector s and required inspection points 9 Duties of manual overpressure relief operators 10 Immediate action shall be taken to secure the test pressure source and investigate the problem should any of the following occur Pressure gages fail to respond to changes in test pressure A rupture of a test gage occurs Pressure gage readings do not agree with the sums of their accuracies plus readability errors psig Changes in test pressures are erratic or ope
264. nding Officer USS Ship s Name and Hull No REPORT OF SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION OF USS SHIP S NAME AND HULL NO a COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Volume IV Chapter 18 1 Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List 1 A new construction post CNO Maintenance Availability Interim Dry Docking Salvage Inspection of USS Ship s Name and Hull No was conducted on Date using the procedures of reference a 2 The following provides amplifying information concerning the exceptions discrepancies identified in enclosure 1 all exceptions will be discussed Signed Copy to as appropriate COMSUBGRU COMSUBRON NAVSHIPYD SUPSHIP NAVSEA Program Manager IV 18G 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 18G 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 19 RETENTION OF MATERIAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS AND RECORDS OF EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND TESTS REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9086 G9 STM 000 NSTM Chapter 231 Propulsion and SSTG Steam Turbines b NAVSEA S9086 HK STM 010 NSTM Chapter 241 Propulsion Reduction Gears Couplings Clutches and Associated Components c NAVSEA S9086 HN STM 010 NSTM Chapter 244 Propulsion Bearings and Seals LISTING OF APPENDICES A Bearing Log Submarines Only 19 1 PURPOSE This chapter provides a listing of the inspection reports and equipment records including the retention requiremen
265. ned 1 2 3 4 5 6 Perform depot maintenance functions for aircraft engines and their components and accessories Ground Support Equipment trainers and training equipment as specified in appropriate Aircraft Maintenance Program directives Provide engineering technical and professional services in support of rework of specific aircraft engines aeronautical components Peculiar Ground Support Equipment trainers and training equipment Perform shipwork designated as Ship Installations Equipment and systems with the same priority as aircraft rework Serve as the major maintenance repair and modification point for assigned missiles Provide calibration services as assigned by higher authority Perform as the NAVAIR Weapons System Support Officer for the overall management of the NAVAIR Engineering Support Office Weapon Systems Management Office for assigned weapons and Integrated Logistic Support Office IV 16 4 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Perform as a Cognizant Field Activity for assigned aircraft equipment and Peculiar Ground Support Equipment 16 6 NAVAL AVIATION DEPOT VOYAGE REPAIR TEAM a Naval Aviation Depot Operations Instruction 13800 1 denotes organizational relationships between the TYCOM and the VRT and defines the TYCOM s responsibility authority for workloading and operational control of the VRT Control is exercised through the TYCOM N433 N435 b To provide indust
266. nel with full knowledge and understanding of the applicable safety requirements and hazards associated with oxygen production and handling shall be permitted to handle gaseous and liquid oxygen aboard ship Equipment such as O2 N3 producing plants storage tanks and pump vaporizer units shall be operated only under the supervision of a Fleet Cryogenics School graduate that holds a current Navy Enlisted Classification NEC 4283 qualification Ideally all operating personnel as well as supervisory personnel will be graduates of the Cryogenics School however there may be cases where sufficient personnel with this formal training are not available In this event operators trained by a currently qualified NEC 4283 supervisor may be used if they have successfully completed the required Personnel Qualification Standard and are designated in writing by the Commanding Officer b Only qualified personnel will be authorized to perform oxygen clean maintenance and repairs to shipboard oxygen or nitrogen system components The procedures and guidelines as stated in reference b must be followed IV 6 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A High Pressure O2 N gt Producers onboard Aircraft Carriers are equipped with R 22 Refrigeration Units When maintenance or repairs are being conducted on this equipment strict guidance must be followed to prevent the release of any ozone depleting substances i e CFCs and HCFCs to the atmosphere as mandated by the Envi
267. ng an automatic repair when corrosion has resulted in a 25 percent or greater reduction of cross sectional area The repair criteria shall be based on the applicable General Specifications for Overhaul IV 12 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 12 3 REPORTS The results of all hull inspections shall be forwarded to the ship with an information copy to the TYCOMIAISIC using the format of Appendix B of this chapter Areas having unsatisfactory results shall be superficially noted in the report cover letter Unsatisfactory areas shall be defined by size in feet and inches and location in relation to strake and frames IV 12 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX A SAMPLE LAYOUT OF INSPECTION AREAS H Numbers denote the areas to be tested on each inspection i e the first inspection consists of all number 1 Requirements for Nondestructive Testing Methods the second inspection all number 2 s etc IV 12A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 12A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX B HULL REPORTING FORMAT Strake Frame Original Minimum Actual Frame Original Minimum Actual Boundary Nos Drawing Allowable Thickness Boundary Nos Drawing Allowable Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness 75 of Orig 75 of Orig IV 12B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 12B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 VOLUME
268. ng characteristics of automatic reliefs should be consistent with the requirements of the system being tested Review manufacturer s data Accumulation shall be less than 10 Review manufacturer s data Temporary automatic relief valves which have more than one inlet and therefore provide different relief valve performance characteristics e g set pressure shall not be used h Temporary automatic reliefs which have a rapid adjustment feature by which the setpoint may be inadvertently changed shall not be used 4 OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION SETPOINT DETERMINATION If performing a maximum operating pressure test verify that installed system relief valves are unisolated and not blocked gagged The setpoint for the manual release of pressure shall be based on installed system relief setpoints CAUTION WHEN PERFORMING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE TESTS INSTALLED RELIEF VALVES PROVIDE SYSTEM PROTECTION SYSTEM RELIEF VALVES MUST NOT BE REMOVED FROM SERVICE bh Record required hydrostatic test pressure i Record required overpressure protection setpoint Circle applicable determination method the lesser of 1 100 psi over test pressure 2 10 above test pressure 5 TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS CH Temporary connections and equipment cap spoolpieces jumpers blank flanges hoses etc shall be verified to be capable of withstanding the test pressure Verify that within the last year and subsequent to disassembly or repla
269. ng pressure Hold test pressure for 30 minutes prior to commencing final inspection unless otherwise specified Primary and backup gages are in agreement at test pressure Same criteria as above 1 psig Results of inspection Also record data on QA form 26 Remarks IV 9D 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM CHECK OFF l n component or small volume system such that 100 psi minute is not practicable control rate as low as possible Slowly depressurize the test area at less than 100 psi minute If testing a small D For nuclear tests only When depressurizing systems which are adjacent to systems potentially contaminated with chlorides ensure that the potentially contaminated systems are depressurized before depressurizing the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion to prevent in leakage Ensure that the depressurization path is selected such that any fluid flow produced by depressurization will tend to keep chlorides away from the system of concern i Note the depressurized gage readings of all primary gages 8 Location psig Location psig Compare to pre test depressurized readings Gages shall agree within the gage accuracy and readability error Disagreement is not cause for rendering the elevated pressure test unsatisfactory provided gage cross checks in items d and i above are satisfactory However disagreement should be considered unusual and warrant further investigation Remove temporary equipment
270. ng to recertify TWD work performed by the Fleet Maintenance Activity FMA the completed check lists or copies shall be provided with the test documentation provided to the FMA When the FMA Quality Assurance Officer accepts the completed retest the check list may be discarded For FMA shop testing of controlled work the completed check lists or copies shall be provided with the test documentation required by the Controlled Work Package until the FMA Quality Assurance Officer or Quality Assurance Supervisor accepts the testing objective quality evidence Once the tests are accepted the check list may be discarded IV 9 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX A NUCLEAR TEST RIG DETERMINATION AND INSPECTION CHECK LIST References a NAVSEA 0387 LP 046 8000 System Hydrostatic Test Requirements ATTRIBUTE 1 Complete the following based on the information provided by the requesting activity System component to be tested Test Pressure Reference Number of test gages required Total Primary per reference a paragraph 2 2 1 a Backup Indicate zero if multiple primary gages are required one of which will also serve as a backup or if an installed system gage will be used Planned method of over pressure protection e g manual using installed system valve plus one automatic relief included with test rig or other combination Unless otherwise specified the rig will be provided with one manual and one automatic relie
271. nical manual specified corrective maintenance and operational testing and replacement of the bolt on parts obtained from qualified sources Bolt on parts include charging motors arc chutes auxiliary switches closing relays electronic trip units only units that are adjustable with a portable trip unit calibration test set indicator lights and indicator light transformers rectifier units and resistors secondary disconnects shunt trip units transformers undervoltage trip units and wiring and connections Repairs which alter the breaker calibration require major disassembly of the operating mechanism or require re plating must be performed at either a depot level activity ora TRF Repairs of this type conducted by a non depot level activity other than a TRF to meet operational commitments must be certified at the earliest available opportunity by an authorized depot activity DOP TRF or Naval Shipyard with demonstrated circuit breaker repair and retest capability Type Commanders should ensure a Departure From Specification is processed for the above types of emergent repairs Submarines Only Performance Monitoring Teams PMTs are permitted to perform in depth circuit breaker maintenance and repairs as an augmentation to Forces Afloat maintenance when the PMT member is designated trained certified and provided with the proper equipment The PMT shall not make calibration repairs or adjustments that require shop verification by primary
272. nicians must be graduates of the training courses required for the appropriate NEC in accordance with the requirements of reference e NOTE PERSONNEL QUALIFIED TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON THE OXYGEN GENERATOR MUST ALSO BE GRADUATES OF OXYGEN CLEAN WORKER SCHOOL The NECs required for EOG installations 1 NEC 4252 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed EOG Operator Maintenance Course A 852 0050 2 NEC 4752 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed EOG Operator Technician Course A 623 0039 The NECs required for AEOG installations 1 NEC 4208 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed AEOG Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A 652 0087 2 NEC 4708 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed AEOG Electrical Electronic Maintenance Course A 623 0008 The NECs required for OGP installations 1 NEC 4254 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed OGP Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A 652 0592 2 NEC 4674 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed OGP Electrical Electronic Maintenance Course A 652 0593 The NECs required for ILPE installations 1 NEC 4235 An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed ILPE Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A 652 0093 2 NEC 4645 An individual certified to this NEC will
273. nnections and filters is in satisfactory working order and approved for service use e Ensure air samples are current for the air bank used to charge scuba cylinders if applicable f Assigned divers demonstrate capability to conduct diving operations assembly of equipment and check out set up record keeping data for repetitive dives use of dive tables PMS on equipment State if actual diving operations are observed 8 Air Bank Dew Points a Verify air samples from all air banks and verify High Pressure Air Compressors are in specification and in periodicity Reference Note Notes 2 5 and 6 Notes 6 and 7 NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 Series Ship s Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MIP 5921 101 MIP 5921 Series MIP 5542 921 MRC 7CHE COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark v in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM 1 Submarine Rescue Chamber SRC Submarine Rescue Diving and Recompression System SRDRS Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicle DSRV Fittings a Verify four rescue vehicle holddown sockets
274. nspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature b Check that each valve is free to operate Notes 1 and 2 with the inspecting command s salvage wrench c Perform a J pressure and a low pressure 100 psi seat tightness test from the sea side No leakage is allowed d External salvage system caps 1 Verify the ship s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed 2 Remove cap assembly test Kaiser Aero Space connect disconnect with the inspecting amp Electronics Dwg command s female fitting 9495 Formally Roylyn Inc 3 Inspect all Roylyn caps Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint and or debris Reinstall cap with safety wire where applicable e Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris 3 Internal Air Salvage a Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves b Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label 4 Bulkhead Flappers a Test satisfactory local and remote as applicable operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers 5 Hull Access Hatches Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches Inspection performed by local PMT a Perform witness maintena
275. nstandard dimensions applicable Liaison Action Requests Departure From Specification if approved unusual conditions E 3 zZ e P Page of THO V Add CO LSNINODYOAL TAINOD COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 BEARING LOG INSTRUCTIONS Fill out for each Main Engine Reduction Gear Line Shaft and SSTG Bearing A logbook should have a section for each piece of equipment Port Stbd SSTG Port Stbd Main Engine Reduction Gear and Line Shaft To fill out the log complete the following entries a b Name of ship and hull Bearing Name location Such as 1 Propulsion turbine forward journal bearing Name and date Print the data takers name and the date data was recorded RTE Alarm Setpoint As determined by reference a 231 3 10 3 4 3 231 3 10 3 4 4 and Table 231 3 2 and ships operating logs or by approved shipyard repair activity test procedure meeting the requirements of the Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM or SUBMEPP test procedure Bearing Full Load Maximum Operating Temperature The maximum operating temperature noted on the bearing during Post Construction Overhaul sea trial testing in accordance with SUBMEPP Shipyard test procedure or during performance of RTE testing per appropriate NSTM This temperature should be compared to observed temperatures during normal ships operations for abnormalities Proximity to RTE Alarm RTE Alarm set point Bearing Full Load Maximum Operating T
276. nter info COMNAVSURFPAC N43 COMNAVAIRPAC N432 Water jet machines shall be placed out of commission when any of the installed safety devices become inoperative When a water jet machine is out of commission for more than 24 hours the status shall be reported utilizing the CASREP procedures of reference b The decision to override normal safety precautions and operate water jet machines with inoperative installed safety devices shall rest with the Commanding Officer Officer In Charge and shall be reported to the TYCOM by message IV 3D 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 3D 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX E WATERSIDE CLEANING WAIVER 1 Emergent operational commitments may prevent inspection and cleaning of boiler watersides at the required intervals When this situation cannot be avoided the ship must submit a waiver request to the TYCOM containing the following a b Number of waterside hours currently accumulated Anticipated waterside hours at time of the next cleaning Detailed description of any occasion in which the boiler has been steamed while out of chemical limits since the last waterside cleaning including the duration and the maximum or minimum chemical readings observed Detailed description of any boiler tube problems experienced since the last waterside cleaning IV 3E 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 3E
277. o a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 NOTES 1 All high low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely providing all inspections Part I items 2 b and 2 c of this Appendix for each valve so certified are satisfactory If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation the specific valves in question shall be checked Provide appropriate container for collecting anti freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled Ensure controlled re assembly in accordance with Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on ne
278. ob Sequence Number Life Cycle Engineering Manager Logistics and Escape Trunk Library Management Database Lead Work Center Maintenance Data System Metrology and Calibration Marine Gas Turbine Inspector Military Specification Maintenance Index Page Memorandum of Agreement Main Propulsion Assistant Main Propulsion Diesel Engine Maintenance Requirement Maintenance Requirement Card Maintenance Standard Maintenance Support Center Marine Sanitation Device Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command Naval Air Systems Command Naval Air Warfare Center Naval Facilities Engineering Command Naval Sea Systems Command Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate Naval Supply Systems Command Navy Enlisted Classification Naval Maintenance Facility Nuclear Support Facility National Stock Number Naval Ship s Technical Manual Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division IV 1A 2 NSWCCD SSES NTE OPNAVINST PLAD PMS PMT PQS PSAI PSOI SGPI SME SOC SOI SOSMIL SRC SRDRS SSDG SSES SUBSAFE SWL TDMIS TRF TWD TYCOM COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division Ship System Engineering Station Nuclear Test Equipment Oxygen Nitrogen Original Equipment Manufacturer Oxygen Generating Plant On the Job Training Officer Of the Deck Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Instruction Plain Language Address Directory Planned Maintenanc
279. ods of paragraphs 2 a 2 or 3 of this Appendix are not possible the Commanding Officer shall be notified and give specific permission for continuing conducting the maintenance l If internal verification of hull fitting flange integrity is not possible due to system configuration the fasteners shall not be fully removed from the pressure boundary being disassembled until the system is fully drained and hull fitting flange integrity has been verified m If a hull fitting flange is left installed for system and or at sea operations the guidance of Volume V Part I Chapter 8 of this manual concerning Departure From Specification shall be followed 6 REMOVAL OF HULL FITTINGS FLANGES Prior to removal divers in conjunction with Ship s Force shall verify the label of the tether of the fitting flange to be removed and check for the presence of danger or caution tags The divers shall then follow the tether to the fitting flange to ensure the removal of the correct fitting flange 7 BULKHEAD VENTILATION VALVES Bulkhead ventilation valves shall either be operational and capable of being shut or made water tight with a blank Bulkhead penetrations shall either be in their normal condition or be rendered watertight if unattended Temporary closures are permitted IV 10D 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA 8 FABRICATION OF NON NUCLEAR PIPING BLANKS For fabrication of non nuclear piping blanks to be used during hydrostatic testing and
280. of PMS procedures on the following PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed below 1 Inflatable life preservers 2 Non inflatable life preservers 3 Escape appliances not applicable after S A 4142 4 Life rafts not applicable after S A 4142 5 Man overboard bag 6 Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard Submarine Inspector Signature Reference Note MIP 4415 004 MIP 4413 015 MIP 4415 004 Ship s COSAL Note 10 Ship s COSAL Note 12 MIP 5832 012 or 5832 014 MIP 5832 007 or 5832 015 Note 13 MIP H 409 001 MIP H 409 003 Note 14 MIP H 411 001 Note 15 MIP 5832 021 Note 16 MILPERS MAN Art 1414 010 Series Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 8 INSPECTION ITEM 7 Safety harness belts 8 Safety track 9 Distress marker lights 10 Life lines and stanchions 11 Desalter kits or portable desalinators 12 SEIE Suits Installed by S A 4142 13 Crash Bags Installed by S A 4142 14 Guard Book 15 OP 61 1 16 OI 638 3 17 OI 638 4 5 Escape Training Reference Note MIP 6231 001 Note 17 MIP H 313 003 MIP 5832 010
281. of this chapter IV 18A 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 NOTES 1 All high low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely providing all inspections Part I items 2 b and 2 c of this Appendix for each valve so certified are satisfactory If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation the specific valves in question shall be checked Provide appropriate container for collecting anti freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled Ensure controlled re assembly in accordance with Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled Ensure anti freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing 2 The inspected ship s vice the inspecting
282. omplished using the periodicity and procedures in PMS and applicable ABC ship specific technical manuals 3 11 BOILER FLEXIBILITY TESTS PMS and Online Alignment Verification procedures contain the necessary procedures for a boiler flexibility test The periodicity is provided by and included in the PMS scheduling The applicable Maintenance Requirement Card contains the NAVSEA guidelines governing the performance level of the boiler flexibility tests Level I is the desired boiler flexibility performance level Boilers with performance levels of II or II are considered safe to steam and safe for the conduct of Engineering Casualty Control Exercises Boilers which cannot achieve a minimum level III flexibility are unsafe to steam and the ABC System should be reported by CASREP in accordance with the requirements of reference b 3 12 SYSTEM CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Certain systems such as main propulsion steam generating plant non nuclear 1200 PSI and 600 PSI steam propulsion plants make up feedwater demineralizing systems and morpholine treatment systems have certification requirements imposed by directives letters messages and policy A listing of those systems requiring certification are identified in reference f 3 13 CERTIFIED BOILER WATER AND FEEDWATER TESTER REQUIREMENTS All personnel who are required in the course of their duties to test treat and or manage boiler water feedwater programs shall be certified as specified in refe
283. omponents on a ship to shop basis When components are delivered to the Fleet Maintenance Activity their cleanliness will be certified in writing by the delivering ship s Medical Department representative Hydroblast Cleaning The only authorized MSD pipe cleaning process is hydroblast cleaning Request hydroblast cleaning for the removal of hard deposits which cannot be removed by ordinary shipboard means 1 Due to the extreme hazards involved in working with MSD systems a high level of supervisory attention must be applied to all evolutions which require opening the system An agreement on the procedures to be used by the Fleet Maintenance Activity and Ship s Force shall be established by a locally prepared Memorandum Of Agreement which describes all aspects of the operation 2 Disposal of hydroblast effluent must be accomplished in an environmentally safe manner Depending on port availability the following methods of disposal must be used in priority order a Discharge to pier side sewage system b Discharge to tank truck or barge IV 5 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A c Discharge to sea when hydroblasting while underway d If none of the above methods are available and an emergency situation exists refer to reference b for emergency disposal requirements c Acid Cleaning Pipe sections which can be removed from the system may be acid cleaned using the procedures of reference c 5 5 TECHNICAL SYSTEM ASSES
284. ompressed air should be used to dry out such places as economizers and superheaters Make sure that water does not stand in any portion of the boiler d Keep air passages including the air box beneath the boiler and uptake spaces clean and dry e Wire shut and danger tag all steam and water valves to the boiler per the ship s tag out instruction f On boilers with de superheaters remove the de superheaters for inspection g The ship s Engineer Officer shall conduct an inspection with the leading Boiler Technician Machinist Mate using the applicable boiler inspection report forms found in reference e IV 3 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 3 9 BOILER INSPECTION 3 9 1 Boiler Inspection Forms Boiler inspections will be conducted using the appropriate BIRMIS forms Include specific comments on the state of preservation and material condition of the boiler and hull structural members beneath the boiler 3 9 2 Boiler Inspection Areas The following areas are closely inspected for possible RBO discrepancies RBO discrepancies may include but are not limited to the following a b Active oxygen attacking the boiler watersides Hard scale in excess of 0 005 600 psi boilers Baked sludge in excess of 0 005 600 psi boilers Lube oil contamination of watersides Inoperative misadjusted safety devices Refractory deterioration which allows heat penetration to casings or leads to improper combustion Improper trea
285. on 8 Compliance with applicable specifications drawings procedures and instructions Maintain all work documents as official records in accordance with Section I 7 3 of reference a The Documents will be available for inspection by the SCA and QA auditors during this period Obtain NAVSEA or NAVFAC Program Manager and SCA approval prior to accomplishing any alteration or modifications to DLSSs Unauthorized alterations or modifications will automatically revoke NAVSEA certification In the case of a system which has been refurbished but not yet certified unauthorized alterations or modifications could negate previous steps accomplished by the certification process Alterations or modifications proposed by Forces Afloat will be prepared and forwarded to NAVSEA or NAVFAC via formal correspondence When emergency situations occur during DLSS operations that require immediate corrective action and are beyond the scope of a corrective maintenance action a message shall be sent to the TYCOM info NAVSEA NAVFAC advising of the situation Semiannual requalification dives required to maintain diver qualification shall be scheduled and completed as required This serves to exercise the various components as well as to maintain the proficiency of the divers and support personnel 20 2 9 Commanding Officer Officer In Charge Responsibilities a Maintain certification of the DLSS through satisfactory maintenance and material management and
286. on 8 Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the SRC SRDRS and or DSRV mother submarine capability and require a CASREP be submitted in accordance with reference a 9 Inspections of the rescue vehicle seating surface for flatness surface area free of protuberances and thickness requires industrial activity support Inspection procedures are provided in NAVSEA Drawing DSRV 800 26565 12 Inspections are to be performed as early in the maintenance availability as possible to allow correction of noted deficiencies prior to commencement of fast cruise 10 Shelf life is computed from date of manufacture which is printed in code on the battery For example a battery code 1187 means the battery was manufactured in the 11th month of 1987 For expiration dates see Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 4105 List of Items Requiring Special Handling 11 One or more of the Logistics and Escape Trunks LET will be removed during refit When removed the LET is isolated from service air and electric power Communications circuits electrical power and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity and tested again upon reinstallation 12 Diver s knife timer and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment IV 18A 11 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 13 The allowance of escape appliances for submarines with two escape compartments consists of 110 per
287. on boundary at ship s SRC air manifold connection 7 Non Compensated Equipment Subject to Implosion Lower Compartment Lights 8 Downhaul Winch 9 Communications Systems a Sound Powered Telephone b Underwater Telephone 10 Depth Detectors a Depth Gage b Compartment Pressure Gage c Secondary Depth Detecting Support Ship Fathometer Umbilical Pay out Markings 11 Accessibility to Vital Equipment 12 Chamber Stability and Buoyancy IV 20B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 13 Electric Power Systems a Normal Power System to certification boundary at ship s SRC power supply fuse panel b Battle Lanterns 14 Operating and emergency procedures Reference d 15 Lifting Pendant IV 20B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 21 SUBMARINE OXYGEN GENERA TING PLANTS REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9515 AA MMO 010 021 022 030 040 6L16 Electrolytic Oxygen Generator EOG Technical Manual Volumes 1 through A b NAVSEA S9515 A1 MMO 010 020 030 Automated Electrolytic Oxygen Generator AEOG Treadwell Corporation Preliminary Technical Manual Volumes 1 2 and 3 c NAVSEA S9553 BS OMP 010 Oxygen Generating Plant OGP Preliminary Technical Manual Volumes 1 and 2 d NAVSEA S9515 AL MMA 010 020 Integrated Low Pressure Electrolyzer ILPE Preliminary Technical Manual Volumes 1 and 2 e NAVPERS 18068 Manual of Navy Enlisted Manpower and Personnel Classifications and Occup
288. on condition 3 O candles Ship s COSAL Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 4 O candle furnace Comment on condition 5 Emergency Air Breathing Ship s COSAL masks test random 5 for proper MIP 5519 774 operation per applicable MRC b Verify CO absorbent canister PMS MIP 6641 009 has been completed within required MRC B6CW periodicity Additionally randomly select 10 of canisters onboard and weigh them in accordance with the applicable MRC An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Reference INSPECTION ITEM Note c Inspect ten percent per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion 7 Launchers a Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydropneumatically as applicable b Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher c Operational verification shall include a demonstrated launch water slug from both remote and local operating stations Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition t
289. on of piping ensure that 1 Pressure sources in that portion of the system are isolated or inoperative as discussed in item e below 2 Provisions are included to manually depressurize any section of pipe isolated by a check valve as soon as possible after test completion Potential pressure sources within the test area boundaries that are not required for testing are isolated or rendered inoperative by danger tagging out fuses danger tagging shut appropriate valves etc c All valves are DANGER TAGGED OPEN that Could block either the primary or the back up pressure gage from the pressure source To ensure pressure indication a clear pressure path between the applied pressure source and at least one pressure gage must be confirmed by danger tagging any isolation valve in this path Confirmation that the other pressure gage is not isolated will be made by comparison with the tagged open gage Would isolate the test pressure gages and the portion of the system being tested IV 9D 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHECK OFF There shall be no valves in the pressure relieving path which could shut as a result of depressurization and thereby block the relief path from relieving the applied test pressure System relief valves within the test boundary are rendered inoperable to permit reaching elevated test pressure Systems susceptible to chloride stress corrosion are isolated to protect in leakage of chlorides from
290. on shall be controlled as follows a Designation of Work Requiring Formal Control The WAF is the vehicle by which work requiring formal control is authorized for accomplishment and tracked to completion or otherwise no longer requiring isolation or authorization b A WAF shown in Appendix A is required to authorize the start of work on all ship systems and equipment by activities other than Ship s Force Work includes all maintenance repairs or modifications and installation or removal of temporary support systems and equipment Repair activity non intrusive work e g painting lagging sheet metal work deck plate structural foundation that does not affect ship or personnel safety does not normally require a WAF c For Ship s Force maintenance conducted in nuclear propulsion plants the Engineering Department Manual contains the requirements regarding when a WAF is needed For Ship s Force work conducted outside the nuclear propulsion plant the cognizant department head shall determine the necessity for a WAF d For availabilities where a repair activity is assigned responsibilities for work authorization control by Memorandum of Agreement MOA the requirement regarding when Ship s Force must submit a WAF shall be specified in the MOA 10 4 1 Administration The following administrative process is to be used in executing Work Authorization Control 10 4 1 1 Work Authorization Form The WAF shown in Appendix A shall be fill
291. onstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms in accordance with the installed instruction plates and equipment 1 Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of Logistics Escape Trunks SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class with S A 4149 An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM a Verify inventory of all parts b Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses c Verify proper operation of sensing line and trunk gage d Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator e Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator f Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears e Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment 1 Vent valves trunk and compartment 2 Blow valves trunk and compartment 3 Flood and drain valves including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations 4 Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment Charging manifold test inflate a life preserver inspect all hoses and
292. or evolutions which require special coordination between Ship s Force and maintenance providers to ensure safe accomplishment of authorized work USE OF TEMPORARY SYSTEMS TO REPLACE FUNCTIONS OF SHIP S INSTALLED SYSTEMS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN DEEMED NECESSARY CLASS SUBMARINE ORGANIZATION AND REGULATIONS MANUALS AND SHIP SYSTEM MANUALS MAY PROVIDE FURTHER GUIDANCE SOSMIL Preparation The SOSMIL will be prepared by a person designated by the ship s Commanding Officer using written input provided by Ship s Force divisions and the FMA representative A new SOSMIL will be prepared prior to the FMA Daily Production Meeting of Volume II Part I Chapter 4 paragraph 4 6 5 2 of this manual Appendix E of this chapter is provided as an example SOSMIL Appendix F of this chapter may be reproduced locally for use Prepare the SOSMIL as follows 1 Indicate ship s name hull number upkeep number calculated maximum expected draft actual morning draft and date prepared 2 For each job indicate the Job Control Number job description scheduled end date and any remarks 3 The SOSMIL should indicate planned work for the next seven days A thick black line is helpful to indicate the current days work 4 In the job description block indicate in parentheses a number that corresponds to the list at the bottom of the sheet as to why the job requires a SOSMIL entry Maximum Expected Draft For those items which will have an affect on ship s draf
293. ort Unites e a A a E E E E E eaea E ee TV 8 1 Ship s Force Assessment Responsibilities cceeeeesesceseeecesecseesecseesecseeeecsaecaeeaecaeeseeseeeesaeeeeeaesaeeaeenees TV 8 1 SA Elevator Support Unit Evolutions 2 0 0 ceeceeeceseceseceseceecaeecaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeesesaecaecsaeeaecsseesseseseeeeeeeeees IV 8 1 Material Condition Assessment ViSit 0 0 eee eceesseescesseesecesecesecaecaaecaeecseeeaeeeaeeeeeeaeeeseeeeeeeaeenaes IV 8 2 Repair VISE E IV 8 3 In PROCESS REVIEW eseou eebe dee IV 8 3 On Board Maintenance Training 00 0 cece cee ceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeecesecaecsaeesecaecaecsaecseecaeeeseseaeeeaeeenens IV 8 3 Integrated Logistics Support 2 c cccssscesressssetssckschsssccoskeveseossavecs seth voces cdacesascaeecedeeoss sbtsecesdhbeukeavesestes IV 8 3 EEN IV 8 3 Sa Le i22ssccsssssachotetsaesauheadeseusssscsnassodcnsuersoubeasneodscsscenabtnachedesaberaibadiessiessacavssysachageoassbabyoine e EE EDO EEEE EE REEE Ri IV 8 3 HAPTER 9 SYSTEM TEST CHECK LIS 9 1 ELE IV 9 1 Back proud tice cicseviades ceeds ible E A tnaev a ea E les IV 9 1 KE General Instructions ie guted gd IV 9 1 Record Retention EE IV 9 2 Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check Lut IV 9A 1 Non Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List IV 9B 1 Nuclear Non Nuclear Pre Test Inspection Check List 0 0 0 cececssesseeeceseceeeecseeseeeeseeaeeneeaeens IV 9C 1 Nuclear Non Nuclear Performance of Test Check List IV 9D 1 xii COMFLTFORCOMINST 479
294. ousekeeping items and will be surveyed during the pre overhaul hull inspection All tank and void spaces which are in proximity to the machinery spaces being surveyed are also omitted from this inspection as these compartments do not meet the above criteria The interiors of these spaces are inspected during industrial availabilities Procedures regarding hull inspections which are associated with Pre CNO Maintenance Availability planning are issued separately for each availability as determined by the requirements for each ship 12 2 ACTION Both internal and external hull inspections shall be accomplished in accordance with reference a and b on all ships and craft identified in paragraph 12 1 1 of this chapter Periodicities shall be as specified by the TYCOM or as required by PMS a At the beginning of any dry docking period regular overhaul Docking Selected Restricted Availability interim dry docking etc an extensive hull survey will be conducted using the ship s plans and a sampling plan similar to the that shown in Appendix A of this chapter The inspection shall be conducted using ultrasonic techniques drill testing or caliper method as appropriate A pre overhaul inspection of the hull should be conducted prior to a dry docking availability to ensure known hull repairs are included in the planned work package and to ensure unexpected costs are kept to a minimum Dry docking is not required for a pre overhaul inspection howe
295. pe Trunks Logistics Escape Note 11 Trunks and Forward Lockout Trunks a Escape trunk hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue Verify Planned Maintenance has been completed within the required periodicity on all escape trunk hatches Visually inspect escape trunk hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in MRC 7CZK Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener in each fairing piece required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure MIP 1671 974 MRC 7CZK b Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking unlocking opening shutting from below above with salvage wrench handwheel as applicable c Demonstrate that each access hatch can be opened with 5 percentile swing force operability criteria for surfaced emergency egress d Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms in accordance with the installed instruction plates and equipment 1 Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of Logistics Escape Trunks a Verify inventory of all parts Ship s Drawing b Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses c Verify proper operation of sensing line and trunk gag
296. pecifications and Standards cc ecesseseseeseeseceeeeeeeseeeeeaecaeeeeeneeereeaees IV 11 6 Documents and LASTS c25scsvedscssusessesstesesessocoedersaensasebinseveedsospasnsdersueconessusesiesstesadie IV 11 6 Instructions Technical Publications and Bullen IV 11 7 Repair Standards ctsscssccislisecsetsscesn EENS IV 11 7 xiii COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 11 3 Index of Technical Publications and Ship s Drawing Index IV 11 7 11 3 1 Index of Technical Dublteattons cceesseescsseeecsseeecesecaeeseeseeeesecseeeecsaeceessecaeesesaeeessaseneaeeas IV 11 7 Ship s Drawing INGO EE IV 11 8 114 Maintenance Support Center Ssss istoriei oinnes ue EREE EE EET EEES RRE e Eeki IV 11 8 HAPTER 12 HULL INSPECTION OF SHIPS AND CRAF We PURPOSE EE IV 12 1 IER IV 12 1 MDS CUSSION veces e a sa seegt eget cess Ee IV 12 1 hee IV 12 3 UE WE IV 12 4 Appendices A Sample Layout of Inspection Areas cc ceeecsescesecseeseceeeeecaeceeesecaeeseeseeeceaeceeeeesaeeaeenareeseeens IV 12A 1 B Hull Reporting Formateret eeaeee a Eege eet IV 12B 1 HAPTER 13 WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT TESTING AND INSPECTIO EEN IV 13 2 US IV 13 2 Naval Sea Systems Command Afloat Requirements 0 eceeceecessesseeseceeeeeceeeeceaeceeesecaeeaeesecaeeseeneeeneeas IV 13 2 13 21 NR e E IV 13 2 reegen IV 13 3 13 2 3 Load Test Types and Her IV 13 4 Static Load Tester IV 13 4 SR Dynami Load Testeri nonoo eoe ee are eE r E ARETE ERE EN
297. pecified by the maintenance activity may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as pre availability inspections to support planning of the availability These items need not be re inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status When specified these items will be performed by Ship s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer PARTI SALVAGE Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 1 Salvage Drawings a Verify salvage drawings Fleet Modernization Program Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720 AA MAN 010 1 Have been updated during ship s new construction period last CNO Maintenance Availability or 2 Latest revision is identified in ship s plan index 3 Have correct distribution Ship Dwg Consolidated Index Number 594 or 845 4 Are identified as Selected Record Drawings An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 2 High Low Salvage Connections a Verify deck
298. peration of the valves by normal means An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark v in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 2 INSPECTION TEAM 4 Salvage Lifting Padeyes NR 1 Only a Installed and properly preserved 5 Diving Equipment a Verify latest revision of U S Navy Diving Manual is onboard b NR 1 only 1 Verify the requirements of MILPERSMAN have been implemented and that assigned scuba divers are currently qualified requalified and that the ship s Diving Officer has been designated in writing by the Officer In Charge 2 Verify allowance of scuba diving equipment onboard 3 Inspect equipment for condition and conformance with U S Navy Diving Manual and applicable NAVSHIPS Technical Manuals Ensure no unauthorized alterations have been accomplished and that equipment including charging connections and filters is in satisfactory working order and approved for service use 4 Ensure air samples are current for the air bank used to charge scuba cylinders if applicable 5 Assigned divers demonstrate capability to conduct diving operations assembly of equipment and check out set up record keeping data for repetitive dives use of dive tables PMS on equipment State if actual diving operations are observed Reference Note Ship s Plans
299. pment previously certified Review Certification Record Card Equipment verified correct to current revision advance change notice of referenced drawing or manual 3 Equipment found to be unsatisfactory has been segregated CHECK OUT CHECK IN from satisfactory equipment and repair request submitted YES 4 YES 4 CHECK OUT and CHECK IN signatures on reverse IV 7A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHECK OUT Prepared and Issued By Signature Printed Name Received By Signature Printed Name NOTE RECEIPT SIGNATURE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ONLY THE ISSUING ACTIVITY IS AUTHORIZED TO REPAIR NTE AND THAT TAMPERING WILL INVALIDATE CERTIFICATION THIS SIGNATURE ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT A REVIEW OF CERTIFICATION RECORDS CONFIRMS THAT THE EQUIPMENT CONFORMS TO THE REQUIRED TEST REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS CHECK IN Returned by Signature Printed Name Received by Signature Printed Name IV 7A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX B NUCLEAR SUPPORT AND TEST EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION RECORD SHIP ACTIVITY 2 FWP CWP NUMBER 3 DATE CERTIFIED CIRCLE ONE INITIAL CERTIFICATION RECERTIFICATION EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION REFERENCE INCLUDING EXACT REVISION AND ACN TO WHICH THE EQUIPMENT WAS BUILT CERTIFICATION TEST S CHECK S PERFORMED AND RESULTS include certification method REASON FOR RECERTIFICATION not applicable to initial cer
300. port Group Ship Repair Facility Department of the Navy Shipyards 2 Contractor work onboard naval vessels outside U S territorial waters provisions in reference b allow the shipboard GFE to provide GFE services to contractor personnel when the ship is located outside U S territorial waters These provisions are intended solely as a last resort to accomplish mission and time critical work and IV 25 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 are not intended to relieve contractors of the obligation to provide their own certified GFE services whenever and wherever possible Until this distinction can be formally addressed the contracting office shall notify Ship s Force whenever a contractor cannot provide their own GFE services Ship s Force will then seek applicable Type Commander Echelon III N43 approval on a case by case basis prior to providing GFE services to contractor personnel both foreign and U S nationals outside U S territorial waters 3 Example An Assault Craft conducting landing craft repair work at its shore repair activity 4 When a RMC is conducting work on a naval vessel that is located pierside NMF personnel shall follow reference a requirements 5 If there is a local supporting NMF ships should obtain GFE services from the supporting NMF if available If not available ships may follow reference b However ships may not perform GFE for confined spaces or installed piping systems that contain flammable or
301. pply status indicates no follow up is required Ensure proper security for the contents of the technical library Exercise positive control over access to the Library Management or TDMIS database functions using locally generated procedures Maintain written procedures which describe how to perform each function carried out by the technical library i e check out check in of technical documents updating library document files operating reproduction equipment performing updates requisitioning inventories and audits of library documents etc Ensure maintenance calls contracts are made for all viewing reproduction computer and powered document retrieval systems equipment used to carry out library functions The program shall include devices associated with this equipment Perform a semiannual inventory of technical publications manuals and manufacturer s instruction books and other maintenance repair documents available in the technical library and satellite libraries work center division offices Ensure manuals within library s inventory contain applicable Advance Change Notices ACN or IRACs Verify each manual against the ACN report issued by Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA Data Support Activity Port Hueneme CA and the NATEC IRAC Tracker Report Perform an annual data verification configuration audit of technical manuals and other repair documents available in the technical library and satellite libraries Afloat librar
302. quipment 1 Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of Logistics Escape Trunks after TZ 0904 complete a Verify inventory of all parts Drawing b Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses c Verify proper operation of sensing line and trunk gage d Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator e Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator f Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears d Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment 1 Vent valves trunk and compartment 2 Blow valves trunk and compartment 3 Flood and drain valves including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 INSPECTION ITEM 4 Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment Charging manifold test inflate a life preserver inspect all hoses and fittings For ships with Submarine Escape Immersion Ensemble SEIE suits TZ 0890 installed conduct Hood Inflation System Stole Charg
303. r 7 4 PROCUREMENT Only test equipment meeting the specifications of the applicable RPM and reference a may be used to conduct testing on Nuclear Propulsion Plant Systems Requisitions for new equipment shall contain sufficient detail to ensure the correct item is purchased Allowance Equipage Lists for required NTE are provided in the tender Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List or Q Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List The requirements for General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment to support nuclear electrical electronics testing are contained in the applicable Ship s Portable Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List 7 5 NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION NTE shall be certified using a Formal Work Package FWP for Electronic Electrical Test Equipment and a Controlled Work Package CWP for Mechanical Test Equipment Certification is required for new equipment prior to initial issue and following repairs or modifications which could impact performance Periodic recertification is not required The FWP CWP should be as simple as possible As a minimum the FWP CWP shall provide the exact equipment reference and indicate the attributes that must be verified and the required testing Recertification following repair shall be a step in the repair FWP CWP Certification shall be documented on NTE Certification Records and is discussed in detail in paragraph 7 5 4 of this chapter Certification shall be accomplished per paragraph 7 5 1 or 7 5 2 of t
304. r IV 18A 8 INSPECTION ITEM 5 Man overboard bag 6 Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard 7 Safety harness belts 8 Safety track 9 Distress marker lights 10 Life lines and stanchions 11 Desalter kits or portable desalinators 12 SEIE Suits SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class after S A 4149 13 Crash Bags SSN 23 and SSN 21 Class after S A 4149 14 Guard Book 15 OP 61 1 16 OI 638 3 17 OI 638 4 5 Escape Training a Verify that all hands are trained in buoyant ascent and buoyant free breathing ascent or SEIE escape 6 Atmosphere Control a Inventory quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following 1 CO absorbent canisters Amount onboard Required Comment on condition Reference Note Note 16 MIP 5832 021 Note 17 MILPERS MAN Art 1414 010 Series MIP 6231 001 MIP H 313 003 NAVSEA Dwg 612 6408578 MIP 5832 010 MIP H 300 002 Note 18 Ship s COSAL MIP 5315 016 MIP 5940 005 MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQX and AEL 2 330023072 Latest Revision per AEL 2 330023072 Ship s COSAL COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter COMFLTFORCOMINST
305. r Training and Certification Program c NWP 1 03 1 Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report d OPNAVINST 5100 19 Navy Occupational Safety and Health NAVOSH Program Manual for Forces Afloat e NAVSEA S9086 CH STM 030 NSTM Chapter 074 V3 Gas Free Engineering 17 1 PURPOSE To establish policy and provide procedures and inspection requirements for Steam Catapult Accumulators and support systems including a b C d Inspection scheduling Required preparations for inspections Inspection guidelines Reporting requirements 17 1 1 Policy Periodic standardized inspections are required of all steam catapult accumulators and associated support systems including steam fill and blowdown systems feed water fill and drain systems steam piping and accumulator drain systems control and indicating systems associated with the fill pressurization and blowdown of the steam catapult accumulators Specific inspection criteria attributes and intervals are detailed in reference a Inspections will be conducted by a certified Steam Generating Plant Inspector SGPT in accordance with the requirements of reference b Responsibilities for continuation and standardization of catapult accumulator inspections will closely parallel those requirements and responsibilities of the boiler inspection program described in reference b as modified by reference a The boiler inspection program is detailed in Chapter 3 of this volume 17
306. r is a summary of boiler inspection scheduling and responsibilities Propulsion auxiliary and waste heat boilers will be inspected by a certified SGPI at the following intervals 3 6 1 Routine Inspection Routine Inspections will be conducted at least once every Inter Deployment Training Cycle and shall not exceed 24 months from its last inspection For newly constructed ships the 24 month period shall begin at the completion of the Board of Inspection and Survey INSURV Acceptance Trials The normal interval between routine boiler inspections shall be 18 months To provide scheduling flexibility boiler inspections may be performed as early as 12 months or as late as 24 months after the previous inspection Type Commanders may approve extensions beyond 18 months for ships on extended deployment four months or more to permit inspection upon their return Such extensions shall not result in the inspection interval exceeding 24 months Any boiler which exceeds the inspection interval shall be placed out of commission until inspected by a certified SGPI Ships in industrial availabilities or Fleet Maintenance Activity Availabilities FMAV which are required by reference a to complete a COI CAI should conduct a Routine Inspection in conjunction with the COI CAI a The boiler inspection will be scheduled by the cognizant ISIC b The boiler inspection will be performed by the cognizant SGPI 3 6 2 Pre start of Overhaul Availability Inspection T
307. r lights 9 Life lines and stanchions Reference Note Ship s COSAL Note 6 MIP 5832 012 or 5832 014 MIP 5832 007 or 5832 015 Note 7 MIP H 409 001 MIP H 409 003 Note 8 MIP 5832 21 Note 9 MILPERS MAN Art 1414 010 Series MIP 6231 001 MIP NR 00B 001 MIP 5832 010 MIP H 313 006 AGSS 555 NR 00B 001 NR 1 Submarine Inspector Signature COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 INSPECTION ITEM 10 Desalter kits or portable desalinators 11 SEIE Suits AGSS 555 only 12 Crash Bags AGSS 555 only 13 Guard Book AGSS 555 only 14 OP 61 1 3 Atmosphere Control a Inventory quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following 1 CO absorbent canisters Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 2 LiOH curtains AGSS 555 only Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 3 O candles Amount onboard Required Comment on condition Submarine Inspector Signature Reference Note Ship s COSAL MIP 5315 016 MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQX MIP 5940 005 MRC 9LQX and AEL 2 330023072 Latest
308. r maximum utilization of SGPIs NSWCCD LCEM Inspectors ISICs will combine inspection requests and schedule inspections The TYCOM may utilize PSAIs PSOIs and CAIs or COIs which are documented in BIRMIS to satisfy the pressure vessel portion of a routine boiler inspection to reduce the number of boiler openings 3 5 BOILER SAFETY PROCEDURES The safety of personnel must be given the highest priority Observance of good engineering practices and careful control of boiler water chemistry will reduce the frequency of pressure vessel entry a Ensure idle boiler condition is accomplished per the provisions of the Engineering Operational Sequencing System EOSS and reference c Where conflicts occur an EOSS feedback form should be submitted for resolution Do not enter any part of a boiler until it has been fully ventilated and certified by a gas free engineer as safe for entry in accordance with reference d Ensure the idle boiler is tagged out valves wired shut and danger tagged Observe two valve protection per Chapter 10 of this volume where applicable The use of unshielded or non approved portable lighting in an open boiler is prohibited Portable lighting shall be watertight National Stock Number NSN 9S 6230 00 701 2947 Ensure all precautions cited in Section 2 24 of reference c are followed before entering an idle boiler There shall be an attendant outside the boiler entrance to provide assistance when work is
309. r of Shipbuilding INSPECTOR and Inspection inspection Cognizant SGPI 4 Strength and Once every 60 Months ISIC Coordinate with NSWCCD LCEM Integrity Inspection TYCOM Regional Support INSPECTOR and Group Regional Maintenance Cognizant SGPI Center 5 ISV During availability Industrial Activity or NSWCCD LCEM Supervising Authority INSPECTOR and Cognizant SGPI 6 COI CAT To be conducted before Industrial Activity or NSWCCD LCEM reassembling boiler for Supervising Authority INSPECTOR and final hydrostatic test Cognizant SGPI 7 Newly Constructed In conjunction with Industrial Activity or NSWCCD LCEM Ship Acceptance INSURV during Supervising Authority INSPECTOR and Acceptance Trials starts Cognizant SGPI Routine Inspection requirements 8 Inactivation or Prior to final action Industrial Activity NSWCCD LCEM Reactivation Supervising Authority or INSPECTOR and Inactive Ship Facility Cognizant SGPI 9 Engineer Officer Per PMS and reference c Engineer Officer Engineer Officer 10 Major Repair Subsequent to major ISIC Coordinate with NSWCCD LCEM repairs following chemical TYCOM Regional Support INSPECTOR and and or mechanical casualty Group Regional Maintenance Cognizant SGPI per reference c Center 11 Special When TYCOM desires to TYCOM Cognizant SGPI assess material condition of boilers Routine boiler inspections are performed by the Cognizant SGPI The ISV inspection may be waived by the TYCOM for availabilities of short duration
310. r operating condition 5 Shelf life is computed from date of manufacture which is printed in code on the battery For example a battery code 1187 means the battery was manufactured in the 11th month of 1987 For expiration dates see Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 4105 List of Items Requiring Special Handling 6 The allowance of escape appliances consists of 110 percent of complement Additionally 20 non inflatable life preservers are to be carried for topside use 7 Escape appliances are to be equipped as follows a One cell flashlight or chemical personnel marker light attached whistle and dye marker stowed in pocket Batteries will be in case box lots stowed with escape appliances Ensure shelf life of batteries or personnel marker light will not be exceeded prior to next PMS check b Toggle and cord attached to belt 8 Man overboard bags to be equipped as specified in Man Overboard Casualty Procedures 9 Man overboard swimmer to be competent swimmer qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer Officer In Charge 10 The number of desalter kits required shall be obtained from the ship s COSAL AEL 2 360033002 Desalter kits may have been replaced by portable reverse osmosis desalinators Take inventory of the portable reverse osmosis desalinators per AEL 2 360033003 IV 18E 8 From To Subj Ref Encl COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 APPENDIX F SAMPLE PRE INSPECTION INFORMATION CERTIF
311. r to the start of the key event This inspection does not satisfy the requirements of a routine inspection as per paragraph 4 3 2 a of this chapter unless a complete Phase II is accomplished 4 3 3 Inspection Scheduling a Diesel inspections are scheduled by the ship with RMC via ISIC when appropriate in accordance with reference a and the Planned Maintenance System PMS As part of this process units shall contact the local RMC ISIC Diesel Inspector to schedule the diesel inspection 120 days prior to the desired inspection date and submit a work request OPNAV 4790 2K to the appropriate RMC a minimum of 90 days in advance of the desired dates to allow for DEI scheduling It is the responsibility of the Fleet Maintenance Managers the ship ISIC and RMC Port Engineers as appropriate to schedule the diesel inspection with the RMC during a period where the inspection s condition assessment can be best utilized for repair planning The inspection may require that each engine being inspected normally be placed out of commission for five to seven days at the minimum This time frame may increase when significant Repair Before Operating RBO discrepancies are discovered that require extensive repairs Sufficient time must be allowed for the performance of the operational phase of the inspection which requires specific load testing as defined by PMS SSDGs normally have the operational phase performed inport whereas operational assessment of
312. ration of the test pumps after the system is filled solid does not produce a corresponding increase in pressure 11 Immediate action shall be taken to secure the test pressure source and relieve system pressure if the pressure at which manual overpressure protection is to be initiated is exceeded on any primary or backup pressure gage 12 Plant and system status 13 Preliminary leak checks 14 Valve packing leak checks if applicable 15 Criteria for an acceptable elevated pressure test 16 Pressurizing to elevated test pressure 17 Depressurization following completion of test Manual overpressure protection relief valve operators have no other responsibilities assigned NOTE WHEN PRESSURE IS BEING APPLIED BY A HAND OPERATED TEST PUMP OR WHEN THE PRIMARY AND BACKUP TEST GAGES AND THE MANUAL OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION VALVE S ARE ALL INSTALLED ON THE HYDROSTATIC TEST RIG THE TEST PUMP OPERATOR MAY ALSO SERVE AS THE PRIMARY OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION WATCH PROVIDED THAT THE MANUAL OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION VALVE IS WITHIN EASY REACH IV 9D 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHECK OFF 2 PROPERLY SET AND TESTED BACKUP RELIEF VALVE PROTECTION IS PROVIDED FOR OTHER THAN HAND OPERATED TEST PUMPS EITHER AN AUDIBLE OVERPRESSURE ALARM IS PROVIDED OR A SECOND BACKUP RELIEF VALVE IS INSTALLED ON THE TEST RIG THE USE OF THIS EXCEPTION DOES NOT RESULT IN ONE INDIVIDUAL BEING SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR pT SATISFACTO
313. rdinate the inspections with the appropriate technical activities to avoid unnecessary opening of accumulators Assist Commanding Officers in arranging for the corrective action of deficient items which are beyond the capability of Ship s Force to perform Monitor the follow up action required to correct these deficiencies Review the SCIRMIS to ensure deferred inspection deficiencies are planned programmed for repair 17 3 4 Regional Support Group Regional Maintenance Center Fleet Maintenance Activity Commanding Officers a Provide a certified SGPI when requested by the ship Immediate Superior in Command ISIC or TYCOM to conduct the accumulator inspections Assign inspections to available SGPIs from local commands when requested IV 17 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 17 3 5 Ship Commanding Officer a Request inspections and recommend to the TYCOM the desired primary and alternate dates for accomplishment of the inspections Prepare for the scheduled inspections Conduct Ship s Force responsible inspections and provide reports required by reference a Review inspection results and initiate corrective action for those deficiencies within Ship s Force capability Submit OPNAV 4792 2K work requests for those corrective actions beyond Ship s Force capability Submit a Casualty Report in accordance with reference c for any discrepancies that will impact an operational schedule Assess the impact of corrective
314. rdinated Shipboard Allowance List Chief Petty Officer Current Ship s Maintenance Project Controlled Work Package Damage Control Assistant Dry Deck Shelter Diesel Engine Inspector Departure From Specification Diver Life Support System Depot Modernization Period Duty Officer Department of Defense Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards Designated Overhaul Point Deep Submergence Rescue Vehicle Emergency Diesel Generator Engineering Duty Officer Electrolytic Oxygen Generator Engineering Officer Of the Watch Engineering Operational Sequencing System Elevator Support Unit IV 1A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA FMA FMAV FWP GFE GS GTB GTRR HSC ILPE ILS INSURV IRAC ISIC ISV ITP JCN JFMM JSN LCEM LET LMD LWC MDS METCAL MGTI MILSPEC MIP MOA MPA MPDE MR MRC MS MSC MSD NATEC NAVAIR NAVAIRWARCEN NAVFAC NAVSEA NAVSEA 08 NAVSUP NEC NMF NSF NSN NSTM NSWCCD Fleet Maintenance Activity Fleet Maintenance Activity Availability Formal Work Procedure Gas Free Engineering Gas Turbine Technician Gas Turbine Bulletin Gas Turbine Readiness Review Hierarchical Structure Code Integrated Low Pressure Electrolyzer Integrated Logistics Support Board of Inspection and Survey Interim Rapid Action Change Immediate Superior In Command Industrial Support Visit Index of Technical Publications Job Control Number Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual J
315. re installed per plan or authorized alteration on all escape trunk seating surfaces From one socket per hatch remove capscrew and plug demonstrate guide is free SSN 688 Class with MOSUB only Verify 4 padeyes installed for rescue vehicle in upper hatch free flood areas SSN 688 Class without MOSUB b Inspect rescue vehicle seating surface c Remove plug from hatch fairing Check condition of SRC downhaul shackle Verify downhaul shackle is free of corrosion and can be operated by hand Use of plastisol on downhaul shackle is not authorized as it prevents visual inspection of shackle for corrosion and promotes corrosion The shackle must be powder coated white d AN BQN 13 1 Inspect AN BQN 13 Beacon to ensure that a Cable is free of abrasions cuts or damage b Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects c Unit has no physical damage d Transducer is free of oil leaks bubbles and paint PART II RESCUE Submarine Reference Inspector Fwd Aft Signature Naval Ships Technical Manual NSTM 9086 T9 STM 010 Chapter 594 Ship s Plans Notes 8 and 9 Ship s Plans Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18B 4 Reference INSPECTION ITEM Note MIP
316. reakers for future requirements may not be available 15 4 NAVY POLICY ON SHIPBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL a Not Repairable Circuit Breakers Type AQB circuit breakers with non replaceable trip units 100 amp and smaller are not repairable Any attempt to open and repair this type of circuit breaker results in an unacceptable risk to subsequent performance even if retest is performed b Overhauls shall be performed by the Navy DOP at Puget Sound Naval Shipyard or the OEM Class A and B overhauls are defined below 1 Class A Overhaul An extensive overhaul that involves complete disassembly and refurbishment such as re plating mechanical and electrical parts and replacing the wire harness The most recent design and technical specifications will be met The end product shall be in like new condition in appearance operation and performance All manufacturers and technical manual performance standards and specifications and all technical documentation unless superseded by proper authority shall be met The repair activity shall demonstrate that the end product successfully meets all performance criteria of the governing specifications Defining an overhaul as Class A means that all actions required to meet the definitions are authorized 2 Class B Overhaul A less extensive overhaul that re uses most of the existing parts to restore the operating and performance characteristics of a circuit breaker to its ori
317. rectly by the manufacturer In that case record Wmax in place of RC and when W is equal to or greater than Wmax replace the bearing Stamped Depth Thrust Constant DC or Bearing Constant It is the depth micrometer reading taken when this bearing was installed aligned and bolted down It is found stamped on the bearing bracket near the depth micrometer hole Thrust constants are normally not stamped These must be obtained from builders new construction completed test procedures on microfiche or repair activity when replaced Contact your Immediate Superior In Command for assistance in obtaining this information IV 19A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Depth Micrometer Reading MR Taken periodically with a depth micrometer to help calculate bearing wear Wear W Bearing wear is calculated as W MR DC Comments Date each entry Note the serial number if any of this bearing date of any bearing replacement nonstandard dimensions applicable Liaison Action Requests Departure From Specification if approved unusual conditions of journal or bearing if opened any additional abnormal readings taken recent temperatures for this bearing temperature of lube oil cooler outlet used to set RTE alarm or any other notes that may be helpful in the future IV 19A 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 19A 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 20 DIVER LIFE SUP
318. red to be painted Accidental overspray is acceptable Full paintout of damping restraining covers and acoustic tile covers is not the intent If damping and acoustic tiles are painted they must be checked to ensure that the paint will not bridge the gap between the rubber and the restraining cover more than 75 over an area Degradation of the performance of tiles is possible A suggested way to repair the area is to score the gap between the restraining cover and the damping tile and between the acoustic tile covers and the rubber Previously painted serviceable tiles may remain in service Reference c allows paint on piping 10 5 3 Action a The Damage Control Assistant DCA is designated the coordinator for the close out of all spaces As such he is responsible for the following 1 Assigning responsible personnel to close out or assist in closing out specific spaces tanks and voids 2 Providing personnel designated to conduct tank void or space close outs with a copy of Appendices G H or I as applicable 3 Ensuring personnel performing close outs are aware of their responsibilities and are adequately trained He shall provide by periodic notice a list of personnel qualified to perform close out inspections 4 Maintaining a folder for completed copies of Appendices H and I This folder will serve as a space tank and void close out certification record Only the most recent copies of these Appendices are required to be reta
319. rence g 3 14 OPERATING AND CASUALTY PROCEDURES Each ship or craft with conventional steam generating plants will have approved Steam Generating Plant Operations Procedures in the format prescribed by their respective TYCOM They shall contain detailed procedures and precautions for a Normal operations including startup and shutdown b Infrequent operations such as initial steam generating plant light off following an availability c Operating parameters limitations alarms and set points d Casualty conditions including indications and immediate and supplementary actions e Propulsion fuel economy per references h and i f JP 5 for use as boiler fuel g Management of boiler water and feedwater h Quality Assurance QA requirements for main propulsion boiler repairs i Maintenance and storage of boiler burner atomizers TV 3 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX A SUMMARY OF BOILER INSPECTION SCHEDULING AND RESPONSIBILITIES Scheduling Responsibility for Type Inspection Schedule Date Responsibility Inspections 1 Routine Once every Inter ISIC Cognizant SGPI Deployment Training Cycle 2 Pre Start of Schedule PSOI PSAI in ISIC NSWCCD LCEM Overhaul conjunction with Routine INSPECTOR and Availability boiler appraisal 8 12 Cognizant SGPI Inspection months prior to availability 3 Start of At start of overhaul with Naval Shipyard or NSWCCD LCEM Overhaul Availability strength and integrity Superviso
320. rhauling Activity Ship s Force Representative Qualified Eng Petty Officer Yes or No Diving Petty Officer COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 e Encl 1 Part II para 1 f Encl 1 Part I para 2 g Encl 1 Part II para 3 h Encl 1 Part II para 4 NOTE i Encl 1 Part II para 5 j Encl 1 Part II para 6 SRC SRDRS DSRV Flatness Test applicability for this scheduled inspection DSRV mating arrangement drawing available to check cable cutter access Submitted for review and verification DSRV Mother Sub Mod applicable SSNs Escape Trunks Ship s representative for escape trunk will be Emergency Communications Equipment Operational and stowed with the following exceptions Life Saving amp Safety Equipment PMS procedures last conducted on List discrepancies in paragraph 3 Inventories are as follows Number of escape appliances or SEIE valises Location Inflatable life preservers Number of non inflatable life preservers Life Rafts if applicable Number of safety harnesses Distress Marker Lights Number of desalter kits or desalinators MUST CONFORM TO CURRENT PMS SCHEDULE Escape Training All hands are qualified in Buoyant Ascent and Buoyant Free Ascent or SEIE escape Atmosphere Control The following amount of absorbent is aboard IV 18F 2 Yes if applicable Yes if applicable Ship s Repr
321. rial level support for Ship Installation Equipment ALRE the VRT is used to support the following 1 Casualty Reports 2 Enroute maintenance Underway repairs 3 Miscellaneous repairs beyond Ship s Force capability 4 Rotatable spare overhaul 5 Special reports 6 Preparation for Overseas Movement repairs 7 Service Change installations 8 Modernization repair of components in conjunction with Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities Planned Maintenance System or Restricted Availabilities c The capabilities of the VRT are such that almost any task related to launch and recovery equipment is feasible assuming adequate support from Ship s Force is available The following ship s support for the VRT is required 1 Timely Current Ship s Maintenance Project deferral submission for the Maintenance Manager and TYCOM screening programming 2 Providing sufficient V 2 Division personnel to assist the team in such areas as providing forklifts obtaining necessary parts gaining machine shop assist and space access etc IV 16 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 16 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A VOLUME IV CHAPTER 17 STEAM CATAPULT INSPECTION REFERENCES a NAVSEA S9587 B1 MMA 010 Catapult Steam Support Systems for CV CVN Class Ships Description Operation and Maintenance b OPNAVINST 9221 1 U S Navy Steam Generating Plant Inspection and Inspecto
322. rie E S CY Dagendft JL oea Lil EE Diver Commucaions IT Rees J rane aime ase Air Compson Deel Leer Diving Accessories Mask Fins Watches Knives Note 4 Note 4 Compass Depth Gauges Weight Belts etc Notes 1 2 Service approval shall be obtained for transportable recompression chamber systems procured for fleet use Service approval shall be obtained for diving bells procured for fleet use Certification shall be obtained for each type of outfit Individual outfits need not be individually certified Requirements are determined by NAVSEA and are based on the potential for hazard to divers procurement quantities and Logistic Support considerations When compressor diving air systems are permanently installed as components of a diving or recompression system they shall be included in the SOC The Commanding Officer Officer In Charge must ensure that compressors and diving equipment are properly installed and maintained in accordance with reference a IV 20A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 20A 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX B SUBMARINE RESCUE CHAMBER SCOPE OF CERTIFICATION ITEMS 1 Pressure Hull 2 Ballast Tank 3 Appurtenances a Deadlights b Hatches c Hull Inserts d Padeyes 4 Seawater Ballast System 5 Jettison System Downhaul Cable Cutter 6 Life Support System Air Supply and Exhaust System to certificati
323. ries at each activity will receive all copies of the manual for that activity and coordinate local distribution and updates IV 1 2 ABC ABO ACN AEL AEOG AIMD ALRE ALREMP APL BIRMIS CAFSU CAI CASREP CD ROM CHT CNO COI COMLANTFLT COMNAVAIRLANT COMNAVAIRPAC COMNAVRESFOR COMNAVSURFLANT COMNAVSURFPAC COMPACFLT COMSUBLANT COMSUBPAC COMSUBRON COSAL CPO CSMP CWP DCA DDS DEI DFS DLSS DMP DO DOD DODISS DOP DSRV EDG EDO EOG EOOW EOSS ESU COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 APPENDIX A LIST OF ACRONYMS Automatic Boiler Control Aviators Breathing Oxygen Advance Change Notice Allowance Equipage List Automated Electrolytic Oxygen Generator Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program Allowance Parts List Boiler Inspection and Repair Maintenance Information System Carrier And Field Service Unit Completion of Availability Inspection Casualty Report Compact Disk Collection Holding and Transfer Chief of Naval Operations Completion of Overhaul Inspection Commander Atlantic Fleet Commander Naval Air Force Atlantic Commander Naval Air Force Pacific Commander Naval Reserve Force Commander Naval Surface Force Atlantic Commander Naval Surface Force Pacific Commander Pacific Fleet Commander Submarine Force Atlantic Commander Submarine Force Pacific Commander Submarine Squadron Coo
324. rines shall have a complete Phase II Inspection in accordance with reference b c Phase III Operation Inspection The DEI will observe and analyze operating data on all inspected engines in accordance with reference b and PMS Maintenance Requirement Card MRC for performance testing troubleshooting the engine If no PMS guidance exists then 100 percent or maximum attainable load on all inspected engines should be achieved 4 3 5 Preparation for Diesel Engine Inspection a The DEI shall meet with the inspected ship s Commanding Officer or his designated representative Engineer Officer and a diesel system expert prior to the start of the inspection For CV CVN LHA and LHD Class ships the Reactor Officer or the Engineer Officer may fulfill this role This visit will ensure that Ship s Force is aware of the extent of the inspection what PMS is to be accomplished required support to be provided to the DEI and interference to be removed to allow access to the diesel engine Coordination between the ship and the DEI can significantly reduce the time the diesel will be out of commission for inspection purposes and maximize the training to Ship s Force Ship s Force will perform diesel engine disassembly reassembly and operation as well as correcting Ship s Force capable discrepancies concurrent with the inspection It is the responsibility of Ship s Force to order all software and repair parts for Ship s Force capable work to include all gas
325. ronmental Protection Agency Clean Air Act The Environmental Protection Agency Clean Air Act Section 608 prohibits individuals from knowingly venting ozone depleting compounds used as refrigerants into the atmosphere while maintaining servicing repairing or disposing of air conditioning or refrigeration equipment Only the following four types of ozone depleting substance venting releases are permitted under this section of the act 1 Absolute minimum quantities of refrigerant released in the course of making good faith attempts to recapture and recycle or safely dispose of refrigerants 2 Refrigerants emitted in the course of normal operation of air conditioning and refrigeration equipment i e purging of air and non condensable gases as opposed to during the maintenance servicing repair or disposal of the equipment 3 Mixtures of nitrogen and R 22 that are used as holding charges or as leak test gases because in these cases the ozone depleting compound is not used as a refrigerant However a technician may not avoid recovering refrigerant by adding nitrogen to a charged system 4 Small releases of refrigerant which result from purging hoses or from connecting or disconnecting hoses to charge or service appliances Additionally refrigerant recovery and recycling equipment must be equipped with low loss fittings Personnel who perform maintenance or repairs to equipment that utilize ozone depleting substances are required
326. rostatically tested and local valve position indication proven correct and reliable Additional safety precautions such as not working the actuators for a particular hull backup combination concurrently shutting and danger tagging both valves at all times isolating and danger tagging the hydraulic pressure source to the control valve for the specific actuator being worked and not pressurizing or operationally testing the actuators until the seawater system integrity has been reestablished should be employed to provide the additional assurance required to preclude the need for an external blank 5 INSTALLATION OF HULL FITTINGS FLANGES When maintenance is to be performed which requires a hull fitting flange to be installed the following actions will be taken a Ship s Force will identity the hull opening by noun name docking plan number frame number side and circumferential distance from the centerline as obtained from the ship s docking plan and provide this information to the FMA The FMA planning division will verify the data provided by Ship s Force IV 10D 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHA c The FMA LWC will provide the verified data and the fitting flange including the required installation hardware to the diving supervisor d Ship s Force shall mark the fitting location using a weighted and marked line referenced from frame marks topside e The Ship s Duty Officer shall authorize the installation of the fittin
327. rtments with respect to the management of technical documentation and data and requires the establishment and operation of technical libraries 11 1 1 Discussion Technical data and information are critical for the proper operation maintenance troubleshooting and repair of all plant equipment Improper maintenance or equipment remaining not repaired and inoperative can result from a lack of proper documentation in the form of technical manuals ship s drawings and blueprints Military Specifications and standards etc 11 2 TECHNICAL LIBRARIES Maintenance Support Center MSC Technical Library personnel maintain a complete master technical library including technical manuals drawing aperture cards Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Lists provisioning Allowance Parts Lists APL computerized databases and any other technical documents or aids which support maintenance functions The Technical Library Management or locally generated Library Management Database LMD and Technical Document Management Information System TDMIS computer programs will be used to maintain the library In general the technical library serves the following basic functions a Acquisition of new documents and data and the updating of existing materials b Cataloging indexing and filing all documents data and information materials to allow for effective use of library technical information c Accountability and control to ensure continuous integrity of the library
328. s Ship s COSAL Amount onboard Required Comment on condition 4 O candle furnace Comment on condition 5 Emergency Air Breathing Ship s COSAL masks test random 5 for proper MIP 5519 045 operation per applicable MRC b Verify CO absorbent canister PMS MIP 6641 009 has been completed within required MRC B6CW periodicity Additionally randomly select 10 of canisters onboard and weigh them in accordance with the applicable MRC c Inspect ten percent per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion 7 Launchers a Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydropneumatically as applicable b Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher c Operational verification shall include a demonstrated launch water slug from both remote and local operating stations Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18C 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 NOTES 1 Reach rods universal joints and connecting links in the superstructure should be secured with
329. s Assessment plus Phase III Operational Inspection paragraph 4 3 4 c of this chapter The DEI will determine if a full Phase II paragraph 4 3 4 b of this chapter a focused portion of Phase II as required PMS MRCs related to a Phase II or any other significant disassembly is warranted If the DEI concludes that all or part of Phase II specific PMS MRCs and or significant disassembly is warranted then the RMC shall recommend this to the TYCOM by Naval Message for TYCOM approval If the DEI concludes that the diesel engine is in sound condition and does not warrant any part of Phase II applicable MRCs or significant disassembly then the RMC shall recommend by Naval Message to the ship to submit a DFS extending their periodic assessment TYCOM can extend the periodic assessment up to 24 months with a minor DFS beyond 24 months will require a major DFS granted by NAVSEA 05 The DFS approval shall include when the next Periodic Assessment should be scheduled 6 RESPONSIBILITIES a TYCOM Review approve RMC recommendations resulting from Formal Periodic Assessments Analysis b ISIC Ensure that the ship has available time in the schedule to execute the Formal Periodic Assessment Analysis Cc RMC Maintenance Team to schedule Formal Periodic Assessments Analysis The RMC shall provide the Formal Periodic Assessment Analysis recommendations to TYCOM by Naval Message Maintenance Team will schedule diesel engine repair work based o
330. s shore based rigging gear and portable hoists meeting the requirements of reference a to be used aboard ship with shipboard cranes when the ship is pierside a Slings b Shackles links rings swivels eye bolts turnbuckles hooks and swivel hoist rings TV 13 8 c COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Tackle blocks Portable load indicating devices dynamometers load cells crane scales etc Lashing e g wire rope synthetic rope synthetic webbing IV 13 9 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 13 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 14 MAGAZINE SPRINKLER INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES a b NAVSEA S9522 AA HBK 010 Description Operation and Maintenance Handbook for Magazine Sprinkler Systems NAVSEAINST 4790 8 OPNAVINST 4790 4 Ships Maintenance and Material Management 3 M Manual 14 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance for the performance of magazine sprinkler inspections 14 2 RESPONSIBILITIES 14 2 1 Commanding Officers a b Ensure that sprinkler systems are tested in accordance with Planned Maintenance System Ensure that magazine temperatures are checked and recorded daily Ensure that magazines are properly maintained Ensure that prior to acceptance of a sprinkler system in new construction or when design changes Ship Alterations are made to a sprinkler system during construction or overhaul the cognizan
331. sceesscscssecsseeeeesecscessesecacesecneescesaeeceeaecaesseeseeseesaseeesaesaeeaeeneeeees IV 10A 1 Technical Work Document Record Sheet IV 10B 1 Work Authorization Form Continuation Sheet IV 10C 1 Barrier Criteria for Submarine Hull Penetrations 0 ceeesceeeeceeeeeeeseeeceseceeeseeneseecaeeneeaeeaees IV 10D 1 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List Example 0 0 0 0 cceeeceeceeeceseeeeesececeseceeeeecnaeeecaeseeeseeneeaes IV 10E 1 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List 0 0 eee eecesecseesecseeeececeeecaeceeesecaeesecneeecsaeeecsaeeaeeseeneeaes IV 10F 1 Procedures and Safety Precautions for Entering Submarine Spaces Tanks and Voids IV 10G 1 Close Out Inspection Check Off List IV 10H 1 Re Entry Check Ort List iss eseu eebe SES SEENEN dE IV 10I 1 HAPTER 11 TECHNICAL DATA AND INFORMATION MANAGEMEN ENEE IV 11 1 MT De MN TOISCUSS1O Mince cic ccvccesancveccddedcadecnscrataecaasteacueatedacntenasatusenacacusacooasucatatecutonseetusctaneeuee toe T EE IV 11 1 EE IV 11 1 Technical Library Supervisor eeceseessesecscesecseeeecsseeecesecaeesecseeseesecseeseenaeeessaeeaeaesaeeeeeeeaaeeaees IV 11 2 Technical Library Non Supervisory Personnel 0ccccccccsessecsseseeecneeseeeeneeseeeeneees IV 11 5 L1 2 2 Technical EE IV 11 5 le IV 11 5 Technical Manage teste ege IV 11 5 IK IV 11 6 Handbooks and Cataloging 0 0 0 eececceeceescesecesecesecesecsaecsaecaeecseseeecaaeeaeseeeeneeennees IV 11 6 Military S
332. sequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition 8 Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the SRC SRDRS and or DSRV mother submarine capability and require a CASREP be submitted in accordance with reference a 9 Inspections of the rescue vehicle seating surface for flatness surface area free of protuberances and thickness requires industrial activity support Inspection procedures are provided in NAVSEA Drawing DSRV 800 26565 12 Inspections are to be performed as early in the maintenance availability as possible to allow correction of noted deficiencies prior to commencement of fast cruise 10 Shelf life is computed from date of manufacture which is printed in code on the battery For example a battery code 1187 means the battery was manufactured in the 11th month of 1987 For expiration dates see Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 4105 List of Items Requiring Special Handling 11 One or more of the Logistics and Escape Trunks LET will be removed during refit When removed the LET is isolated from service air and electric power Communications circuits electrical power and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity and tested again upon reinstallation 12 Diver s knife and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartmen
333. sion 3 PIPING a Inspect all pipes for visual weld or sil brazed joint defects Ensure pipe walls have not been cut by grinding denting or struck or burned by welding equipment b Check pipe penetrations for properly installed sleeves and weld fillets c Pipe hangers should prevent vibration when pipe is struck with mallet have studs and nuts painted have proper insulation between pipe and hanger have stud nuts lockwired locking cabled or have self locking nuts used as required 4 TRANSDUCERS HYDROPHONES CABLES AND CABLE WAYS a Ensure all rubber elements are not gouged cut scraped or painted b Check the cable bend radii in accordance with reference h c Ensure all sonar transducers and hydrophones and corresponding cables are installed in accordance with ship s plans d Ensure only CRES banding and rubber channel insulation is used on cableways Ensure cableways and cable are properly supported Ensure electrical coamings are made and tight g Ensure cable loop boxing covers at hull fittings are installed with appropriate plastic spacers such that vibration does not occur when struck with a mallet h Ensure electrical hull penetrations are properly labeled St ma 5 BAFFLE PLATES AND SOUND DAMPENING TILES a Sound dampening tiles are proper type in accordance with reference h b Tiles are not cut gouged or loosely secured
334. source again to recheck the automatic relief setpoint With the rig vented verify that pressure gages that will be installed as primary or backup pressure indication which are not equipped with a dial adjustment device read zero within the gage accuracy plus the readability of one half of the smallest graduation on the dial face Record required overpressure protection setpoint psig Continue to raise pressure to the specified overpressure protection setpoint If the manual relief is installed on the rig with the pressure source operating at the specified manual relief setpoint verify that the manual relief and associated piping CONFIDENTIAL When filled in IV 9A 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A ITEM NO Ea With the rig completely assembled verify cleanliness by operating the pump to flush the ATTRIBUTE pump and any attached piping or equipment h Ensure cleanliness controls are established on the rig such that cleanliness is not lost in the interim period between flushing and the operational test and connection to the system being tested Completed by Items Completed Date Completed by Items Completed Date Reviewed Div Off Engineering Duty Officer EDO Date CONFIDENTIAL When filled in IV 9A 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 9A 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX B NON NUCLEAR TEST RIG DETERMINATION AND INSPECTION CHECK LIST
335. ssist visits following an industrial availability or during a ship s work up cycle e Formal audits in accordance with references c prior to or during mid deployment 16 2 5 Assist Visits Assist visits will be advisory in nature and will normally be scheduled to follow a ship s Selected Restricted Availability or during the work up cycle Units visited are encouraged to discuss maintenance material quality assurance problems with team members Upon completion of the visit the team will debrief the Air Department Officer and designated Air Department personnel An informal report of noted problems and recommendations will be provided at the debrief The Commanding Officer will be debriefed at the discretion of the team leader The ALREMP Management Team may be requested for additional assist visits at the ship s discretion via the applicable TYCOM 16 2 6 Audits a Formal audits will normally be conducted prior to or during mid deployment and will evaluate the overall ALREMP and quality assurance management procedures including compliance with current OPNAV and TYCOM instructions 1 The Commanding Officer shall be debriefed by the ALREMP Team Leader at the completion of the audit 2 A formal report listing all discrepancies will be forwarded to the Commanding Officer within fifteen days of the audit completion A report of corrective actions taken will be submitted to the TYCOM no later than thirty days after receiving the formal audit
336. standards include a b c d Technical Repair Standard Maintenance Standard Intermediate Maintenance Standard Industrial Process Instruction 11 3 INDEX OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS AND SHIP S DRAWING INDEX Due to the wide variety of types of materials that may be included in a technical library it may be confusing as to what are the minimum titles and requirements needed for a particular ship The ITP and SDI have been developed for each ship and lists the titles and drawings applicable to the ship 11 3 1 Index of Technical Publications The ITP is a guide to facilitate the identification of technical manuals used on board a ship The ITP is tailored to the configuration of a specific ship and lists technical manuals needed to operate maintain and repair ship systems and equipment It also lists any other general and ship related manuals needed by Ship s Force The ITP will a b Contain a list of the technical manuals needed on board a ship Identify technical manuals for specific systems and equipment List the systems and equipment supported by a specific technical manual Include information about each technical manual Be divided into three volumes and organized in the following manner 1 Volume One is normally organized by Expanded Ship Work Breakdown Structure numbers as the first five characters of a Hierarchical Structure Code HSC If the HSC has further IV 11 7 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A
337. sts 0 60 psi and below the range may exceed 200 of the test pressure but will be as low as practical c Test gage pressure graduations are equal to or smaller than those specified by reference a Table 504 6 1 Primary gage accuracy shall be at least 1 0 of the gage span RECORD GAGE DATA Primary gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number Backup gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number f Gages have been calibrated within the required periodicity Circle applicable item 1 Normal metrology requirements list calibration frequency This is the frequency unless specified otherwise for the specific test 2 Special frequency required by Indicate required frequency and applicable reference 3 OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION The manual release of pressure is the primary method of protection Backup relief valve automatic or manual will be provided Automatic preferred unless otherwise specified If the temporary relief valves provided are to be installed into the system 1 installation shall be such that it does not damage the system or system components Review reference b or c as applicable IV 9B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CHECK OFF The over capacity of relief valves should not cause excessive thermal and pressure shock Relief valve capacity should not be grossly higher than pressure source capacity The blow down characteristics shall be compatible with the system being tested The reseati
338. suing activity 7 6 2 Cleanliness and Foreign Material Exclusion Mechanical Test Equipment Assemblies attached to Nuclear Propulsion Plant Systems must meet the requirements for cleanliness control and foreign material exclusion specified by reference b Verification of cleanliness will be incorporated into check out check in forms and into FWPs and Technical Work Documents 7 6 3 Stowage NTE shall be stowed in a location segregated from non NTE Ready For Issue equipment will be stowed apart from non Ready For Issue equipment Segregated stowage shall be such that it precludes inadvertent mixing of equipments 7 6 4 Inventory NTE will be inventoried at least annually A record of the most recent inventory will be retained by the Nuclear Repair Officer IV 7 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A APPENDIX A NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CHECK OUT CHECK IN FORM Receiving Activity Date Lending Activity 1 Equipment description and serial numbers Include all individual components 2 Required return date ATTRIBUTE CHECK OUT CHECK IN Physical condition of assembly item TI Calibration current ooo S S S T S S Tamper resistant sealsintact_ S Level of cleanliness is as required do o Sooo Soo To o So Operational test Protective feature set point y For hydro rigs complete Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List see Chapter 9 of this olume and provide with hydro rig Equi
339. support the SGPI NSWCCD LCEM Inspector programs are maintained current Establish and monitor the requirements and standards for routine and industrial inspections of shipboard steam generating plants Develop implement and maintain a program to train and certify NSWCCD LCEM Inspectors in accordance with reference a Ensure that inspections of newly constructed ships and ships undergoing major overhaul and or conversion are conducted in accordance with this instruction Conduct periodic technical audits of the SGPI Training Course per reference a IV 3 2 g COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 Issue the NSWCCD LCEM Inspector course training plan course material and training aids for all activities authorized to conduct NSWCCD LCEM Inspector training Provide technical management of BIRMIS 3 3 3 Fleet Commander The Fleet Commander shall Identify and designate those fleet activities which have inspection responsibilities and maintain a base of certified SGPIs within those activities Review the guidelines and inspection requirements for all boiler inspections required by this instruction and ensure that each inspection report is recorded and updated in BIRMIS Schedule and coordinate inspections of all steam generating plants required by this instruction with the appropriate technical activities to avoid the unnecessary opening of boilers Ensure the availability of school ships to support SGPI NSWCCD LCEM Inspector
340. systems the check lists are prepared based on system temperatures less than 200 degrees F In the event that a hydrostatic test is performed with temperatures greater than 200 degrees F the locally developed FWP must contain additional requirements for the test from the referenced test manual These lists are developed from references a through d and are not inclusive of all requirements All applicable test references must be reviewed in preparation for the test to ensure no requirement or precaution is overlooked Other references such as the Reactor Plant Manual RPM Propulsion Plant Manual Steam Plant Manual Steam and Electric Plant Manuals Ship Systems Manuals Ships Information Books Test Pressure Drawings component technical manuals etc provide additional guidance and requirements that shall be included in the locally developed FWP for the test 9 2 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS a Blank spaces are provided throughout the check lists so that requirements for the specific test to be performed may be added These specifics shall be entered during FWP preparation Portions that are not applicable shall be marked N A prior to FWP approval IV 9 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 5 Multiple Completed by signature blanks are provided at the end of each check list since one individual may not be able to fully complete a particular check list Additional signature blanks may be added if required The Test Rig Determination and
341. t IV 18D 11 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 13 The allowance of escape appliances for submarines with two escape compartments consists of 110 percent of complement in each compartment Additionally 20 non inflatable life preservers are to be carried for topside use 14 Man overboard bags to be equipped as specified in Man Overboard Casualty Procedures 15 Man overboard swimmer to be competent swimmer qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer 16 Safety track inspections shall be performed as specified by MIP H 313 003 MRC 3JTK and applicable ship s drawings 17 J pressure and or seat tightness testing is not required for new construction ships IV 18D 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX E NR 1 AGSS 555 SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST General Information 1 Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column 2 Portions of the Salvage Inspection as specified by the maintenance activity may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as pre availability inspections to support planning of the availability These items need not be re inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status When specified these items will be performed by Ship s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer Officer in Charge provided to the maintenance activity the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer PART I SALVAGE
342. t expected draft changes will be calculated fore and aft for that evolution and indicated in the remarks section The worst case draft change for each item will be totaled and a maximum one foot buffer added to arrive at the maximum expected draft The ship s Commanding Officer can decide to reduce the buffer as he desires The maximum expected draft is listed at the top of the SOSMIL Calculation sheets will be retained until the job is no longer carried on the SOSMIL If the ship exceeds the maximum expected draft the Duty Officer will notify all parties who signed the SOSMIL and the ship s Commanding Officer THIS SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SHIP S COMMANDING OFFICER OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD Morning Actual Draft The actual ship s draft recorded each morning prior to the Daily Production Meeting This draft will serve as a baseline value for draft changes that occur throughout the day IV 10 8 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 5 The Ship s Force Availability Coordinator will present the SOSMIL at the FMA daily production meeting for review and signatures The SOSMIL will be signed by UI 2 3 Ship s Force signed by a department head Signature indicates that all maintenance has been identified the form has been completed in accordance with this instruction and the correct draf
343. t industrial activity provides written verification that each system is completely operational A certified magazine inspector will perform the verification of system operability in accordance with reference a Ensure that magazine sprinkler system inspection requirements are conducted in accordance with reference a and when directed by Planned Maintenance System These inspection requirements apply to both the thermo pneumatic and hydraulic control systems All tests will be in accordance with reference a and will be followed by a complete operational test by Ship s Force using the appropriate Maintenance Requirement Card A certified magazine inspector will conduct all thermo pneumatic tests Ensure that a magazine sprinkler system verification inspection is scheduled prior to ordnance on load if required by paragraph d or e above A certified magazine sprinkler inspector shall conduct the inspection Take necessary action to correct all discrepancies noted during magazine sprinkler inspections Within 30 days following receipt of the magazine sprinkler discrepancy list report the status to the Immediate Superior In Command ISIC with information copy to the Type Commander via message identifying corrective action s taken and or applicable Plan of Action and Milestones Ensure that design discrepancies are reported to the Type Commander and submitted into the Current Ships Maintenance Project Procedures for reporting discrepanc
344. t verify the test equipment as correct with respect to what was ordered and the nameplate data or other markings compared to the equipment requirements of the RPM reference a or referenced test procedure 7 5 2 Mechanical Test Equipment a To certify existing or newly manufactured mechanical test equipment the CWP that manufactures the test equipment shall include steps to verify that the material specifications and configuration match the equipment reference The CWP shall also include all required testing IV 7 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 To certify purchased mechanical test equipment the CWP shall include steps to verify the equipment as correct with respect to what was ordered compare the equipment to the requirements of the RPM reference a and or referenced test procedure and shall also specify any testing that may be required prior to use 7 5 3 Recertification Following Reference Revision To certify existing equipment after a revision to the equipment configuration reference take the actions necessary for the NTE to conform to the revision and complete an NTE Certification Record for recertification The FWP for Electronic Electrical Test Equipment and a CWP for Mechanical Test Equipment used to accomplish the equipment changes will specify recertification A new NTE Certification Record will be generated regardless of whether or not the equipment required modification The new certification record will serve to
345. ted by their appropriate Regional Maintenance Center RMC b Upon verification of competency Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division Ship System Engineering Station NSWCCD SSES will issue a 36 month certification Certification will remain valid provided the MGTI conducts at least two any combination of the following Gas Turbine Readiness Reviews GTRR Systems and Equipment Material Assessment Team II SEMAT ID pre deployment inspection pre Planned Major Maintenance Availability inspection and attends one MGTI seminar during the previous 12 months IV 23 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 MGTI certifications will be extended in 18 month intervals Requests for extension shall be submitted to NSWCCD SSES with info to NAVSEA 05Z via the TYCOM By endorsement the Commanding Officer will certify that the MGTI meets the requirements of paragraph 23 2 1 b of this chapter A MGTI whose certification has lapsed or been suspended will be required to recertify under procedures established by NSWCCD SSES on a case by case basis Commanding Officers will ensure MGTIs are afforded the opportunity to attend MGTI seminars and maintain certification Commanding Officers are also encouraged to nominate to the TYCOM motivated and capable technicians for certification as MGTIs as outlined in reference a A MGTI assigned as ship s company cannot perform inspections as described in section 23 3 of this chapter on that ship No inspe
346. ted in accordance with the appropriate Integrated Maintenance and Modernization Planning Maintenance Requirement and or Maintenance Requirements for continued Unrestricted Operation 4 7 SUBJECT MATTER EXPERT IN THE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL ENGINES The SME provides technical oversight on all scheduled and emergent work performed by the RMC personnel and contractor as required The SME ensures work packages include proper repair procedures and are used with maintenance standards and appropriate technical documentation related to the diesel engine assessment inspection The SME shall have direct communication with the RMC Engineering Department regarding resolutions of repairs that do not meet Original Equipment Manufacturer specifications IV 4 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 APPENDIX A ASSESSMENT INSPECTION MAIN PROPULSION DIESEL ENGINE AND SHIP SERVICE DIESEL GENERATORS FOR LSD 41 49 AND LPD 17 CLASS SHIPS Purpose To provide direction for assessing vice inspection of LSD 41 49 and LPD 17 Class ship engines 1 ROUTINE PRE AVAILABILITY DIESEL INSPECTION Per Commander Naval Surface Force policy and concurred by NAVSEA Technical Warrant the Routine Pre Availability diesel inspection directed by reference a is replaced with this Appendix s diesel assessment process Note that Paragraphs 4 3 2 b through 4 3 2 e of this chapter remain applicable for LSD 41 49 and LPD 17 class MPDE and SSDGs 2 OBJECTIVE Signific
347. tems Requiring Special Handling 14 The allowance of escape appliances for submarines with three escape compartments consists of 55 percent of complement in the forward and aft compartments and 110 percent of complement in the midships escape compartment Additionally 38 non inflatable life preservers are to be carried for topside use 15 Escape appliances are to be equipped as follows a One cell flashlight or chemical personnel marker light attached whistle and dye marker stowed in pocket Batteries will be in case box lots stowed with escape appliances Ensure shelf life of batteries or personnel marker light will not be exceeded prior to next PMS check b Toggle and cord attached to belt 16 Man overboard bags to be equipped as specified in Man Overboard Casualty Procedures 17 Man overboard swimmer to be competent swimmer qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer 18 Safety track inspection shall be performed as specified by MIP H 313 005 MRC 3JTK and applicable ship s drawings IV 18C 12 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 APPENDIX D SSN 774 CLASS SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK OFF LIST General Information 1 Items pertaining to rescue vehicle seating surfaces and buoy cable angle tests require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment 2 Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column 3 Portions of the Salvage Inspection as s
348. tenance required MIP A 080 921 by Planned Maintenance System PMS MRCs 7CBK and Maintenance Index Page MIP to complete 7CBL salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 2 INSPECTION TEAM 6 External Gagging Devices a Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship s salvage system arrangement plan Record number of turns to operate b Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means 7 Diving Equipment a Verify latest revision of U S Navy Diving Manual is onboard b Verify the requirements of MILPERSMAN have been implemented and that assigned scuba divers are currently qualified requalified and that the ship s Diving Officer has been designated in writing by the Commanding Officer c Verify allowance of scuba diving equipment onboard d Inspect equipment for condition and conformance with U S Navy Diving Manual and applicable NAVSHIPS Technical Manuals Ensure no unauthorized alterations have been accomplished and that equipment including charging co
349. th ABCs shall use the controls at all times while steaming Manual operation at the control panel console remote manual shall be used when lighting off or securing the boiler ABCs should be cut out and the boiler controlled in local manual only when required for casualty control maintenance of equipment or training of personnel When ABCs cannot be operated in automatic this fact shall be reported by a CASREP message 2 Installed multi element feedwater regulators shall be cut in and used at all times except for periods devoted to training operators in the manual operation of feed check valves Prime reliance for the control of water level in the boiler steam drum shall be placed on the automatic regulator When any indicator alarm or feedwater regulating valve is not functioning properly or is out of commission a qualified checkman shall be assigned 3 Prior to boiler light off all ABCs shall be tested in accordance with EOSS IV 3 11 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 4 Maintenance and calibration of the ABC Systems shall only be accomplished by qualified technicians in accordance with the direction provided in applicable PMS reference c and the manufacturer s technical manuals E Online Alignment Verification procedures provide a set of checks to verify proper performance of each of the sub systems or control loops within the automatic combustion feedwater and feed pump control systems Online Alignment Verification shall be acc
350. the air bank used to charge scuba cylinders if applicable f Assigned divers demonstrate capability to conduct diving operations assembly of equipment and check out set up record keeping data for repetitive dives use of dive tables PMS on equipment State if actual diving operations are observed 8 Air Bank Dew Points a Verify air samples from all air banks and verify High Pressure Air Compressors are in specification and in periodicity Reference Note Notes 2 5 and 6 Notes 6 and 7 NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MILPERSMAN Art 1220 100 Series Ship s Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List COSAL NAVSEA SS521 AG PRO 010 MIP 5921 101 MIP 5921 Series MIP 5542 974 MRC 7CVM Banks 1 and 2 MRC 7CVN Banks 3 and 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine Inspector Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18D 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 PART II RESCUE Submarine Inspection Team Reference Inspector Member INSPECTION ITEM Signature Signature 1 Submarine Rescue Chamber Naval Ships SRC Submarine Rescue Diving and Technical Recompression System SRDRS Manual and Deep Submergence Rescue NSTM Vehicle DSRV Fittings S 9086
351. the requirements for maintaining certification and if required will forward System Certification Cards which identify deficiencies and the corrective actions required to maintain certification 20 4 2 Action To maintain the DDS in satisfactory material condition and to provide assurance they will be fully operational in the event of a national tasking the following is required a b NOTE Meet all of the requirements of the NAVSEA certification letter Accomplish corrective maintenance in a manner which returns the components to the specifications shown by the applicable drawing Material used during any maintenance shall be as specified in NAVSEA approved system component drawings technical manuals or other approved technical documents Material shall be certified in accordance with Volume V Part I Chapter 6 of this manual IF THE VENDOR OR MANUFACTURER SPECIFIED IN THE NAVSEA DRAWING OR DOCUMENT CANNOT PROVIDE A SPECIFIC COMPONENT THEN USE OF A SUBSTITUTE COMPONENT OR MANUFACTURER MUST BE APPROVED BY NAVSEA VIA THE TYCOM USING A DFS A DFS IS ALSO REQUIRED WHEN MATERIAL OTHER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN APPROVED DRAWINGS OR DOCUMENTS IS USED Document all work performed on SOC items using the applicable forms and procedures provided in Volume V Part III of this manual This applies regardless of whether the work is a planned or corrective maintenance action Documentation will as a minimum include the following 1 Name of the
352. the seam and remove all caulking and residue to make room for the new material Before filling the newly caulked seam with a seam compound paint the oakum and seam with anti fouling paint Painting the seam protects the oakum from marine burrowers and primes the wood in the way of the seam filler Painting the oakum produces a hard surface finish which also makes a water barrier necessary for the protection of the oakum 24 4 SURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING 24 4 1 General Techniques The greatest single factor affecting the performance of any paint system is the method and care used in the preparation of the surface to be coated The preservation of wooden ships presents some unique problems not encountered in other types of ships Reference e provides guidance for surface preparation materials and methods of application techniques and general safety precautions for painting 24 4 2 Preparation and Painting Policies Specific TYCOM policies pertaining to the preparation and paint application are identified in the following paragraphs a The use of torches to blister the existing paint coating for removal is authorized however care shall be taken to guard against damage to other items or equipment in the vicinity Avoid application of heat on or near items such as electric wiring plastics gaskets and all flammable materials Use only enough heat as required to blister the paint Excessive heat chars the wood fibers and remova
353. the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18A 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 3 Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature c Perform a J pressure and a low pressure 100 psi seat tightness test from the sea side No leakage is allowed d External salvage system caps 1 Verify the ship s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed 2 Remove cap assembly test Kaiser Aero Space connect disconnect with the inspecting amp Electronics Dwg command s female fitting 9495 Formally Roylyn Inc 3 Inspect all Roylyn caps Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint and or debris Reinstall cap with safety wire where applicable e Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris 3 Internal Air Salvage a Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves b Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label 4 Bulkhead Flappers a Test satisfactory local and remote as applicable operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers 5 Hull Access Hatches Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches Inspection performed by local PMT a Perform witness main
354. ths the unit shall submit a DFS request to the TYCOM no later than the 23 month since the last inspection that includes satisfactory operating trend data reviewed by a DEI confirming that the engine is in sound operating condition For inspection deferrals of greater than 24 months the TYCOM will forward endorsement to NAVSEA 05Z for approval of the DFS 4 3 4 Inspection Phases The diesel inspection consists of a detailed records check internal material condition inspection and observation of engine operating characteristics During all phases of an inspection all safety precautions with the engine and space shall be strictly adhered to The degree of the inspection shall be decided by the DEI based on the results of reference b mandatory check points TYCOM directed check points if any operating data and other records maintained on the diesel engine The inspection will include the following phases For LSD 41 49 Class ships and LPD 17 Class ships see Appendix A a Phase I Administrative Inspection This is a complete review of the administrative records associated with the diesel engine s b Phase II Secured Inspection partial disassembly Based on the results of Phase I the inspector will decide the degree of disassembly and will conduct a thorough evaluation of the internal condition of the engine as warranted by Phase I and Phase II findings In accordance with reference b disassembly of the engine will be minimized Subma
355. tification CERTIFIED BY 9 ACCEPTED BY NRO SIGNATURE SIGNATURE PRINTED NAME PRINTED NAME IV 7B 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 7B 2 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 8 WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENTS 8 1 PURPOSE To provide guidance in the preparation for and execution of shipboard weapons and cargo elevator assessments and assist visits by the Elevator Support Unit ESU 8 1 1 Background Shipboard weapons and cargo handling elevators are supported through the elevator assessment and repair program which is executed by the ESU The ESU program formerly the Program to Assess and Repair Shipboard Elevators for the Atlantic Fleet and Weapons Elevator Support Unit for the Pacific and Atlantic Fleets provides direct fleet support for the maintenance and modernization of shipboard elevators The program is executed by the ESU on a per ship cycle as dictated by the individual ship s deployment and maintenance schedules Although ESU scheduled milestones are based on the maintenance cycle the primary focus of the program is to achieve peak system readiness at the time of deployment by evaluating and repairing elevators throughout the ship s cycle Additionally DDG 51 Class 5 54 Ammunition Strike Down Equipment which are similar to an elevator are supported through the ESU program 8 2 ELEVATOR SUPPORT UNIT The Regional Maintenance
356. tion CAD Newly Constructed Acceptance Ship Inspection Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection Engineer Officer Inspection Major Repair Inspection Special Inspection 3 3 RESPONSIBILITIES 3 3 1 Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA shall a b Provide the overall management of the SGPI and NSWCCD LCEM Inspector programs Ensure that periodic SGPI Seminars are conducted at alternating coast locations Ensure that periodic technical audits are performed at the SGPI Training Course per reference a Identify those industrial activities Supervising Authorities which have inspection responsibilities maintain a base of certified NSWCCD LCEM Inspectors within those activities and ensure that each NSWCCD LCEM Inspector report is recorded in the Boiler Inspection and Repair Maintenance Information System BIRMIS Maintain rosters of all certified SGPIs by name rating command and date of certification Ensure that certified SGPIs maintain current certifications per reference a Revoke the certification of those SGPIs failing to comply with the requirements of certification per reference a Ensure that the requirements for SGPI certification recertification and certification extensions are met prior to final approval 3 3 2 Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division NSWCCD shall Provide technical management of the SGPI and NSWCCD LCEM Inspector programs Ensure that the required technical documentation to
357. tion is at the discretion of the DEI based on the casualty or observed indications For Post Casualty Inspections the DEI must determine the full extent of damage and the cause along with recommendations for repairs For Pre Overhaul Inspections the TYCOM may require the DEI confirm that an overhaul is required and determine the scope of the overhaul Partial inspections do not satisfy the requirement for a complete Routine Inspection and this fact will be annotated in the DEI s written report Post Overhaul Repair When an engine has been overhauled or significant maintenance repair has been completed A Post Overhaul Repair Inspection shall be conducted by a DEI prior to continuous operation The DEI will make the final determination of whether the overhaul repair was extensive enough to warrant a Post Overhaul Repair Inspection The inspection shall consist of a review of actions taken to complete the overhaul repair external visual inspection tests of safety devices review of required readings clearances and a Phase III operational test Unless there are indications of internal discrepancies Phase II internal inspection is waived and the Routine Inspection periodicity requirement in paragraph 4 3 2 a of this chapter will be considered complete and valid The Post Overhaul Repair inspection should be an integral part of the overhaul repair vice a separate inspection Specifically the Phase III operational test should be part of the final operatio
358. tion of a system to the shipyard by signing Block 14 of the WAF Unless Block 7 of the WAF states the transfer is including operations the shipyard is not authorized to operate ship s equipment within the transferred boundary c The shipyard returns a system or portion of a system back to Ship s Force by completing all authorized work and testing specified on the WAF and signing Blocks 16 17 and 18 of the WAF Ship s Force indicates acceptance of the work and testing and if applicable operation by signing Block 18 of the WAF For nuclear powered ships the Engineering Department Manual contains requirements for accepting operational control from the shipyard d When the shipyard is responsible for operating ship s equipment as specified in the transfer MOA operation of ship s equipment shall be in accordance with shipyard or Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA procedures e g test procedures ship s operating instructions Steam and Electric Plant Manual etc e When waterborne Ship s Force shall retain operation of hull and back up valves f When portions of a system are required to be operational to support propulsion plant key events in accordance with NAVSEA Instruction 4730 1 and 4730 2 series those portions of the system shall be transferred back to Ship s Force g Ship s Force shall have the capability to isolate the transferred area from components and systems under Ship s Force control The valves switches breakers fuses
359. tions Department of Defense Specifications Military Standards Federal Specifications Military Handbooks 11 2 2 6 Documents and Lists Documents and lists are catalogs of parts equipment or publications and alteration records The following are examples of documents and lists typically found in technical libraries a b Navy Management Data List NAVSUP Publication 4100 Navy Directive List Introduction to Federal Supply Catalogs and Related Publications NAVSUP Publication 4400 Ship Alterations Machinery Alterations and Ordnance Alterations IV 11 6 e f COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A Planning Yard Work Instructions and Alterations Equivalent to Repair Navy Logistics Library APL and Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List 11 2 2 7 Instructions Technical Publications and Bulletins These publications give guidelines for the operation of equipment introduce new equipment and may have lists of available items Instructions technical publications and bulletins commonly stocked in technical libraries include a b e f General Services Administration Supply Catalog Electronics Information Bulletins Field Change Bulletins NAVSEA Instructions Type Commander Instructions Technical Directives 11 2 2 8 Repair Standards These standards are detailed repair procedures for the troubleshooting and overhaul of specific equipment and guidance for standard processes Examples of repair
360. tment and care of boiler water If a discrepancy exists between the data found in the boiler record sheet and the actual condition of the boiler watersides the latter takes precedence in the grade assignment Example Good records displayed but active oxygen attack is present in boiler Excessively fouled firesides Frozen sliding feet Deteriorated boiler and hull structural members in the air casing beneath the boiler This includes the boiler skirt plates and designed penetrations that are defective allowing entry of bilge water into this area Lack of maintenance and preservation of the boiler resulting in deterioration and weakening of boiler and hull structural members Lube oil contamination of ABC Systems Fire hazards fuel lube oil in the bilge flange shields not installed per current directives or other fire hazards ABC equipment inoperable in their automatic mode or failed cold checks Steam smothering system inoperable plugged nozzles deteriorated or improperly installed piping Deteriorated boiler smoke pipe and or uptakes Hard fireside deposit build up on the water drum Incorrectly adjusted burners or inoperative air registers IV 3 10 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A s Boiler that does not pass design hydrostatic test t Deteriorated inner or outer casings u Missing or incorrectly installed fasteners clamps or fittings v Auxiliary boilers having non functional or misadjusted automatic control devi
361. tors Main and Shaft Lube Oil Pump DC Motors High Pressure Brine Pump Motors Low Pressure Blower Motors 60 Hz Motor Generators 400 Hz Motor Generators Propulsion Generators Propulsion Motors Trim Drain Pump Motors Hydraulic IMO Pump Motors High Pressure Air Compressor Motors Air Conditioning Plant Motors External Hydraulic Motors Battery Exhaust Fan Battery Cables IV 19 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionally Left Blank IV 19 4 I V6I AI SHIP HULL BEARING NAME LOCATION Proximity to of journal or bearing if opened any additional abnormal readings taken recent temperatures for this bearing temperature of lube oil cooler outlet used to set RTE alarm or any other notes that may be helpful in the future Date Comments Data Taker RTE Bearing Full RTE Alarm Installed Actual Bearing Bearing Stamped Depth MLPO Load Max Bearing Replacement Depth Thrust Micrometer Wear W MPA ENG Date Name and Rate Alarm Alarm Setpoint Clearance BC Operating Clearance Clearance Constant Reading W MR DC Review print Setpoint BRG Full Load max BC IC W a Temperature r IC RC DC MR Initials Operating Temp es kal gt x Z Q 5 gt Qs ER cz SE lt SK ae Comments Date each entry Note the serial number if any of this bearing date of any bearing replacement no
362. training Student certification must be conducted on D type boilers with Automatic Boiler Controls ABC Ensure that the certification of SGPIs who fail to comply with the requirements of certification per reference a are suspended Ensure administration and control of the Type Commander TYCOM administered pre test program Host the semi annual SGPI seminars on an alternating coast basis Provide a qualified SGPI when requested by the ship Immediate Superior in Command ISIC or TYCOM 3 3 4 Regional Maintenance Center The Regional Maintenance Center RMC shall a NOTE b Provide certified SGPIs to perform inspections per section 3 6 of this chapter COMSUBLANT COMSUBPAC SGPIs ARE PROVIDED BY COMNAVSURELANT COMNAVSURFPAC RESPECTIVELY Administer an SGPI pre test for SGPI training school candidates per reference a 3 3 5 Regional Maintenance Center Support Group Regional Maintenance Center Commanding Officers Regional Maintenance Center Support Group RMCSG RMC Commanding Officers shall a b Coordinate inspections in cognizant maintenance areas Maintain an up to date status of required steam generating plant inspections which shall include the latest inspection for all ships assigned to the RMCSGs in their respective geographic area of responsibility Assign inspections to available SGPIs from local commands IV 3 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 1 3 3 6 Immediate Superior In Command
363. ts which must be maintained by each ship 19 2 INSPECTION REPORTS A copy of each of the following inspection reports will be retained until superseded by a subsequent report a Board of Inspection and Survey Inspection Reports b Hull Surveys c Salvage Inspections d Docking Reports CNO Maintenance Availability to CNO Maintenance Availability e Turbine Lifting and Repair Reports f Technical Assistance Reports by System Commands Naval Sea Systems Command Technical Representatives etc g Boiler Inspection Reports retained until equipment is transferred or vessel is stricken May be discarded if old data is incorporated in a new report h Battery Inspection Reports i Diesel Engine Inspection Reports j Main and Air Ejector Condenser Eddy Current Probalog Reports 19 3 RETENTION OF RECORDS OF EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND TESTS The following records will be maintained onboard until superseded a Anti Submarine Warfare Test Program Reports b Structureborne Airborne and Waterborne Noise Reports Submarine Force surface units only Radar Radio and Acoustic Radiation Patterns TV 19 1 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 d Equipment Calibration and Alignment Graphs and Charts Antenna and Superstructure Arrangement Photographs f Record of Shipboard Tests g Lube Oil and Trend Analysis Reports h Battery Record Book test discharges etc i Diesel Trend Analysis Records j
364. ts have been calculated and at least four feet of freeboard is available to all hull openings ISIC signed by an ISIC representative Signature indicates that all maintenance has been identified the form has been completed in accordance with this instruction and the draft measurements are noted Maintenance Organization signed by appropriate senior level person of the repair activity normally the Production Officer as he leads the FMA Daily Production Meeting Signature indicates that only the maintenance items listed will be worked If any additional items are to be worked a formal change to the SOSMIL will be required Following review and signature the Ship s Force Availability Coordinator will provide the original copy to the ship s Duty Officer Reproduced copies for distribution shall be made from the original document only Copies will be provided to UI 2 3 4 5 Each Production Meeting attendee listed below a FMA Division Officers b FMA Repair Duty Officer Repair Duty Chief Petty Officer c FMA Regional Maintenance Team Leader d Supply Repair Other Vessel Officer e Ship s Force Availability Coordinator f ISIC Material Squadron Representative g Restricted Availability Coordinator The ship s Engineering Duty Officer The ship s Below Decks Watch The ship s Petty Officer of the Deck The FMA Regional Maintenance Team Leader He she shall receive enough copies to make further distributio
365. uickly dry out the deck planking Do not allow water to accumulate in deck recesses for any length of time d Cover all plywood decks with a coating in accordance with the application and deck preparation procedures of reference b e Planking renewal will be approved by the TYCOM only on the basis of a technical survey that has positively shown specific need and complete justification for such renewal Often used general terms such as Rotten and Worn are not considered sufficient justification The technical basis for planking renewal shall be formed in the following manner 1 Drill test bore holes in weather deck areas to find planking thickness in specific areas where plank wear is suspected If the planking is not worn beyond the limits set forth in reference b the planking will not be renewed unless other extenuating and justifiable circumstances dictate and replacement is authorized by the TYCOM 2 Take boring plug samples of planking suspected of being decayed Notify the TYCOM of inspection results IV 24 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A 3 Once planking has reached the maximum wear limits found by bore test the TYCOM will determine the need to replank or apply a deck coating So far as practicable repair deck leaks by recaulking deck seams When deck planking wear limits have been reached and other factors such as extensive deck leaks suggest use of a deck covering a coating of polyurethane deck overlay may be
366. uipment that has satisfactorily passed the required inspections and load testing shall be so marked by the activity conducting the tests As a minimum this marking shall include the name of the testing activity the date year and month tested date of re inspection due date the rated load or SWL and a unique serial number that will allow it to be traced to its test and inspection documentation 1 Where there is little available space for surface marking such as on wire rope slings the item may be marked with a Periodic Load Test Record Strap as shown in reference e 2 Nylon webbing slings shall have etched leather tags sewn to each sling leg to identify the leg and indicate test results as described in reference f 3 Stamped etched or engraved metal tags which are attached to the tested item with mechanical fasteners or adhesives may also be used 4 Color coding for local control only may be used in addition to but not as an alternate to one of the authorized marking methods 5 Wire rope 1 32 through 3 16 diameter may be used to attach metal tags to WHE provided that the wire rope is secured using mechanical fasteners designed to secure wire rope such as swedges Metal tags attached using lockwire style twisted wires are prohibited IV 13 3 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 d A permanent log written or electronic shall be maintained to record the following information 1 Equipment identification 2
367. uit Breaker Maintenance and Overhaul Policy 15 1 PURPOSE To promulgate the Naval Sea Systems Command NAVSEA policy on maintenance and overhaul of Navy shipboard shock hardened circuit breakers of both ACB and AQB types specified in reference a 15 2 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUNCTION AND ACQUISITION ON NAVY SHIPS Circuit breakers onboard Navy ships and submarines are used primarily to provide electrical system protection against disruptive and sometimes destructive abnormal currents This protection is so precise that it selectively removes only the cause of the abnormal current such as electrical system damage acquired in battle while continuing to power other unaffected weapons electronics and electrical systems This continuous supply of electrical power is also ensured by the unique ability of these circuit breakers to maintain proper position during severe impacts produced by missiles bombs mines torpedoes and other detonation sources Due to the unique nature and critical function of Navy shock hardened circuit breakers their acquisition is controlled through a Qualified Products List QPL governed by requirements set forth in appropriate military specifications There is no equivalent commercial requirement 15 3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OVERHAUL FACILITIES AND PART PROCUREMENT Type AQB circuit breakers with non replaceable trip units 100 amp and smaller sizes are not repairable All other circuit breakers are classified as Depot Level Repairable
368. update the applicable revision and will provide evidence that the NTE was in fact validated to the correct revision 7 5 4 Certification Documentation The FWP or CWP shall contain a NTE Certification Record The minimum attributes are shown in Appendix B of this chapter a C The Certification Record page current and superseded shall be retained by the Nuclear Repair Officer for the life of the equipment This record shall be available for review by personnel checking out equipment The active revision advance change notice level of the reference to which the equipment was built shall be specific enough to allow verification of the effects of future reference revisions For example while the RPM or reference a may be at revision 480 a figure showing test equipment details may be revision 453 The reference should be stated as the exact figure number and 453 should be recorded as the revision level Existing records that contain proper certification data are acceptable and need not be replaced 7 6 ACCOUNTABILITY Electrical and electronic test equipment shall be fitted with tamper resistant seals where unauthorized access to calibration settings or internal components may invalidate certification Requests for test equipment are normally made using an OPNAV 4790 2L form and identifying the appropriate Master Job Catalog routine Job Sequence Number The OPNAV 4790 2L form requesting the test equipment must be specific with
369. used Non skid material must be Naval Sea Systems Command approved material compatible with the deck overlay as defined in reference b Reset metallic planking fasteners when fastener heads are level with or protrude above deck level Where the planking level is within 1 4 or less of fastener head filling with seam filler vice wooden plugging is authorized Where bung plugs are installed they shall be set in black polyurethane seam filler per the requirements of reference c Ships currently having polysulfide or polyurethane coated strip deck planking in good condition shall continue to use the applied covering Make minor repairs to this polyurethane coating as necessary using either a polysulfide or polyurethane repair kit When the polysulfide covering is no longer economically repairable replace it with a polyurethane type coating Repairing cracks and holes in impervious deck coatings shall be accomplished as soon as practical Failure to do so will lead to deck rot and costly repairs 24 3 3 Deck Covering Repairs Interior and exterior deck covering material is prescribed by Military Specifications and will be installed only as approved by the TYCOM Repair previously installed deck coverings as necessary Reference b prescribes approved materials and preparation procedures for wooden decks 24 3 4 Caulking Techniques Removal of old caulking from leaking seams and recaulking is the standard method for repairing deck leaks Fill t
370. ve is cycled Ensure anti freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing 3 The inspected ship s vice the inspecting command s salvage wrench shall be used if the inspecting command is another submarine Discrepancies in the actual versus plan number of turns shall be reported to the TYCOM with information copy to all plan holders Report discrepancies to the nearest 1 8th of a turn 4 Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders 5 Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500 psi compartment pressurization valves 6 When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve the valve linkages shall be inspected and the valves shall be adjusted in accordance with the requirements in the Non Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship s valve drawing 7 Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve ensure replacement shear pin is available onboard 8 On some designs operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason the mechanism shall be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed b
371. ver maximum use should be made of available tools and techniques to accurately determine the condition of the hull A minimum of one hull reading every other frame and every other strake as shown in Appendix A of this chapter up to the waterline shall be taken and the results recorded in the inspection report of Appendix B of this chapter Suspect areas as determined by visual inspection shall have several readings taken and the least thickness recorded Any area showing a reading less than the minimum allowable shall have additional readings taken in an expanding fashion to determine the actual extent of the excessive deterioration In locations where there is an inner hull such as bilge area tank tops inside readings shall be taken in addition to those readings taken on the hull These readings shall be taken every other frame port and starboard recorded in the format of Appendix B of this chapter and submitted with the hull inspection report In general hull sections and structures which have suffered 25 percent or greater reduction in cross sectional area from their original thickness should be cut out and replaced Scattered pits of depth at least 25 percent but not greater than 45 percent of the original thickness may be repaired by clad welding An engineering analysis considering current and probable future corrosion may be performed to determine if the corroded structure is within allowable stress levels rather than performi
372. w up inspection will be determined by the MGTI Follow up inspections will be conducted when possible by the same MGTI who conducted the initial inspection 23 3 4 Gas Turbine Bulletin Inspections a GTB Inspections are determined by engine operating hours and require scheduling 60 days prior to the inspection Operating hours recorded monthly in the Marine Gas Turbine Equipment Service Record and reported semi annually via reference e are the engine hours used to determine inspections Reference d lists all Technical Directives and their revisions amendments GTB Inspections should not be scheduled in conjunction with pre availability or pre deployment inspections Any ship not able to complete required GTB Inspections within the required periodicity will request a Departure From Specifications from the TYCOM 23 3 5 Casualties Ship s Force shall conduct the initial investigation after a casualty in accordance with current directives If Ship s Force is unable to identify the cause of the casualty or repairs required a certified MGTI or an RMC Technical Representative shall be requested to verify the nature of the casualty investigate for cause and make recommendations for repairs This may be a partial inspection covering failed areas only However the MGTI must ensure the inspection is sufficient in scope to determine the full extent of damage and necessary repairs 23 4 REQUESTING PROCEDURES Gas turbine inspections are
373. wance of spare batteries for AN URC 4 PRC 96 AN BQC 1 and AN BQN 13 Ensure shelf life of batteries has not been exceeded NR 1 AN BQN 13 only AGSS 555 all except AN BQN 13 PART II RESCUE Submarine Reference Inspector Note Fwd Aft Signature Ship Configuration and Logistics Support Information System SCLSIS amp COSAL MIP 4415 004 MIP 4413 015 MIP 4415 004 MIP SO 018 904 MIP SO 104 902 Ship s COSAL Note 5 Inspection Team Member Signature An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark in the unsat column to identify any exceptions An explanation of the exception will be provided with the Salvage Inspection Report Appendix G of this chapter IV 18E 4 INSPECTION ITEM 1 Check that the AN BQC receptacle is marked For use with AN BQC Telephone Set not applicable to NR 1 2 Life Saving and Safety Equipment a Inventory allowance randomly type and quantity as applicable and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed below 1 Inflatable life preservers 2 Non inflatable life preservers 3 Escape appliances not applicable to AGSS 555 4 Man overboard bag 5 Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard 6 Safety harness belts 7 Safety track not applicable AGSS 555 8 Distress marke
374. will be conducted by certified SGPIs All Repair Before Operating RBO items shall be corrected prior to boiler operation and reinspected by a certified SGPI or NSWCCD LCEM Inspector as applicable and preferably the same SGPI NSWCCD LCEM Inspector who originally inspected the boiler Whenever boilers are in a stand down status for routine maintenance or disassembly an inspection should be conducted simultaneously Prepare the boiler as described in section 3 8 of this chapter for inspection of the boiler firesides and watersides ABCs and boiler appurtenances Boiler records and boiler feedwater chemistry control for at least the past three months will be reviewed Allow adequate time to prepare for these inspections All deficiencies should be corrected as soon as possible consistent with good engineering practices 3 7 2 Reports a The SGPI shall provide the ship s Commanding Officer the results of the boiler inspection using specified forms with a cover letter per the sample shown in Appendix B of this chapter The Senior Inspector will forward a copy to the TYCOM ISIC RMCSG RMC and NSWCCD no later than ten days after completion of the inspection for inclusion in the BIRMIS database The ship s Commanding Officer shall report RBO deficiencies discovered during the inspection to the TYCOM by message within 24 hours using the message format of Appendix C of this chapter The ship s Commanding Officer shall submit a proposed Plan of
375. with the requirements of the applicable accumulator technical manual whenever the following conditions exist a Variations in endspeed Whenever variations in catapult endspeed are experienced b Reinspection of replaced manifold gasket Whenever the internal flanged joint gasket is replaced the joint shall be reinspected on a not to interfere with operations basis upon the first cool down following initial operations 17 7 INSPECTION GUIDELINES AND REPORTS 17 7 1 Guidelines a All inspections will be conducted using the requirements of reference a The catapult accumulator including the support systems identified in paragraph 17 1 1 of this chapter will be inspected and the results documented in the SCIRMIS IV 17 4 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 b All Repair Before Operate deficiencies shall be corrected and re inspected by a certified SGPI preferably the same SGPI noting the discrepancy prior to heat up of the catapult accumulator 17 7 2 Reports The inspector s conducting the inspection shall provide a report of the inspection results to the ship s Commanding Officer or designated representative following completion of the inspection The results shall also be entered into the SCIRMIS database A copy of the report will be provided to the TYCOM ISIC Regional Support Group Regional Maintenance Center Fleet Maintenance Activity and NSWCCD IV 17 5 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A This Page Intentionall
376. y Left Blank IV 17 6 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 6 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 18 SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION REFERENCES a NWP 1 03 1 Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report LISTING OF APPENDICES A SSN 21 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List B SSN 688 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List C SSBN SSGN 726 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List D SSN 774 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List E NR 1 AGSS 555 Submarine Salvage Inspection Check Off List F Sample Pre Inspection Information Certification G Sample Report of Salvage Inspection Forwarding Letter 18 1 PURPOSE To ensure the continued readiness and quality of maintenance performed on submarine rescue and salvage equipment 18 2 INSPECTIONS 18 2 1 Periodicity The readiness of submarine rescue and salvage equipment is determined by periodic salvage inspections Salvage inspections will be conducted within a 48 month interval or as listed below a Whenever requested by the submarine b Prior to initial builder s trials for new construction ships prior to initial sea trials for ships in Chief of Naval Operations CNO Maintenance Availabilities and prior to initial sea trials for ships in Interim Dry Docking c A partial salvage inspection will be completed for all items worked during an availability i e hatches salvage air valves etc d Once every three years for SSBN SSGNs 18 2 2 Procedur
377. y accomplishment 2 Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column 3 Portions of the Salvage Inspection as specified by the maintenance activity may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as pre availability inspections to support planning of the availability These items need not be re inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status When specified these items will be performed by Ship s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer PARTI SALVAGE Inspection Team Member Signature Submarine INSPECTION TEAM Reference Note Inspector Signature 1 Salvage Drawings a Verify salvage drawings Fleet Modernization Program Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720 AA MAN 010 1 Have been updated during ship s new construction period last CNO Maintenance Availability or 2 Latest revision is identified in ship s plan index 3 Have correct distribution Ship Dwg Consolidated Index Number 594 or 845 4 Are identified as Selected Record Drawings 2 High Low Salvage Connections a Verify deck touch plate markings are Ship s Plans installed and per plan b Check that each valve is free to operate Notes 1 and 2 with the inspecting command s salvage wrench An asterisk will be used in addition to a check mark v in
378. y noted on the 2 Kilo or in the report The report shall identify what was accomplished during the inspection assessment to correct any discrepancies and any actions required to correct outstanding discrepancies Utilize the Diesel Inspection Management Information System using the DEI report generator for classes of ships that are currently in use For classes of ships that are not yet in the system use the current guidance that is in reference b This inspection shall be reviewed by the RMC prior to forwarding the report to the Commanding Officer of the inspected ship with information copies to the ISIC TYCOM Fleet Maintenance Managers and In Service Engineering Agent 4 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE This section does not supersede existing engine ship or ship class specific guidance and is only meant to provide guidance where currently none exists a Per reference c the light loading of a diesel engine less than 60 percent should be avoided Consistently light loading a diesel engine will cause one or more undesirable conditions depending on specific engine design 1 2 3 4 A loss of cylinder compression due to glazed cylinder walls leading to an unnecessary premature engine overhaul Carryover of engine lube oil into the exhaust causing excessive exhaust smoke and creating conditions for a possible exhaust stack fire Fuel oil dilution of lube oil leading to frequent oil changes Carbon formation on ex
379. y the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition 9 Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the SRC SRDRS and or DSRV mother submarine capability and require a CASREP be submitted in accordance with reference a 10 Inspections of the rescue vehicle seating surface for flatness surface area free of protuberances and thickness requires industrial activity support Inspection procedures are provided in NAVSEA Drawing DSRV 800 26565 12 Inspections are to be performed as early in the maintenance availability as possible to allow correction of noted deficiencies prior to commencement of fast cruise 11 One or more of the Logistics and Escape Trunks LET will be removed during refit When removed the LET is isolated from service air and electric power Communications circuits electrical power and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity and tested again upon reinstallation 12 Diver s knife timer and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment IV 18C 11 COMFLTFORCOMINST 4790 3 REV A CH 2 13 Shelf life is computed from date of manufacture which is printed in code on the battery For example a battery code 1187 means the battery was manufactured in the 11th month of 1987 For expiration dates see Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 4105 List of I

PDF File - 1532 KB - maritime DC & PPE Information Center

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PDF File - 1532 KB - maritime DC &amp; PPE Information Center

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

PDF File - 1532 KB - maritime DC & PPE Information Center